UC-NRLF 


«B   30b    141 


H.  c.  ^flJTl:^l^. 


5U 


I 


<W  i 


■-'tfr^^ 


THE  LIBRARY 

OF 

THE  UNIVERSITY 

OF  CALIFORNIA 


Education 

GIFT  OF 

PROFESSOR 
LEON  J.  RICHARDSON 


A    LATIN    PRIMER 


BV 


H.  C.   NUTTING.   Ph.D. 
AsnaTANT  rtomaot  op  latin  in  tmb  uNiYuarnr 

or  CAUfOftMU 


NEW   YORK  :•  CINaNNATI  •:.  CHICAGO 

AMERICAN    BOOK   COMPANY 


COFYHIGHT,   191 1,  BY 

H.  C.   NUTTING. 
Ehtbrkd  at  Stationers'  Hall,  London. 


NVniMU     LATIN  PMMBK. 

w.  r.   7 


Education 


Add'l 


GUl'r 


EDUC 
UBRASY 

Co 

MY  LITTLB  DAUGHTER 

ELIZABETH 

WHOSE  EAGER   INTEREST  AlfD  GLAD  CO<)PERATlON 

HAVE  BEEN  THE   INSPIRATION  OF 

THIS  SMALL  VOLUME 


292 


f 


PREFACE 

From  some  points  of  view  it  is  a  misfortune  that  in 
American  schools  the  study  of  Latin  is  usually  undertaken 
so  late  that  every  detail  of  the  work  of  the  first  terms  must 
be  planned  with  a  view  to  reaching  Caesar  in  a  year.  En- 
couraging signs,  however,  are  appearing  here  and  there, 
and  in  two  or  three  states  a  movement  is  already  on  foot 
to  carry  the  beginning  of  Latin  back  into  the  upper  grades 
of  the  grammar  school. 

For  the  prosecution  of  this  work  in  the  grades  there 
seems  to  be  an  almost  total  lack  of  satisfactory  manuals, 
and  it  thus  happened  that  some  time  ago,  wishing  to  take 
up  the  study  of  Latin  with  one  of  my  own  children,  I  was 
led  to  work  out  for  myself  a  plan  of  instruction  suited  to 
the  years  of  my  pupil.  Out  of  that  experience  the  present 
volume  has  grown. 

In  the  formulation  and  development  of  the  plan  of  the 
book,  I  have  aimed  particularly  at  four  things : 

(i)  To  lay-a  broad  and  sure  foundation  of  forms. 

(2)  To   impress   through   constant    use    a    limited 

number  of  the  most  fundamental  construc- 
tions. 

(3)  To    make    thoroughly  familiar,   by   continued 

repetition,  a   working  vocabulary  of  some- 
thing less  than  four  hundred  words. 

(4)  To  infuse  a  large  degree  of  human  interest  into 

the  work. 
In  pursuance  of  the  last  mentioned  of  these  aims,  I  have 
admitted   into  the  earlier  Exercises  several    Latin   words 

5 


6  LATIN    PRIMER 

selected  rather  for  the  interest  they  might  excite  than 
because  of  frequency  of  use  in  Caesar's  Commentaries  or 
Cicero's  Orations^  and,  in  the  treatment  of  forms  and 
syntax,  the  order  of  topics  has  been  determined  very 
largely  with  a  view  to  the  early  development  of  interesting 
dialogue  and  narrative.  In  general  method,  however,  the 
book  follows  thoroughly  well-tried  and  conservative  lines ; 
and  I  hardly  need  add  that,  in  making  the  above-named 
innovations,  it  is  far  from  my  purpose  to  render  the  work 
easy  or  attractive  at  the  expense  of  real  and  substantial 
attainment  on  the  part  of  the  pupil. 

The  lack  of  general  vocabularies  at  the  end  of  the 
volume  is  by  no  means  due  to  oversight ;  for  it  is  an  inte- 
gral part  of  my  plan  that  the  student  should  fully  master 
and  make  his  own  the  vocabulary  of  each  Exercise  as  it 
comes.  Indeed,  the  number  of  new  words  in  a  day's 
lesson  is  so  small  and  the  amount  of  repetition  so  great 
that  general  vocabularies  at  the  end  of  the  book  would  be 
nothing  but  a  hindrance  to  the  proper  use  of  the  manual. 
In  place  of  these,  therefore,  I  substitute  simply  a  Latin 
Word  List.  By  means  of  this  list,  in  case  of  dire  need, 
a  pupil  could  run  down  the  meaning  of  a  woi-d ;  but  as  a 
matter  of  practice  such  need  will  seldom  be  found  to  arise. 

The  habit  of  thorough  acquisition  of  each  day's  vocabu- 
lary results  quickly  and  naturally  in  ability  to  read  at  sight. 
To  foster  on  the  part  of  the  pupil  the  development  of  this 
very  desirable  power,  there  has  been  introduced  into  each 
Exercise,  beginning  with  Number  XXXV,  one  of  a  series 
of  little  stories  told  in  Latin.  The  series  is  developed 
strictly  on  the  gradatim  plan,  each  successive  anecdote 
being  constructed  so  completely  of  familiar  materials  that 
footnotes  are  nowhere  necessary.  Such  a  programme  of 
course  subjected  the  writer  to  a  very  trying  restraint;  but 


LATIN   PRIMER  7 

it  was  in  this  way  possible  to  develop  a  body  of  material 
which  provides  practically  ideal  conditions  for  the  prac- 
tice of  sight  reading. 

This  Primer  is  shortly  to  be  followed  by  a  First  Latin 
Reader,  the  two  books  together  covering  the  field  com- 
monly referred  to  as  "  First  Year  Latin."  The  stories  of 
the  Reader  are  drawn  in  large  part  from  early  American 
history,  a  subject  that  lends  itself  very  happily  to  the 
purpose  in  hand ;  for  the  tales  of  those  stirring  days  of 
war  and  adventure  are  replete  with  human  interest,  while 
at  the  same  time  they  afford  the  most  admirable  oppor- 
tunity for  the  introduction  of  the  vocabulary  and  syntax 
of  Latin  historical  narrative.  The  Reader  continues  with 
somewhat  greater  freedom  the  gradatim  plan  begun  in  the 
Primer,  and  the  pupil  who  first  went  over  the  ground 
covered  by  the  two  books  was  able  to  complete  even 
the  simplified  Caesar  contained  in  the  Reader  without 
knowing  what  it  is  to  "  prepare  "  an  English  translation ; 
for  from  the  very  start  translation  *'  at  sight "  had  estab- 
lished itself  as  the  norm  in  the  most  delightful  and  natural 
manner  possible.  On  account  of  the  narrow  limitations 
of  syntax  and  vocabulary,  the  anecdotes  of  the  Primer  are 
largely  fanciful ;  but  in  the  Reader  it  is  my  aim  to  make 
the  narrative  historical. 

In  putting  the  material  of  this  volume  into  final  form, 
I  have  been  much  helped  by  the  suggestions  of  Dr.  R. 
Arrowsmith.  I  would  also  here  express  my  thanks  for 
similar  assistance  received  from  Miss  Margaret  Webb  and 
Miss  Clara  L.  Smith,  both  of  whom  have  used  my  manu- 
script as  a  basis  for  the  work  of  the  newly  organized 
seventh  grade  Latin  classes  in  the  Berkeley  schools. 

H.  C.  N. 

BlMtRIMnr,  CALIfORNIA, 


TO    THE   TEACHER 

In  work  of  the  grade  for  which  this  Primer  is  designed 
much  must  be  left  to  the  discretion  of  the  instructor.  I 
venture,  however,  to  add  a  word  of  suggestion  or  advice 
on  several  topics : 

1.  Oral  Work.  In  connection  with  the  earlier  Exercises 
particularly,  it  is  eminently  desirable  that  much  time  be 
spent  in  oral  work.  The  printed  sentences  of  the  Exer- 
cises are  practically  forced  into  the  form  which  they  have 
taken  by  the  fact  that,  in  addition  to  illustrating  as  fully 
as  possible  the  new  points  of  the  lesson  of  the  day,  they 
must  also  include  adequate  review  material.  Supplemen- 
tary work,  oral  or  otherwise,  would  naturally  follow  freer 
lines.  One  teacher  succeeded  in  stirring  the  interest  of  an 
immature  class  by  putting  together,  almost  from  the  very 
start,  short  connected  sentences,  e.g.  Agricola  in  area  est, 
Corbulam  tenet.  In  corbuld  uvds  et  rosds  habet ;  and  my 
own  experience  has  shown  that,  as  soon  as  the  limitations 
of  vocabulary  and  syntax  will  permit,  it  is  both  profitable 
and  popular  to  construct  out  of  familiar  materials  short 
stories  to  be  translated  at  hearing.  As  a  help  to  those 
who  may  wish  to  do  somewhat  extensive  work  along  viva 
voce  lines,  a  short  list  of  colloquial  phrases  has  been  added 
in  Appendix  II.  All  such  work,  of  course,  must  be  strictly 
supplementary.  Nothing  can  with  safety  be  substituted 
for  the  comprehensive  test  of  the  printed  sentences. 

2.  Pronunciation.  In  the  belief  that  pronunciation  is 
best  learned  by  youthful  beginners  directly  from  the 
teacher,  general  treatment  of  this  subject  has  been  rele- 


LATIN    PRIMER  9 

gated  to  Appendix  I.     Teachers  will  use  their  own  discre- 
tion as  to  the  use  of  the  material  there  provided. 

3.  Paradigms.  It  has  seemed  best  to  prefix  to  the 
paradigms  all  of  the  customary  headings,  although  it  is 
not  expected  or  desired  that  equal  attention  be  given 
at  the  outset  to  all  such  introductory  phrases  ;  for  example, 
of  the  various  headings  of  the  paradigm  of  Exercise  II, 
the  phrase  "  Present  Tense  "  is  clearly  of  greatest  impor- 
tance for  the  work  of  that  particular  lesson.  As  different 
paradigms  are  taken  up,  the  teacher  should  emphasize  the 
heading  or  headings  to  which  he  feels  that  his  class  can 
with  profit  give  attention. 

In  constructing  the  paradigms  I  have  purposely  refrained 
from  attempting  to  define  the  different  cases,  moods,  etc., 
of  the  words  used  as  models.  As  regards  the  verb,  it 
is  really  impossible  to  frame  brief  and  adequate  definitions* 
for  the  forms  as  they  stand  in  the  paradigm ;  and  with 
respect  to  the  noun,  too,  the  question  of  definition  is  not 
without  complications.  For  example,  in  this  manual  the 
ablative  is  first  put  to  actual  use  in  connection  with  the 
prepositions  in  and  sub  to  express  "  place  where,"  and  it 
would  therefore  seem  wholly  illogical  to  inform  the  stu- 
dent in  the  paradigm  of  Exercise  I  that  the  ablative  case 
signifies  "with,"  "by,"  etc.  Personally,  I  find  that  it 
works  well  to  postpone  definition  until  forms  are  put  to 
actual  use;  but  any  teacher  who  prefers  the  other  plan 
can  of  course  supply  at  once  for  the  use  of  the  class 
those  definitions  which  seem  to  him  best  to  cover  the 
ground. 

4.  The  Verb.  The  great  wealth  of  Latin  verb  forms 
makes  it  ultimately  impossible  to  maintain  an  adequate 
review  through  the  medium  of  the  sentences  of  the  Exer- 
cises merely.     As  a  supplementary  measure  it  has  been 


lO  LATIN   PRIMER 

found  helpful  to  write  out  the  forms  on  small  cards,  one 
on  each  card.  These  drawn  out  at  random  furnish  an 
excellent  memory  test,  the  pupil's  interest  being  held 
meanwhile  by  the  likeness  to  a  game. 

5.  Assignment  of  Work.  The  rate  of  progress  through 
the  book  must  of  course  be  determined  by  the  aptitude 
of  the  class.  In  many  cases  it  will  be  found  necessary 
to  spend  at  least  two  periods  upon  single  Exercises,  and 
that  too  with  frequently  interspersed  reviews. 

In  conclusion,  to  those  who  now  for  the  first  time  are 
about  to  join  in  the  pleasant  work  of  introducing  young 
beginners  to  the  study  of  Latin,  let  me  say  by  way  of 
reminder  that  it  is  very  easy  for  an  adult  to  underestimate 
the  difficulties  under  which  a  seventh  or  eighth  grade 
pupil  is  laboring.  If  such  a  student  at  the  outset  is  a 
little  bewildered  by  his  new  environment  and  makes  a 
number  of  very  crude  mistakes,  this  fact  should  not  be 
counted  either  surprising  or  discouraging.  Three  things 
only  are  necessary :  Have  patience ;  Keep  good  models 
before  the  pupil's  eye  and  ear ;  Repeat  often. 


TABLE   OF   CONTENTS 


rACB 


Introductory  Notes  and  Definitions 15 

BXBRCISK 

I.     First  or  A-Declension            17 

II.     Second  or  E-Conjugation,   Present   Indicative   Active. 

Subject  and  Direct  Object.     Agreement  of  the  Verb  19 

III.  Irregular  Verb:  5»m,  Present  Indicative       ...  22 

IV.  Vocabulary.     Reading  Lesson 24 

V.     Vocabular)'.     Reading  Lesson 26 

VI.     Second  or  £-Conjugation,  Perfect  Indicative  Active  27 

VII.     Vocabulary.     Reading  Lesson 30 

VIII.     Vocabulary.     Reading  Lesson 31 

IX.     Second  or  0-Declension,  Masculine.     Possessive  Geni- 
tive           32 

X.     Second  or  O-Declension,  Masculine  (continued).     Place 

into  Which 34 

XI.     Second  or  O-Declension,  Neuter 36 

XII.     Vocabulary.     Reading  Lesson.     Place  to  Which  .        ,  39 

XIII.  Vocative  Case 41 

XIV.  Adjectives  of  the  First  and  Second  Declensions.     Agree- 

ment   of   Adjectives.      Predicate    Adjectives    and 

Nouns 44 

XV.     Second  or  S-Conjugation,  Future  Indicative  Active  46 
XVI.     Irregular  Verb :  Sum^  Future  Indicative         ...  48 
XVII.     Adjectives  of  the  First  and  Second  Declensions  (con- 
tinued)    50 

XVIII.     Second  or  £-Conjugation,  Present  Subjunctive  Active. 

Dative  of  the  Indirect  Object 53 

II 


12 


LATIN    PRIMER 


XIX. 


XX. 

XXI. 

XXII. 

XXIII. 
XXIV. 

XXV. 

XXVI. 

XXVII. 

XXVIII. 

XXIX. 

XXX. 
XXXI. 

XXXII. 
XXXIII. 

XXXIV. 

XXXV. 

XXXVI. 

XXXVII. 

XXXVIII. 

XXXIX. 

XL. 

XLI. 

XLII. 

XLIII. 


Second    or   E-Conjugation,    Imperfect    Subjunctive 
Active.      6V-Clauses  of  Purpose.     Sequence  in 

Purpose  Clauses 55 

Personal  Pronouns :  Ego^  Tn   .        .     '  .        .         -58 
Personal  Pronouns  (continued).     Possessive  Adjec- 
tives            60 

Second   or   E-Conjugation,   Pluperfect    Subjunctive 

Active.     Cww-Circumstantial              .         #        .  62 
Vocabulary.     Reading  Lesson          ....  65 
Irregular  Verb:  Sunt,  Imperfect  and  Pluperfect  Sub- 
junctive       66 

Second    or    E-Conjugation,    Pluperfect    Indicative 

Active 68 

Vocabulary.     Reading  Lesson           ....  70 

Ablative  of  Means 72 

Personal  Pronoun  :  Is^ea^id 74 

Second    or    E-Conjugation,     Imperfect    Indicative 

Active ^^ 

Irregular  Verb :  6"//^,  Imperfect  Indicative.    Domum  79 
Second  or  E-Conjugation,  Present  Infinitive  Active. 

Complementary  Infinitive 81 

Irregular  Verb :  Sum^  Present  Subjunctive       .         .  83 
Second  or  E-Conjugation,  Future  Perfect  Indicative 

and  Perfect  Subjunctive,  Active          ...  85 

Synopsis  of  the  Verb 87 

Principal  Parts  of  the  Verb.     Use  ol-ne  ,        .        .89 

First  or  A-Conjugation,  Active  Voice        ...  92 

Third  Declension,  Consonant  Stems         ...  94 

Cardinal  Numerals :  Duo^  Tris         ....  96 

Irregular  Verb :  Ed.     Hortatory  Subjunctive    .  98 

Irregular  Verb:  Possum 10 1 

Vocabulary.     Reading  Lesson  .         .         .         .103 

Third  Declension,  I-Stems 105 

Third  or  ^-Conjugation,  Active  Voice      .         .        .107 


LATIN  PRIMER 


13 


Irregular  Verb :  Ferd^  Active  Voice    •        •        •        ,110 

Accusative  of  Extent 1 12 

Irregular  Verb :  Void.  Accusative  of  Extent  (continued)     1 1 5 
Irregular    Verbs:    Mdldy  Ndld.     Cardinal    Numerals 

(continued) .117 

Third  or  E-Conjugation  (verbs  in  -/J),  Active  Voice   .     119 

Relative  Pronoun.     Agreement  of  Relative  .         .122 

Fourth  or  T-Conjugation,  Active  Voice         ,         .         .124 

Imperative  (all  conjugations),  Present  Active.    Prohl 
bition 


LII.     Adjectives  of  the  Third  Declension,  I-Stems 

LIII.     Fourth   or  U-Declension.      Imperfect  of   Customary 
Past  Action 

LIV.     Perfect  Tenses  (all  conjugations).  Passive  Voice 

LV.     Identy  Ipse.    Use  of  Neuter  Pronouns 

LVI.    Tirst  or  A-Conjugation,  Passive  Voice.     Ablative  of 
Agency 

LVII.     Quldam 

LVIII.     Second  or  E-Conjugation,  Passive  Voice.    Complemen 
tary  Infinitive  (continued)     .... 
LIX.     Fifth  or  E-Declension.     Cardinal  Numerals,,  (contin 
ued) .     Declension  of  Unus.    Isy  ea^  id  (as  adjec 

live) 

LX.     Third  or  £-Conjugation,  Passive  Voice.     Quis    . 
LXI.     Reflexive  Pronoun ;    suf.     Vts.     Indirect  Discourse 
LXII.     Irregular  Verb :  Ferdy  Passive  Voice.     Use  of  the  Rel 

ative  Pronoun  in  place  of  a  Demonstrative    . 
LXIII.     Third  or  E-Conjugation  (verbs  in  -/VJ),  Passive  Voice 

Partial  I-Stems 

LXIV.     Irregular  Verb:  Fl0.    Perfect  Passive  Participle  (all 

conjugations).     Ablative  Absolute 
LXV.     Comparison    of    Adjectives.     Irregular    Comparison 
Declension  of  the  Comparative    . 


126 
129 

U» 
134 
137 

140 
144 

146 

149 
152 

15s 
158 

162 
164 
169 


14  LATIN    PRIMER 

BXBRCISB                                       __  FAGB 

LXVI.     Fourth  or  I -Conjugation,  Passive  Voice.    Comparison 

of  Adverbs 172 

LXVII.     Present  Participle  (all  conjugations).     Declension  of 

the  Present  Participle 176 

LXVI II.    Deusy    Domus.    Ordinal    Numerals.     A<?-Clauses    of 

Purpose 179 

LXIX.     Deponent  Verbs 181 

LXX.     Hlc.IlU 183 

LXXI.     Aliqui  {Atiquis), /ste 186 

LXXII.     The  Gerundive  (all  conjugations).     Ordinal  Numerals 

(continued) 188 

Summary  of  Forms 192 

Word  List 223 

Appendix      I.     The  Pronunciation  of  Latin         ....  229 

Appendix    II.     Colloquial  Phrases 232 

Index 234 


INTRODUCTORY   NOTES   AND 
DEFINITIONS 

INFLECTION 

Latin  nouns,  pronouns,  adjectives,  and  verbs  are  in- 
flected, i.e.  undergo  changes  of  form  which  show  their 
relation  to  other  words  in  a  sentence.  The  inflection  of 
nouns,  pronouns,  and  adjectives  is  called  Declension,  and 
the  inflection  of  verbs  is  known  as  Conjugation. 

DECLENSION 

In  speaking  of  the  difiFerent  forms  which  nouns,  pro- 
nouns, and  adjectives  may  take,  the  terms  Case,  Gender, 
and  Number  are  used. 

Case.  The  three  cases  of  English  can  be  seen  to  best 
advantage  in  the  pronoun ;  for  example,  "  he  **  (Nomina- 
tive Case),  "his"  (Possessive  Case),  and  "him"  (Objective 
Case).  Latin  has  several  additional  cases,  which  corre- 
spond in  meaning  to  the  English  objective  case  with  a 
preposition ;  thus,  "  to  a  sailor,"  "  for  a  sailor,"  "  with  a 
sword,"  etc.,  could  all  be  translated  into  Latin  without  the 
help  of  prepositions. 

Gender.  In  English  we  have  the  very  simple  gender 
rule  that  the  names  of  males  are  Masculine,  the  names  of 
females  are  Feminine,  and  the  names  of  things  are  Neuter. 
In  Latin,  too,  these  three  genders  are  found,  but  the  rule 
is  more  complicated;  for  in  Latin  the  names  of  things 
may  be  either  masculine,  feminine,  or  neuter. 

«5 


l6  LATIN    PRIMER 

Number.  In  the  English  phrases  "the  ship''  and  "the 
shipsy'  the  difference  between  the  nouns  is  one  of  number; 
that  is,  "ship"  refers  to  a  single  vessel,  and  "ships"  to 
more  than  one  vessel.  To  mark  this  difference  we  use  the 
terms  Singular  Number  ("ship")  and  Plural  Number 
("ships").  These  terms  are  used  in  just  the  same  way 
of  Latin  words. 

CONJUGATION 

In  connection  with  the  inflection  of  the  verb,  the  fol- 
lowing terms  are  used :  Mood,  Number  (already  defined), 
Person,  Tense,  and  Voice. 

Mood.  The  moods  of  a  verb  are  its  ways  of  expressing 
action.  Both  English  and  Latin  verbs  have  three  moods ; 
namely.  Indicative,  Subjunctive,  and  Imperative.  A  verb 
in  the  Indicative  Mood  generally  states  that  a  thing  is  so  ; 
for  example,  "The  boys  are  runningy  In  the  Imperative 
Mood  a  verb  commands  something  to  be  done^  as  "  Rjin^ 
boys."     The  uses  of  the  Subjunctive  Mood  are  various. 

Person.  In  English  and  Latin  there  are  three  persons. 
The  First  Person  refers  to  the  speaker  ("I,"  "we"),  the 
Second  Person  refers  to  the  person  spoken  to  ("you"), 
and  the  Third  Person  refers  to  the  person  or  thing  spoken 
of  ("he,"  "she,"  "it,"  "they"). 

Tense.  An  English  or  Latin  verb  by  its  tense  indicates 
the  time  of  an  action;  as,  "I  see''  (Present  Tense),  "I 
shall  see''  (Future  Tense),  etc. 

Voice.     In  the  sentence  "John  ran,"  the  verb  tells  what 
John   did;   but   in    "John    was   caught,"    the    verb    tcn^ 
what  was  done  to  John.     To  mark  this  difference  the  terms 
Active  Voice  ("ran")  and  Passive  Voice  (" was  caught") 
are  used  of  both  English  and  Latin  verbs. 


EXERCISE  I 


THE 

FIRST  OR  A-DECLENSION  » 

minsa,  table 

^ 

CASE 

Singular  Number 

Plural  Number 

Nominative 

mensa 

mensae 

Genitive 

mensae 

mensarum 

Dative 

mensae 

m€nsi8 

Accusative 

mensam 

mlnsfts 

Ablative 

mensft 

mensis 

Listen  carefully  while  the  teacher  pronounces  these 
Latin  words.  Note  especially  that  the  accent  nowhere 
falls  upon  the  last  syllable. 

Commit  to  memory  the  singular  and  plural  of  mgnsa, 
connecting  each  form  with  the  name  of  its  case.  The 
meaning  and  uses  of  these  cases  will  be  taken  up  later. 

Gender.  —  All  nouns  of  the  First  Declension  are  femi- 
nine, excepting  the  few  names  of  males. 


VOCABULARY 

c6rbula,  -ae,  f.,  basket.  pila,  -ae,  f.,  ball, 

naiita,  -ae,  m.,  sailor.  r6sa,  -ae,  p.,  rose. 

Remark  i.  In  the  above  vocabulary  the  -ae  following  each 
noun  is  the  ending  of  the  genitive  singular ;  and  f.  and  m.  are 
abbreviations  for  "  Feminine "  and  "  Masculine."  Each  noun 
should  be  memorized  in  the  following  way :  "  C6rbula,  c6rbulae, 
Feminine,  basket.^' 

>  For  the  meaning  of  "  Declension  "  and  other  grammatical  terms  here  used,  see 
Introductory  Notes  and  Definitions,  pages  15  and  i6w 
LATIN   PRIMER  —  3  1 7 


i8 


LATIN   PRIMER 


ILAE 


Among  the  Greeks  and  Romans  ball  playing,  except  for  small 
children,  was  for  the  most  part  a  means  of  exercise  rather  than  a 
mere  game.  The  balls  used  were  of  various  sizes,  some  being 
as  large  as  a  football  or  "medicine"  ball.  Bats  and  racquets 
were  not  then  in  use.  The  players  either  threw  the  ball  or  struck 
it  about  with  the  hand  or  arm. 


CORBULA 

The  Romans  used  baskets  of  many  shapes  and  sizes.  Some 
were  very  stout  and  strong ;  for  example,  those  in  which  soldiers 
carried  away  on  their  shoulders  the  earth  dug  out  in  making 
fortifications.  The  particular  kind  of  basket  shown  in  the  picture 
was  used  on  the  farm  for  fruit  picking  and  other  purposes. 


LATIN    PRIMER 


19 


Remark  2.  In  headings  and  vocabularies  it  is  convenient  to 
render  mCnsa  by  "  table,"  corbula  by  "  basket,"  etc.  But,  when 
actually  used  in  a  sentence,  mgnsa,  for  example,  would  be  apt  to 
mean  "  the  table,"  or  <*  a  table."  In  Latin  there  is  nothing  corre- 
sponding to  the  English  articles  "  a,"  "  an,"  and  "  the." 

I.  Name  the  case  and  number  of  the  following  forms: 
pilae,  corbulft,  rosis,  nautanim,  mSns&s,  pilam,  corbula. 

II.  Give: 

The  genitive  plural  of  rosa ;  the  ablative  singular  of  pila ; 
the  dative  plural  of  mgnsa ;  the  accusative  singular  of  nauta; 
the  nominative  plural  of  corbula ;  the  accusative  plural  of 
rosa. 


EXERCISE  II 
THE   SECOND   OR  E-CONJUGATION  > 


habeC,  /  have 

Indicative  Mood            Active  Voice 

Present  Tense 

Singular  Number 

Plural  Number 

hdbeO 

habemus 

hdbes 

habitis 

hdbet 

hibent 

Person 

1st  person 
2d  person 
3d  person 


Remark.  In  English  we  say  "  /  have,"  **you  have,"  "  he  (she, 
if)  has,"  "  we  have,"  etc.,  depending  largely  on  the  pronouns  to 
show  the  person  and  number  of  the  verb ;  but  in  Latin  a  verb  has 
special  endings  which  render  unnecessary  the  use  of  pronouns 
for  this  purpose.  Note  above  how  the  endings  of  habeS  change 
for  each  person  and  number. 

1  For  the  meaning  of  the  grammatical  terms  here  used,  see  Introductory  Note* 
and  Definitions,  pages  15  and  16. 


20  LATIN   PRIMER 

With  habed  as  a  model,  give  the  corresponding  forms  of 
tened,  /  holdy  I  am  holding, 

VOCABULARY 

herba,  -ae,  f.,  grass.  et,  conjunction,  and. 

puella, -ae,  F.,^;>/.  in,    preposition,  used  with 

pupa,  -ae,  p.,  doll,  the  ablative  case,  iVi,  on, 

via,  -ae,  f.,  street,  road.  at. 

est,  is,  there  is. 

Remark.  Note  particularly  the  second  meaning  of  est.  In 
Latin  there  is  nothing  corresponding  to  "  there  "  in  such  phrases 
as  "  there  is,"  "  there  are,"  etc. 

MODEL  SENTENCES 

Nauta  corbulam  tenet,  A  sailor  is  holding  the  basket. 
Nautae  corbulam  habent,  The  sailors  have  a  basket. 

Rule  I- J^jJ%^  ^«  active  verb,  the  nominative  is^Jhe 
case  of  the  doeriand  the  accusative  is  the  case  of  the  tntng 
directly  affected  by  the  verb  action. 

Thus,  in  the  first  of  the  model  sentences  above,  Nauta 
(nominative)  is  the  doer,  and  corbulam  (accusative)  is  the 
thing  directly  affected  by  the  verb  action  ;  in  other  words, 
Nauta  is  the  Subject  of  the  verb,  and  corbulam  is  its  Direct 
Object. 

Rule  IL  When  the  Subject  of  the  verb  is  plural  {aiS  in 
the  second  of  the  model  sentences),  the  verb  likewise  must 
be  plural. 

READING  LESSON 

I.   Translate  into  English : 

I.  Puella  pupam  et  rosas  tenet.  2.  In  corbula  pilas 
habetis.  3.  Pupae  mensas  habent.  4.  Corbulas  tenemus. 
5.    In  mensa  est  pila. 


LATIN   PRIMER 


21 


Via 


The  road  here  shown  is  the  famous  Appian  Way  (Via  Appia^, 
built  more  than  two  thousand  years  ago,  and  still  lined  with  the 
ruins  of  ancient  monuments.  It  was  along  this  road  that  St  Paul 
journeyed  to  Rome. 


22  LATIN    PRIMER 

II.    Translate  into  Latin  : 

I.  The  sailor  has  a  doll.  2.  The  girls  are-holding 
roses.  3.  We  have  a  doll  in  the  basket.  4.  There  is 
grass  in  the  street       5.    On  the  table  you  have  roses. 

EXERCISE   III 
IRREGULAR   VERB 

sum,  I  am 

Present  Tense       Indicative  Mood 
Person  Singular  Number  Plural  Number 

1st  person  sum  stimus 

2d  person  es  ^stis 

3d  person  est  sunt. 

VOCABULARY 

Area,  -ae,  f.,  yard.  IdteO,  /  hide,  I  am  hiding. 

scAlae,  -Arum,  f.,  stairs.  timeC,  I  am  afraid  {of)  J  fear. 

sfmia,  -ae,  f.,  monkey,  sub,    preposition,    used    with 

the  ablative  case,  under. 

READING  LESSON 

I.   Translate  into  English : 

I.  Puellae  simiam  timent.  2.  Pila  in  area  sub  mensa 
est.  3.  Nautam  simia  tenet.  4.  Nautae  et  sTmiae  in 
via  sunt.  5.  Pupae  rosas  in  corbulis  habent.  6.  Simiae 
sub  mensa  latent ;  nautam  timent. 

II.  Translate  into  Latin: 

I.  Sailors  are  in  the  yard.  2.  The  girl  is  under  the 
stairs ;  she  is-afraid-of  the  sailors.     3.  The  monkeys  have 


LATIN   PRIMER 


«3 


Pupa 

This  little  doll  is  made  of 
ivory,  and  its  arms  and  legs 
are  movable.  Roman  girls 
had  also  dolls  made  of  rags, 
Wood,  wax,  or  terra  cotta. 
Some  dolls  were  much  more 
elaborate  than  the  one  in 
the  picture. 


SImia 

Above  is  shown  a  strolling  street 
artist,  with  his  monkey  and  a  dog 
that  has  been  taught  to  climb  a 
ladder.  Such  artists  traveled  around 
from  place  to  place,  picking  up  a 
living  in  much  the  same  manner  as 
the  hand-organ  man  of  to-day. 


24  LATIN   PRIMER 

baskets.  4.  You  are-hiding  under  the  table.  5.  A 
monkey  is-holding  the  doll.  6.  The  dolls  are-hiding  in 
the  grass. 

EXERCISE   IV 


<. 


VOCABULARY 

qua,  -ae,  f.,  water.  videO,  /  see, 

)&ca,  -ae,  f.,  derry.  libi?  adverb,  wlieref 

s^lla,  -ae,  f.,  chair.  pila  lud&mus,  let's  play  ball. 

s61ea,  -ae,  f.,  sandal.  inquit,  he  {she)  said,  replied, 

asked,  etc. 

Note.  The  names  of  persons  are  declined  just  as  any  other 
nouns  ;  for  example,  Itilia  (whence  our  "Julia")  follows  the  declen- 
sion of  mgnsa.  Bfircus  (the  nominative  of  a  boy's  name)  is 
declined  in  a  way  soon  to  be  described. 

READING   LESSON 

I.  Translate  into  English  : 

A.  I.  Marcus  et  lulia  simiam  vident.  2.  Corbulam 
et  bacas  habetis.  3.  In  area  bacas  video.  4.  Nauta 
soleas  in  corbula  habet 

B.  I.  "  Ubi  sunt  pupae?"  inquit  lulia.  "Pupae  in 
herba  latent,"  inquit  Marcus.  2.  "  Pila  ludamus,"  inquit 
Marcus.  "Ubi  est  pila.?"  inquit  lulia.  "Pila  sub  mensa 
est,"  inquit  Marcus. 

II.  Translate  into  Latin  : 

A.  I.  The  monkey  is-afraid-of  the  water.  2.  The 
sandals  are  on  the  chair.  3.  The  doll  has  sandals  and  a 
chair  and  a  table.       4.    The  monkeys  are-holding  grass. 

B.  I.  "Where  are  the  berries?"  said  Julia.  "The 
berries  are  in  a  basket  under  the  stairs,"  replied  Marcus. 


LATIN  PRIMER 


25 


Sella 

The  chairs  of  the  Romans  for 
the  most  part  lacked  both  back 
and  arms.  Seats  of  honor,  as 
in  the  picture  above,  were  some- 
times provided  with  a  foot-rest. 
High  officials  commonly  occu- 
pied a  sort  of  camp-chair,  the 
legs  of  which  were  made  of 
ivory. 


SOLEAB 

As  Italy  is  a  warm  country, 
the  Romans  often  went  bare- 
footed when  in  their  own  homes. 
For  outdoor  wear  they  preferred 
sandals  of  which  the  "upper" 
consisted  merely  of  a  strap  or 
two.  The  soUae  above  shown 
were  of  the  kind  used  in  the 
army. 


26  LATIN   PRIMER 

2.  **  Where  are  the  sailor  and  the  monkey  hiding?" 
asked  Marcus.  "I  see  the  sailor  in  the  yard,"  said  Julia. 
"  The  monkey  is  under  the  chair." 


^ 


EXERCISE  V 


VOCABULARY 


d6ce6,  /  tfacA,  I  am  teaching,     timbra,  -ae,  f.,  shade. 
idceO,  /  //>,  /  am  lying.  cum,  preposition,  used  with 

s^eO,  /jiV,  I  am  sitting.  the  sj^lative  case,  (iti  com- 

pany) with. 

READING  LESSON 

•    I.   Translate  into  English : 

A'.  I.  Puella  in  sella  cum  pupa  sedet  2>  In  corbulis 
sunt  rosae  et  bacae.  3.  Herbam  et  aquam  videmus. 
4.    Ubi  sedet  nauta  ?     Nauta  sub  scalis  in  mensa  sedet. 

B.  "  Pila  ludamus  cum  nauta  et  simia,"  inquit  Marcus. 
"  Ubi  sunt  nauta  et  simia } "  inquit  lulia.  "  In  umbra 
iacent,"  inquit  Marcus;  "nauta  simiam  docet." 

II.   Translate  into  Latin  : 

A.  I.  The  sailor  is-lying  under  the  table;  I  see  (his) 
sandals.  2.  We  are-sitting  in  the  shade  with  the  girls. 
31^.  The  chairs  are  in  the  yard  with  the  tables.  4.  Let's 
play  ball  in  the  yard ;  on  the  street  I  am-afraid-of  the 
sailors. 

B,  I.  "Where  are  you.?"  asked  Julia.  "We  are  in 
the  water,"  replied  Marcus.  ^.  "Where  are  the  girls 
hiding.?"  said  Marcus.  "They  are-sitting  under  the  table 
with  the  dolls,"  answered  Julia. 


LATIN   PRIMER  2^ 

EXERCISE  VI 

THE  SECOND  OR  E-CONJUGATION 

f 

^  hdbeO 

•  Indicative  Mood  Active  Voicb 

Perfect  Tense 

Person                      i      Singular  Number  Plural  Number 

1st  person                           hdbui  habuimus 

2d  person                            habuisti  habuistis 

3d  person                           hdbuit  habu^runt 

Inflect  in  the  same  way  the  perfect  tense  of  doceO  (d6cui), 
iaceO  (idcui),  lateO  (Utui),  sedeo  (s^di),  tene5  (t^nui),  timed 
(timui),  video  (vidi);  so  also  of  sum  (ftii).  Note  that  in 
sedi  and  vidi  there  is  no  u  before  the  final  i.  Consequently 
the  perfect  of  sedeO,  for  example,  proceeds :  sidi,  |0Ai8ti, 
sMit,  etc  K 

Note.  The  perfect  is  the  past  tense  of  the  indicative  mood 
most  used  in  Latin.  It  has  two  distinct  meanings.  For  example, 
vidi  means  either  "  I  saw  "  or  "  I  have  seen  " ;  fui,  "  I  was  "  or 
"  I  have  been  " ;  etc 

Remark.  Special  attention  must  be  given  verbs  like  sMI ;  for, 
since  the  present  sedeO  means  "  I  am  sitting  "  as  well  as  "  I  sit," 
it  is  very  easy  to  make  the  mistake  of  translating  sWi  by  "  I  was 
sitting."  The  correct  renderings  of  sSdi  are  indicated  above, 
namely,  "  I  sat "  and  "  I  have  sat  "  ("  I  have  been  sitting  ").  Give 
also  the  proper  translations  of  docui,  iacui,  latui,  and  tenui.  By 
an  apparent  exception  to  the  rule,  timui  may  be  correctly  rendered 
by  "  I  was  afraid  (of)." 


28  LATIN  PRIMER 

VOCABULARY 

agricola,  -ae,  "w..,  farmer,  nunc,  adverb,  now, 

Claiidia,  -ae,  f.,  a  girl's  name,     quid  ?  what  f 
cymba,  -ae,  f.,  boat^  skiff. 


# 


READING  LESSON 

Translate  into  English : 

A.  I.  Ubi  latuistis  ?  Ubi  nunc  Marcus  latet  ?  2.  Agri- 
colae  in  cymba  cum  nautis  fuerunt.  3.  In  umbra  sedimus 
et  puellas  docuimus. 

B.  I.  "  Quid  in  area  vidisti  ?"  inquit  Marcus.  *' Bacas 
et  rosas  in  area  vidi,"  inquit  Claudia.  2.  "  Ubi  sunt 
simiae.^"  inquit  agricola.  "Sub  sellis  latuerunt,"  inquit 
Marcus;  "nautam  timent."  3.  "Quid  in  corbula  habuit 
nauta } "  inquit  Claudia.  "  Nauta  pupas  in  corbula  ha- 
buit," inquit  lulia. 

II.   Translate  into  Latin  t  *» 

A.  I.  We  have  been  sitting  in  the  yard.  2.  There  were 
roses  and  berries  in  the  baskets.  3.  What  were-you-afraid- 
of  ?  4.  I  saw  farmers  and  sailors  in  the  boat.  5.  The  doll 
lay  under  the  table. 

B,  I.  "Where  am  I  now ? **  asked  Marcus.  "You  are 
under  the  stairs,"  said  Julia.  "You  are-sitting  on  a  chair 
and  holding  a  doll."  2.  "Where  were  you.!*"  asked  the 
sailor.  "  I  was  in  the  yard  with  Claudia,"  replied  Marcus. 
3.  "  Let's  play  ball,"  said  Julia.  "The  ball  is-lying  under 
the  chair  in  the  grass." 


LATIN   PRIMER 


29 


Cymbas 


In  the  illustrations  are  shown  two  cymbae  as  represented  by 
ancient  artists.  In  the  first  picture  a  passenger  is  stepping  on 
board  to  be  ferried  over  a  river,  and  in  the  other  some  soldiers 
are  loading  casks  into  a  boat. 


30  LATIN   PRIMER 

EXERCISE  VII 

VOCABULARY 

c6ncha,  -ae,  f.,  shelL  cur?  adverb,  why? 

harena,  -ae,  f.,  sand,  beach,        inquiunt,  they  said,  replied, 
quia,  conjunction,  becatise,  asked,  etc. 

READING  LESSON 

I.  Translate  into  English  : 

A.  1.  Quid  in  harena  est?  2.  Nautas  nunc  agricolae 
timent.  3.  Ubi  fuerunt  conchae  ?  4.  Puella  simiam  do- 
cuit     5.  Cur  sub  mensa  latuistl  ? 

B,  I.  "Cur  in  umbra  iac6s?"  inquit  Marcus.  "Pila 
ludamus."  2.  "  Quid  in  harena  viderunt  pueilae  ?  "  inquit 
lulia.  "  Puellae  in  harena  conchas  viderunt,"  inquit  Marcus. 
3.  "Ubi  latuistis?"  inquit  Claudia.  "Sub  mensa  latui- 
mus,"  inquiunt  puellae,  "quia  agricolas  et  nautas  time- 
mus." 

II.  Translate  ij^to  Latin : 

A,  I.  What  do  the  girls  see  in  the  water?  2.  The 
sailors  have  been  lying  in  the  boat,  and  Marcus  has  been 
on  the  beach  with  the  monkey.  3.  Why  do  we  sit  in  the 
sand?  In  the  yard  there  are  shade  and  water.  4.  What 
did  the  sailors  have  in  the  boat  ? 

B,  I.  "Where  did  you  see  the  ball?"  asked  Marcus. 
"We  saw  the  ball  on  the  beach,"  replied  the  girls. 
2.  "Why  have  you  been  sitting  in  the  yard?"  said  the 
farmer.  "  I  sat  in  the  yard,  because  in  the  shade  there  are 
chairs,"  answered  Marcus.  3.  "What  are  the  dolls  now 
holding  ? "  asked  Claudia.  "  They  have  berries  and  shells," 
said  Julia. 


LATIN    PRIMER  31 

EXERCISE   VIII 

VOCABULARY 

cdvea,  -ae,  f.,  cage,  itaque,  conjunction,  and  so. 

cdnae,  -arum,  y.^  cradle.  sed,  conjunction,  bnt. 

Marc^lla,  -ae,  f.,  a  girl's  name.     t^rreO,  I  frighten,  I  am  fright- 
ening, etc. 

READING  LESSON 

I.  Translate  into  English : 

A.  I.  In  area  bacas  vidimus;  sed  nunc  in  harena 
conchas  videmus.  2.  Cur  nautam  terruistis  ?  3.  Itaque  in 
cunis  pupae  iacent.     4.  Quid  in  cymba  habent  agricolae  ? 

B.  I.  "  Cur  simiam  tenetis  ?"  inquit  Marcus.  "  Simiam 
tenemus,"  inquiunt  puellae,  "  quia  pupas  terret."  2.  "  Ubi 
est  cavea?"  inquit  lulia.  "  Cavea  in  harena  fuit,"  inquit 
Claudia ;  "  sed  nunc  in  area  est."  3.  "  Quid  videt  lulia  ?  " 
i.iquit  Marcella.  "lulia  nautas  et  agricolas  videt,"  inquit 
Marcus.     "Caveam  habent.     Simia  caveam  timet." 

II.  Translate  into  Latin: 

A.  I.  What  do  you  see  in  the  shade }  2.  But  the  doll 
now  has  sandals  and  a  cradle.  3.  Where  are  the  baskets  } 
4.  The  monkeys  are  in  the  cage,  because  they  frightened 
the  girls. 

B.  I.    "Where  have  the  sailors  been  sitting.?'*   asked 

Marcus.     "  They  saw  berries   in    the   yard,"  replied   the 

gifls,  "and  so  they  have  been  sitting  in  the  grass  with  the 

farmer."     2.  "Why  is  the  monkey  hiding  in  the  water?" 

^said  Marcella.     "The  monkey  was  under  the  cradles," 

replied  Marcus;  "and  so  he  is  now  in  the  water,  because 
le  is-afraid-of  Julia." 


32 


LATIN    PRIMER 


EXERCISE   IX 
THE  SECOND  OR  O-DECLENSION 


h6rtus,  M.,  garden 

Case 

Singular 

Plural 

Nominative 

h6rtus 

h6rti 

Genitive 

horti 

hortOrum 

Dative 

hortO 

h6rtis 

Accusative 

h6rtum 

h6rt6s 

Ablative 

hortS 

hortis 

VOCABULARY 

^quus,  -i,  M.,  horse,  Quintus,  -i,  m.,  a  boy's  name. 

Marcus,  -i,  m.,  a  boy's  name,    caiida,  -ae,  f.,  tail. 

Rule.  The  genitive  is  the  case  of  the  person  or  thing  to 
which  something  belongs  ;  for  example^  MS.rci  cymba,  Marcus 
boat;  puellae  equus,  the  girl's  horse;  etc. 

In  this  use  the  genitive  corresponds  to  the  Possessive 
Case  in  English. 

Remark.  In  a  Latin  sentence  it  is  not  always  possible  instantly 
to  recognize  a  genitive,  since  sometimes  other  cases  are  like  it  in 
form.  Thus  equi  (so  far  as  form  is  concerned)  might  be  either 
genitive  singular  or  nominative  plural ;  and  nautae  might  be  either 
genitive  or  dative  singular  or  nominative  plural.  When  such 
forms  are  used,  we  have  to  depend  on  the  other  words  of  the 
Latin  sentence  to  make  clear  which  case  is  meant. 

READING   LESSON 

I.    Translate  into  English  : 

A.  I.  Marci  simia  nunc  in  cavea  est.  2.  Sed  in  pu 
parum  cunis  sunt  conchae  et  harena.  3.  CiJr  equi  in  horto 
iacent  "i      4.    Itaque  equi  caudam  simia  tenuit. 


LATIN  PRIMER 


33 


HORTUS 

Rich  Romans  took  much  pride  in  well-kept  pleasure  gardens. 
In  these  there  were  level  walks  with  fountains  here  and  there, 
flowers  were  carefully  cultivated,  and  the  trees  and  shnibs  were 
often  cut  into  ornamental  shapes.  The  picture  above  shown  was 
found  painted  on  a  wall  in  the  ruins  of  Pompeii.  There  were,  of 
course,  plenty  of  vegetable  gardens  also  in  Italy,  but  painters  seem 
to  have  taken  little  interest  in  them.  The  lower  picture  is  from 
Herculaneum. 


HORTUS 


I^TIK    PRIMFH 


34 


LATIN   PRIMER 


B,  I.  "Quid  videt  Quinti  equus?"  inquit  Marcus. 
"Equusherbametaquam  videt,  "inquitMarcella.  2.  "Cur 
agricolae  equ5s  tenent?"  inquiunt  puellae.  "  Equos  te- 
nent, "  inquit  Qufntus,  "quia  in  via  nautae  cum  simiisfue- 
runt.  Equi  nautarum  simias  timuerunt. "  3.  "  Ubi 
sedistis?"  inquit  Marcus.  "In  puparum  sellis  sedimus, " 
inquiunt  puellae. 

II.   Translate  into  Latin : 

A,  I.  And  so  the  doll's  table  and  chairs  were  under 
the  stairs.  2.  There  is  now  a  basket  in  the  doll's  cradle. 
3.  Why  did  they  frighten  the  farmer's  horses.^  4.  What 
did  the  sailor's  monkey  see }  5.  The  girls  hid  in  the  yard 
and  garden. 

B,  I.  "Let's  play  ball  with  Marcus'  monkey,"  said 
Marcella.  "Where  is  the  ball?"  "Marcus'  ball  was  on 
the  doll's  chair,"  answered  Claudia;  "now  it  is  under  the 
table."  2.  "Why  did  Quintus  sit  in  the  sailors'  boat?" 
asked  Julia.  "Quintus  sat  in  the  boat,  because  there  have 
been  horses  on  the  beach,"  said  Claudia ;  "  but  Marcus  and 
the  girls  sat  in  the  garden  in  the  shade." 


EXERCISE   X 
THE  SECOND   OR   O-DECLENSION  (continued) 

piier,  M.,  boy  dger,  u.,  field 


Case 

Singular 

Plural 

Singular 

Plural        i 

Nominative 

piier 

piieri 

ager 

dgri 

Genitive 

piieri 

puerdrum 

agri 

agr6nim 

Dative 

piierO 

pueris 

agro 

dgris 

Accusative 

puerum 

pueros 

agrum 

dgros 

Ablative 

piierS 

pueris 

agr6 

agris 

LATIN    PRIMER  •  35 

VOCABULARY 

cuctlrrl,  /  rartt  I  have  run.  vfini,  /  cantCy  T  have  come, 

6,  ex,  preposition,  used  with  in,  preposition,  used  with 
the  ablative  case,  {out)  the  accusative  case,  into, 
fronts  out  of.  ^ 

Remarket .  The  verbs  from  which  come  the  perfects  cuciirri 
and  v6ni  do  not  belong  to  the  second  conjugation  ;  but  the  in- 
flection of  the  perfect  tense  of  all  conjugations  is  identical.  With 
habui,  therefore,  as  a  model,  inflect  the  perfects  cucurri  and  v6ni. 

Remark  2.  Both  forms  of  the  preposition  8,  ex  have  the  same 
meaning.  The  second  form  is  to  be  used  when  the  following 
ablative  begins  with  a  vowel  or  h. 

Remark  3.  Contrast  the  meaning  of  in  and  the  ablative  with 
that  of  in  and  the  accusative.  The  former  indicates  Place  Where, 
the  latter  Place  into  Which.  Translate  the  following  phrases :  io 
cymba,  sub  cymba,  6  cymba,  in  cfmbam. 

READING  LESSON 

I.  Translate  into  English  : 

A.  I.  Ex  area  cucurrimus.  2.  Puer  in  agricolae  hor- 
tum  venit.  3.  Cur  cucurristi  e  via  inaream.^  4.  Itaque 
simia  cum  luliae  pupa  incaveam  cucurrit. 

B.  I.  "Puellae  in  nautarum  cymbis  sedent,"  inquit 
Marcus;  "cum  pueris  pila  ludamus."  "Ubi  sunt  pueri.?" 
inquit  Quintus.  "Puerl  ex  horto  in  aream  cucurrerunt," 
inquit  Marcus;  "nunc  in  umbra  latent."  2.  "CiJrnautae 
equus  ex  agro  in  hortuhi  cucurrit?"  inquiunt  puellae. 
"  Simia  equum  terruit,"  inquit  Marcus ;  "  sed  nauta  e  cymba 
venit,  et  equus  nunc  in  area,  simia  in  cavea  est." 

II.  Translate  into  Latin  : 

A.  I.  And  so  you  ran  from  the  water  into  the  yard 
and  hid  under  the  dolls'  table.      2.   Why  did  they  come 


36 


LATIN   PRIMER 


from  the  yard  into  the  farmer's  fields?  3.  What  is 
Claudia's  doll  holding  ?  4.  Where  is  Marcus'  ball  ?  Why 
was  it  under  the  chair  ? 

B.  I.  "  Where  did  you  see  the  farmers'  horses  ? "  asked 
Quintus.  "  They  were  in  the  garden,"  replied  the  girls, 
"but  now  they  have  run  into  the  water."  2.  "Why  did 
the  girl's  monkey  run  from  the  boat? "  said  Marcella.  "  It 
has  run  from  the  boat,"  replied  Marcus,  "because  the 
farmers  came  and  sat  in  the  sand." 

EXERCISE   XI 

THE   SECOND  OR  O-DECLENSION   (continued) 

malum,  N.,  apple 


Singular 

Plural 

Nominative 

malum 

mala 

Genitive 

mail 

mal5rum 

Dative 

jnalC 

malis 

Accusative 

malum 

mala 

Ablative 

male 

mails 

Remark.  The  accusative  of  neuter  words  is  always  the  same  as 
the  nominative.  Note  how  this  fact  is  illustrated  by  the  singular 
and  plural  of  m&lum. 

Gender.  The  second  declension  is  made  up  almost  wholly  of 
masculine  and  neuter  nouns.  Regular  masculines  end  in  -us  or 
-er,  and  the  neuters  end  in  -um.  The  few  feminines  belonging  to 
this  declension  have  the  termination  -us. 


VOCABULARY 


tabernaculum,  -i,  n.,  tent. 
taberna,  -ae,  f.,  store,  shop. 


ii,  /  went,  I  have  gone, 
misi,  I  sent ^  I  have  sent. 


ultih  primer 


37 


¥ 


Taberna 


Roman  shops  were  often  hardly  more  than  booths.  But  many 
dwelling  houses  were  so  built  that  the  ground  floor  on  the  street 
side  could  be  let  out  to  tradesmen.  Each  such  store  consisted 
usually  of  a  single  room  shut  off  completely  from  the  rest  of  the 
building,  the  merchant  doing  his  business  there  during  the  day, 
but  having  his  residence  elsewhere.  At  night  the  shops  were 
closed  by  putting  up  wooden  shutters  in  froDt. 


38  LATIN   PRIMER 

Remark.  The  perfect  il  is  a  shorter  form  for  ivi  Gcnerall> 
the  singular  and  plural  of  the  second  person  are  further  shortened 
to  isti  and  istis. 

READING  LESSON 

I.  Translate  into  English  : 

A,  I.  Itaque  agricola  pueros  cum  equls  in  agros 
misit.  2.  Cur  in  tabernam  istis?  Cur  in  sellis  sedetis? 
3.  Puellas  ex  horto  in  aream  mIsistL  4.  Cur  puer  pupas 
tenuit? 

B.  I.  "Quid  in  tabernaculo  vidistis?'*  inquit  Quintus. 
*•  Puparum  cunas  et  simiae  caveam  in  tabernacul5  vidimus," 
inquiunt  pueri.  2.  *'  Cur  pueri  e  cymba  in  hortum  ierunt  ? " 
inquit  Marcus.  "Pueros  in  hortum  misi,"  inquit  nauta; 
"nunc  mala  in  corbula  habent."  3.  "  Ubi  latuit  lulia?" 
inquit  Marcus.  "  lulia  in  tabernaculum  cucurrit,"  inquiunt 
puellae ;  "  sed  nunc  in  pupae  cunis  latet." 

II.  Translate  into  Latin : 

A.  I.  The  farmer  went  from  the  tent,  and  sent  the  boys 
into  the  sailors*  boat.  2.  In  the  farmer's  garden  are 
berries  and  roses ;  on  the  beach  there  are  shells.  3.  And 
so  the  farmers*  horses  came  from  the  field  and  ran  into  the 
garden. 

B.  I.  "Where  are  the  monkeys?**  asked  Julia.  "The 
monkeys  went  with  the  boys  into  the  tent,"  replied  Marcus; 
"but  now  they  are  on  the  street."  2.  "Why  did  you  come 
from  the  shade  into  the  road?**  said  Claudia.  "I  came 
into  the  road  because  I  am  afraid  pf  the  farmer's  horse," 
answered  Marcella.  "But,"  said  Quintus,  "the  farmer  has 
come  from  the  store  with  the  boys  and  sent  the  horse  into 
the  fields." 


LATIN   PRIMER  39 

EXERCISE  XII 

VOCABULARY 

Ifidus,  -I,  M.,  school.  ad,   preposition,   used   with 

liber,  -bri,  m.,  book,  the  accusative  case,  to. 

magister,  -tri,  m.,  teacher,  diixi,     /    brought,    I    nave 

subsellium,  -i,  n.,  bench.  brought;  I  led,  I  have  led. 

turn,  adverb,  then.  poenas  dedi,  /  ivas  punished^ 

I  have  been  punished. 

Remark  i.  Contrast  the  meaning  of  in  and  the  accusative 
with  that  of  ad  and  the  accusative,  the  former  indicating  Place 
into  Which,  the  latter  Place  to  Which. 

Remark  2.  The  phrase  poenas  dedi  means  literally  "  I  paid 
the  penalty,"  hence  "  I  was  punished."  The  perfect  dedi  is  to 
be  conjugated  as  any  other  perfect,  poenfis  remaining  unchanged  j 
e.g.  poenas  dedi,  poenfis  dedisti,  poenas  dedit,  etc. 

READING  LESSON 

I.   Translate  into  English  : 

A.  I.    Pueri    et    puellae    ex    agris    in    ludum    ierunt. 

2.  Itaque  nunc  in  subselliis  sedent.  3.  Magister  e  ta- 
bernavenit;  bacas  et  mala  in  corbulis  habet.  4.  luliae 
libri  in  tabernaculo  sunt. 

B.  I.  "  Ubi  est  Marcus?"  inquit  Claudia.  "Agricola 
Marcum  in  tabernam  misit,"  inquit  lulia.  2.  "Quid  in 
ludo  vidisti  ? "  inquit  Marcella.  "  Marcus  et  Quintus  si- 
miam  in  ludum  duxerunt,"  inquit  lulia.  "  Simia  sub  subsel- 
liis latuit  et  magistrum  terruit    Tum  pueri  poenas  dederunt." 

3.  "Cur  in  tabernaculum  cucurristis  ?  cur  sub  mensa  late- 
tis?"  inquit  QuTntus.  "Latemus,"  inquiunt  puellae,  "quia 
in  area  equum  vidimus," 


40 


LATIN   PRIMER 


PUER  POENaS  DEDIT 

In  this  illustration  school  seems  to  be  in  session  in  an  open 
colonnade,  as  was  the  custom  among  the  Greeks.  Three  boys 
may  be  seen  sitting  on  sellae,  holding  spread  out  upon  their  laps 
rolls  of  manuscript  from  which  they  are  studying.  Their  less 
fortunate  companion  in  front  is  being  severely  whipped. 


SUBSELLIUM 


Any  bench  upon  legs  and  without  a  back  was  called  subsellium. 
The  particular  bench  shown  above  was  found  in  the  public  baths 
of  Pompeii.     Note  the  ornamental  carvings  upon  the  legs. 


LATIN   PRIMER 


41 


II.     Translate  into  Latin  : 

A,  I.  Marcus*  books  lie  on  the  bench.  2.  And  so 
the  teacher  then  brought  the  boys  and  girls  from  the 
garden  into  the  street.  3.  You  were  punished  at  school. 
4.   What  did  you  have  in  the  basket  ? 

B.  I.  "  The  sailor's  monkey  hid  in  the  grass  and  fright- 
ened the  teacher's  horse,"  said  the  girls.  "  Then  he  was 
punished."  2.  "  Let's  play  ball  in  the  school,"  said 
Marcus.  "Where  is  the  teacher.?"  asked  Quintus.  "The 
teacher  is  in  the  yard,"  answered  Marcus.  "He  led  the 
horse  to  water,"  said  Claudia;  "then  he  came  into  the 
yard  with  (his)  books,  and  is  now  lying  on  the  bench." 

EXERCISE  Xll\f4f'^^<ftcMAM,UKJi^^ 
THE  VOCATIVE  CASE  ^'i>ntfL<ii^  J^-u/iAy^X 

In  addition  to  the  five  cases  already  treated,  words  oi^^  f"^ 
the  second  declension  ending  in  -us  have  also  a  specialty*.  £ 
vocative   singular,  eg.  Mftrce,    Quinte,   etc.      Everywhere    ft\jfK 
else,  in  all  declensions,  the  nominative  is  made  to  do  serv- 
ice as  a  vocative. 

MODEL  SENTENCES 

Ubi  sunt  libri,  Marce  ?     Where  are  the  books,  Marcus  ? 
Quid  hab€s,  lulia  ?     What  have  you,  Julia } 
Cur  €  cymba,  puellae,  cucurristis  ?     Why  did  you  run 
from  the  boat,  girls  ? 

Rule.  The  vocative  case  is  used  in  addressing  a  person 
by  name  or  title. 

Remark.  In  an  English  sentence  the  vocative  often  stands 
first,  but  in  Latin  it  seldom  has  this  position.  In  a  short  sentence 
it  is  apt  to  stand  last. 


42  LATIN   PRIMER 

vcx:abulary 

Stilus,  -I,  M.,  pen,  capsa,  -ae,  f.,  school  hag, 

tergum,  -i,  n.,  back.  tabula,  -ae,  f.,  tablet, 

umerus, -i,  ml.  ^  shoulder,  ^ tiA  J  carried y  I  have  carried. 

Remark.  The  verb  of  which  v6xi  is  the  perfect  is  seldom 
applied  to  men.  It  is  commonly  used  of  carrying  by  horses, 
ships,  etc 

READING  LESSON 

I.  Translate  into  English  : 

A,  I.  Quid  in  capsa  babes,  Quinte?  2.  In  capsa 
libros  et  tabulas   habeo.        3.    Ubi    est   simia,   Claudia  ? 

4.  Simia  in  nautae  umero  sedet ;  malum  habet.  5.  Quid 
in  harCna  vidistis,  puellae  ?  6.  Corbulas  et  conchas  vidi- 
mus. 

B.  I.  "  Cur  in  aquam  cucurrit  equus  ? 'Mnquiunt  puellae. 
*'  In  aquam  equus  cucurrit,"  inquit  Marcus,  "  quia  simia  in 
tergo  est."  2.  "  Ubi  f  uit  Quint!  equus,  Claudia  ? "  inquit 
Marcella.  "Equus  magistrum  ad  ludum  vexit,"  inquit 
Claudia.  "Tum  venit  agricola,  et  equum  in  agros  duxit." 
3.  "  Cur  cum  tabula  et  stilo,  Quinte,  sub  mensa  sedisti  ? " 
inquit  Marcus.  "  Marcellam  et  Claudiam  terrui,"  inquit 
Quintus ;  "  itaque  poenas  dedL" 

II.  Translate  into  Latin  : 

A,  I.  What  is  under  the  bench,  Marcus?  2.  Where 
are  the  boys,  Quintus.?  Let's  play  ball  in  the  shade. 
3.  What  do  you  see  in  the  grass  now,  boys }  4.  We 
brought  a  doll  to  school ;  and  so  we  have  been  punished. 

5.  Why  did  you  run  out  of  school,  Quintus } 

B.  I.  **The  school  bag  is  in  the  tent,"  said  Julia.  "It 
lies  with  the  books  in  the  doll's  cradle."  2.  "  What  do 
you  see,  Claudia  }  "  asked  Marcella.     "  I  see  the  boys  in 


LATIN   PRIMER 


41 


Stilus  et, 


lULAE 


Tablets  were  commonly  made  by 
putting  a  layer  of  wax  upon  strips 
of  wood.  Upon  such  tablets  school 
children  traced  letters  with  a  stilus ^ 
which  was  a  piece  of  metal  shaped 
somewhat  like  a  pencil.  The  writ- 
ing end  of  the  sti/us  was  very  sharp, 
while  the  other  was  often  flattened 
so  that  it  could  be  used  to  erase 
marks  made  in  the  wax. 


The  capsa  was,  strictly, 
a  box  rather  than  a  bag. 
It  was  circular  in  form,  and 
had  a  cover.  Rolls  of 
manuscript  {iilfri)  standing 
on  end  fitted  very  nicely 
into  such  a  box.  Some- 
times a  slave  was  sent  along 
to  carry  a  boy's  capsa  to 
school  for  him.  The  above 
illustration  is  somewhat  stif^ 
and  formal  in  its  style. 


44  LATIN   PRIMER 

the  fields,"  replied  Claudia.  "They  have  come  from 
school,  and  are  now  on  the  horse's  back."  3.  "  I  sent 
Quintus  to  the  store,"  said  the  farmer.  "  We  saw  Marcus 
in  the  store,"  said  the  boys ;  "  but  Quintus  has  gone  into 
the  saijors*  boat." 

EXERCISE  XIV 

ADJECTIVES  OF  THE  FIRST  AND  SECOND  DECLENSIONS 

bonus,  -a,  -um,  good 


Singular 

Plural 

"hiasc          Fern, 

Nna, 

Masc, 

Fern. 

Neut. 

Norn. 

bonus       bona 

bonnm 

bonl 

bonae 

bona 

Gen. 

\pm         bonae 

boni 

bondruin 

bonarum 

bonorum 

Dat. 

Don5        bonae 

bono 

bonis 

bonis 

bonis 

Ace. 

bonum     bonam 

bonum 

bonds 

bonas 

bona 

Abl. 

bond        bona 

bond 

bonis 

bonis 

bonis 

Remark.  Note  that  the  masculine  of  twlpjective  is  declined 
like  hortus,  the  feminine  like  mSnsa,  and  the  neuter  like  m&lam. 
The  forms  should  now  be  memorized  from  left  to  right,  thus : 
(Nom.)  bonus,  bona,  bonum ;  (Gen.)  boni,  bonae,  boni,  etc. 

VOCABULARY 

albus,  -a,  -um,  white,  magnus,  -a,  -um,  big-,  large^ 

defessus,  -a,  -um,  tired^  weary,         etc. 

longus,  -a,  -um,  long,  parvus,  -a,  -um,  smally  little 

etc. 

Rule.  An  adjective  has  the  same  gender y  case^  and 
number  as  the  noun  to  which  it  belongs ;  eg,y  puellae  par- 
vae,  puellas  bonas,  etc. 

Remark.  It  should  be  remembered  that  a  few  nouns  of  the 
first  declension  are  masculine.  With  these,  of  course,  the  mascu- 
line forms  of  the  adjective  must  be  used ;  e.g.^  nautae  magni,  nau- 
tSs  bonds,  etc. 


LATIN   PRIMER  45 

MODEL  SENTENCES 

Marcus  est  parvus,  Marcus  is  smalL    U>tv^»  Lo^y^p, 
Quintus  est  agricola,  Quintus  is  a  farmer. 

Rule.  With  fomts  of  the  verb  sum,  nn  adjective  referring 
to  the  subject  of  the  verb  is  called  a  Predicate  Adjective^ 
and  a  noun  referring  to  the  same  thing  as  the  subject  is 
called  a  Predicate  Noun.  Predicate  Adjectives  and  Noutis 
stand  in  the  same  case  as  the  subject  of  the  verb, 

READING  LESSON 

I.  Translate  into  English  : 

A.  I.  MarcT  equus  albus  est;  caudam  longam  habet. 
2.  Cur  ad  tabernam  ierunt  agricolae  defessi  ?  3.  In  agri- 
colarum  defessdrum  corbulis  f uerunt  mala  magna  et  bacae 
albae.      4.    Quid  in  capsa  habent  puellae  parvae,  Claudia  ? 

B.  I.  "Cur  nautae  simiam  magnam  in  caveam  misisti, 
lulia?"  inquit  Marcus.  "Simla  pupas  parvas  in  aquam 
vexit,"  inquit  lulia;  "turn  poenas  dedit."  2.  "  Ubi  est 
Claudiae  capsa,  Marce } "  inquit  Marcella.  "  Capsam 
Quintus  in  area  vldit,"  inquit  Marcus ;  "  sed  tabulae  et  sti- 
lus in  subsellio  iacent."  3.  "  Ubi  nunc  est  Claudia, 
Quinte }  "  inquit  lulia.  "  Magister  bonus  Claudiam  e  ludo 
in  hortum  duxit,"  inquit  Quintus. 

II.  Translate  into  Latin :     ^ 

A,  I.  What  is  on  the  white  monkey's  shoulder,  Julia .^ 
2.  Why  do  the  girls  teach  the  dolls }  3.  What  did  the 
big  sailor's  horse  carry  on  (his)  back,  Marcus.^  4.  And 
so  we  sent  Quintus  to  school  with  a  book  and  a  small  tablet. 

B,  I.  "The  girls  have  gone  to  school,  Quintus,"  said 
Marcus;  "  let's  play  ball  in  the  dolls*  garden."  2.  "Why 
did  you  bring  the  farmer's  horses  from  the  fields  into  thg 


46  LATIN   PRIMER 

Street,  Quintus?"  asked  Julia;  **  they  are  now  frightening 
the  little  boys  and  girls."  "  Quintus  is  a  good  boy,"  replied 
Claudia.  *'  He  ran  and  brought  the  horses  into  the  street, 
because  we  saw  big  monkeys  in  the  fields.  Horses  are 
afraid  of  monkeys." 


EXERCISE  XV 

THE  SECOND  OR  E-CONJUGATION 

habe6 

Indicative  Mood        Active  Voice 

Future  Tense 
Singular 


1st  person  habCbO    X  ^S^*Jl^y^ah€bimn8  ,A^>^^^^ 

2d  person  habgbis    Lou^juMji'hahtbitis      MVw     "  '' 

3d  person  hab€bit  %,     "     vhabebunt     A;Uh^     " 

Conjugate  in  the  same  way  the  future  tense  of  doceO, 
iaceO,  lateO,  sedeO,  teneo,  terreO,  timeC,  videO. 

VOCABULARY 

malus,  -a,  -um,  dad,  etc.  ieci,  /  t/irew,  I  have  thrown 

filia,  -ae,  f.,  daughter.  eras,  adverb,  to-morrow. 

filius,  fili,  M.,  son,  boy.  nam,  conjunction, /an 
f  regi,  /  broke,  I  have  broken. 

Remark.  Note  the  slight  irregularity  in  the  genitive*  singular 
of  filius.  The  other  cases  of  this  noun  proceed  regularly  (filiS, 
filium,  etc.),  excepting  the  vocative  singular,  which  also  has 
fili.  The  vocative  fili  commonly  appears  in  the  combination 
mi  fili,  "  my  son,"  "  my  boy." 


LATIN    PRIMER 


4/ 


READING  LESSON 

I.  Translate  into  English  : 

A.  I.  Itaque  nauta  malus  Marcellae  capsam  in  aquam 
iecit.  2.  Quid  turn  in  area  vidistis  ?  Quid  nunc  in  horto 
videtis?  3.  Ubi,  mi  fill,  eras  sedebis?  4.  In  equi  tergo 
sedebo.  5.  Cur  agricolae  filii  magni,  Quinte,  nautam 
bonum  e  cymba  in  harenam  iecerunt? 

B.  I.  "Quid  in  via  eras  videbimus,  Marce?"  inquiunt 
puellae.  "  Equos  albos  et  simias  parvas  eras  in  via  vide- 
bitis,"  inquit  Marcus.  2.  "  Claudia  e  tabernaculo  in  hor- 
tum  cum  Quints  cucurrit,"  inquit  lulia;  "  ubi  nunc  est?" 
"  In  herba  tum  latuit,"  inquit  Marcella.  "  Sed  nunc  in 
puparum  cunis  defessa  iacet ;  nam  Claudia  parva  est 
puella."  3.  "  Ubi  est  pila  ?"  inquit  Marcus.  "Agricolae 
filius  puer  est  malus,"  inquit  Quintus ;  "  pilam  in  taber- 
naculum  iecit  et  pupam  fregit.  Sed  tiim  venit  agricola, 
et  filius  malus  poenas  dedit." 

II.  Translate  into  Latin: 

A.  I.  The  farmer's  daughter  sent  Marcus  to  the  store  ; 
and  so  we  have  apples  and  berries.  2.  Claudia  and  Mar- 
cella are  good  daughters  ;  for  they  have  come  into  the  yard 
with  tablets  and  pens.  3.  Why  does  the  monkey  sit  on 
the  shoulder  of  the  little  boy,  my  son }  4.  Claudia  has 
thrown  Marcus'  pen  into  the  sailor's  basket. 

B,  I.  "The  teacher  will  have  long  benches  in  the 
school,"  remarked  Quintus.  "We  shall  hide  under  the 
benches  and  frighten  the  girls,"  said  Marcus.  2.  "  The 
sailor's  bad  boy  broke  a  bench  at  school,"  said  Claudia. 
"To-morrow  he  will  hide;  for  the  teacher  will  then  see 
the  bench."  3.  "  Why  do  you  frighten  the  tired  monkeys, 
Quintus  ? "  asked  Marcus.  "  I  am  frightening  the  monkeys," 
replied  Quintus,   "because  they  broke  Claudia's  shells." 


48 


LATIN    PRIMKR 


EXERCISE   XVI 
IRREGULAR   VERB 


sum 


Future  Tense 

Indicative  Mood 

Singular 

Plural 

1st  person 

erC 

erimus 

2d  person 

eris 

erit  is 

3d  person 

erit 

erunt 

VOCABULARY 

lupus,  -I,  M.,  wolf, 

silva,  -ae,  y.^  forest ^  woods. 
validus,     -a,     -urn,     strong, 
sturdy ,  powerful. 


hodig,  adverb,  to-day, 

ibi,    adverb,    there,    in    tJint 

place. 
nOn,  adverb,  not. 
occidi,  /  killed,  I  have  killed. 


Remark.  Distinguish  carefully  between  the  use  of  the  word 
"there  "  in  the  sentences  :  "  There  are  roses  in  the  garden,"  and 
"We  ran  into  the  garden;  there  we  saw  a  wolf."  When,  as  in 
the  second  sentence,  "  there  "  means  "  in  that  place,"  it  is  to  be 
rendered  by  ibi 

READING  LESSON 

I.   Translate  into  English  : 

A,  I.  Itaque  eras  in  silva  cum  Quinto  erimus,  Marcella. 
Ibi  lup5s  magnos  videbimus.  2.  Turn  Claudia  puella 
bona  erit ;  sed  nunc  in  area  pueros  parvos  terret.  3.  Pila 
ludamus.  Simiam  hodie  docebimus.  4.  Lupus  malus  e 
silva  venit  et  Marci  simiam  occidit.  Sed  tum  lupum  defes- 
sum  occidit  agricola  validus. 


LATIN   PRIMER  49 

B.  I.  "Quid  in  ludo  f regit  Marcus?"  inquit  Claudia. 
"  Marcus  stilum  longum  fregit,"  inquit  luiia;  "turn  6  ludo 
ad  cymbam  cucurrit.  Ibi  nautae  mail  puerum  in  aquam 
iecerunt. "  2.  "Cur  es  puer  malus,  mi  fill ?  "  inquit  agricola. 
''Puer  malus  non  sum,"  inquit  filius,  "sed  quia  magistrum 
timeo,  e  ludo  cucurri."  3.  **  Ubi  eritis?"  inquit  Marcus. 
"In  terg5  albi  equi  sedebimus,"  inquiunt  puellae.  "  Pupa 
in  simiae  umero  sedebit."  4.  "  Cur  Claudiae  pupam  occi- 
distis,  pueri?"  inquit  lulia.  "Pupam  occidimus,"  inquit 
Marcus,  "  quia  Claudia  simiae  caveam  fregit." 

II.   Translate  into  Latin: 

A,  I.  In  the  school  there  will  be  good  books  and  tab- 
lets, but  the  sailor  will  be  the  teacher.  2.  Why  did  the 
farmer's  horse  carry  the  girls  into  the  forest  to-day  ? 
3.  What  shall  we  see  in  the  woods,  my  boy?  4.  There 
will  be  a  wolf  there.  5.  The  sailor's  daughter  will  not 
teach  the  little  boys. 

B,  I.  "  Why  was  Marcus  punished  to-day,  Quintus?" 
asked  Julia.  "  He  threw  the  sailor's  little  monkey  into  the 
store,"  answered  Quintus,  "and  so  he  was  punished.  But 
to-morrow  he  will  be  a  good  boy."  2.  "What  do  you  see 
now,  girls  ?  "  said  the  farmer's  tired  daughter.  "  We  see  a 
strong  wolf  in  the  field,"  replied  Claudia.  "  He  has  run  out 
of  the  woods  and  killed  the  big  horse.  But  he  does  not 
see  the  boys ;  for  they  have  hidden  in  the  grass."  3.  "  To- 
morrow," said  Marcus,  "  the  boys  and  girls  will  be  in  the 
forest.  There  the  girls  will  be  afraid  of  wolves  and  mon- 
keys ;  but  the  boys  will  not  be  afraid." 


LATIN  PRIMKR  — 4 


so 


LATIN   PRIMER 


EXERCISE  XVII 

ADJECTIVES  OF  THE  FIRST  AND  SECOND  DECLENSIONS 

(continued) 

miser,  -era,  -erum,  wretched^  poor 
piger,  -gra,  -grum,  lazy 


Singular 

Mau. 

F*m. 

Neut. 

Mmsc, 

Fem, 

Neui, 

Nom. 

miser 

misera 

miserum 

piger 

pigra 

pigrum 

Gen. 

miseri 

miserae 

miseri 

pigri 

pigrae 

pigri 

Dat. 

miserS 

miserae 

misero 

pigro 

pigrae 

pigro 

Ace. 

miserum 

miseram 

miserum 

pigrum 

pigram 

pigrum 

Abl. 

misero 

misera 

misero 

pigro 

pigra 

pigro 

Note.  The  plural  of  these  adjectives  is  declined  in  the  same 
way  as  the  plural  of  bonus.  Note  that  the  singular,  too,  is  like 
bonus,  excepting  that  miser  has  the  peculiarities  of  puer,  while 
piger  follows  ager,  losing  its  e  throughout. 

VOCABULARY 

porta,  -ae,  f.,  gate.  heri,  adverb,  yesterday, 

oppidum,  -i,  n.,  town.  in,    preposition,    used   with 

saxum,  -I,  N.,  rockt  stone,  the    accusative    case,   at, 

Q,tci6\y  I  fellf  I  have  fallen.  against ,  upon,  to. 

Remark.  The  preposition  in  with  the  accusative  normally 
means  "  into."  as  already  stated.  But  with  verbs  of  throwing, 
falling,  and  the  like,  the  meanings  given  in  this  vocabulary  are 
sometimes  called  for. 

READING  LESSON 

I.     Translate  into  English  : 

A.  I.  Itaque  agricolae  bon!  et  nautae  validi  e  porta 
oppidi  heri  ierunt,  et  cucurrerunt  in  silvam.      2.    Hodie 


LATIN  PRIMER 


51 


Porta 
From  Gusman's  Pompeii,  by  permission  of  Messrs.  Dodd,  Mead  and  Company. 

This  illustration  shows  one  of  the  gates  in  the  ruined  wall  of 
Pompeii.  Note  the  strength  of  the  wall  and  the  substantial  way 
in  which  the  street  is  paved. 


52  LATIN   PRIMER 

agricol5rum  equi  miseri  in  aquam  ceciderunt ;  crSs  in  agrls 
erunt.  3.  Marcus  nauta  erit ;  sed  agricola  erit  Quiutus. 
4.    Nam  pueri  pigri  saxa  in  aquam  iecerunt. 

B,  I.  "  Ubi  est  Marcus  ? "  inquit  Marcella.  "Marcus 
in  oppidura  hodie  iit,"  inquit  Qulntus.  "  Via  est  longa,  et 
eras  puerum  defessum  videbimus."  2.  *'  In  harena  con- 
chas albas  heri  vidi,"  inquit  Claudia ;  "  tum  cum  corbulis 
iimus,  et  boni  agricolae  equus  conchas  in  aream  vexit." 
3.  "Simia  e  corbula  in  puparum  cunas  cecidit,"  inquit 
Marcus;  "cunas  et  pupas  fregit  miseras.  Tum  lulia 
cucurrit  e  tabernaculo  et  saxum  in  simiam  iecit ;  sed  saxum 
in  caudam  slmiae  cecidit,  et  Claudiae  pupae  sellam  fregit." 

II.   Translate  into  Latin  : 

A.  I.  What  is  on  the  lazy  horse's  back,  Quintus? 
2.  The  gate  of  the  town  is  large,  but  the  streets  are  not 
long.  3.  The  boys  killed  a  small  wolf  there  yesterday. 
You  shall  see  (its)  tail  to-morrow,  Marcus.  4.  And  so 
you  will  not  be  teacher  to-day.  5.  The  bad  boys  will  sit 
on  the  long  bench.       6.    What  did  the  sailor  fear  ? 

B.  I.  "Where  will  you  hide,  girls.?"  asked  Marcus. 
"  We  shall  hide  under  the  stairs,"  replied  the  girls.  "  I 
am  tired,"  said  Marcus ;  "  I  shall  hide  with  lazy  Quintus 
under  the  bench."  2.  "  The  farmer  sent  (his)  strong  son 
from  the  forest  to  the  town,"  remarked  Claudia.  "  But 
the  boy  saw  the  sailors'  big  monkey  in  the  road;  and  so  he 
ran  into  a  garden." 


LATIN   PRIMER  53 

EXERCISE  XVIII 

THE   SECOND   OR   E-CONJUGATION 

habeO 


Subjunctive  Mood 

Active  Voicb 

Present  Tense 

Singular 

Plural 

1st  person 

habeam 

habeamus 

2d  person 

habeas 

habefltis 

3d  person 

habeat 

habeant 

Remark.  Memorize  the  above  forms.  The  next  Exercise  will 
show  one  of  the  ways  in  which  they  are  to  be  used. 

VOCABULARY 

lutum,  -I,  N.,  mud,  columba,  -ae,  4^.,  dove, 

terra,  -ae,  f.,  ground,  floor.       dedi,  I  gave ^  I  have  given, 

DATIVE  CASE.    MODEL  SENTENCES 

Turn  Quintus  Claudiae  "Ubi  est  capsa.V  inquit,  Then 

said  Quintus  to  Claudia,  "  Where  is  the  school  bag } " 
iQlia  MarcO  malum  dedit,  Julia  gave  an  apple  to  Marcus. 

Rule.  The  dative  case  is  used  of  the  person  to  whom 
something  is  said  or  given.  Thus  used^  t/ie  dative  is  called 
the  Indirect  Object  of  the  verb. 

Remark.  The  dative  of  the  Indirect  Object  must  be  carefully 
distinguished  from  the  accusative  of  the  Direct  Object.  Thus,  in 
the  second  of  the  model  sentences  above'  malum  is  the  thing 
directly  affected  by  the  verb  action  (direct  object),  while  MarcO 
(indirect  object)  is  merely  the  person  to  whom  is  given  the 
thing  thus  directly  affected. 


54  LATIN   PRIMER 

READING  LESSON  "\ 

I.  Translate  into  English : 

A,  I.  Cur  equi  validi,  Quinte,  saxa  in  oppidum  hodic 
vexerunt  ?  2.  Quintus  et  Marcus  pueri  boni  sunt ;  nam  e 
porta  oppidi  venerunt,  et  mala  et  bacas  agricolae  misero 
dederunt.  3.  Ubi  eras  erunt  filii  nautarum  pigrorum  ? 
Heri  sederunt  in  cymba,  et  Quintl  equum  album  terrue- 
runt.     4.    Quid  agricolae  filia  nautae  mall  filio  dedit  ? 

B.  I.  "  Quid  in  silva  videbitis ? "  pueris  inquit  Marcella. 
"Lupos  parvos  videbimus,"  inquit  Marcus;  "nam  agri- 
colae heri  ierunt  in  silvam,  et  magnos  lup5s  occlderunt." 

2.  Tum  lulia  Marco,  *'  Cur  capsam,"  inquit,  "  Quinto  non 
dedistl  ?  "  '*  Capsam  n5n  dedl,"  inquit  Marcus,  "  quia 
Quintus  heri  fregit  Claudiae  tabulas,  et  stilum  in  lutum 
iecit.**  3.  "  Quid  in  ludo  hodie  vidisti  ? "  luliae  defessae 
inquit  Marcella.  "  Simia  in  ludum  venit,"  inquit  lulia, 
"et  in  Claudiae  umero  sedit.  Tum  ad  puellam  magister 
cucurrit.  Simia  misera  timuit  et  in  terram  cecidit ;  nunc 
in  cavea  iacet." 

II.  Translate  into  Latin  : 

A.  I.  Why  did  the  boys  break  the  poor  dolls*  table, 
Marcus  ?      2.    What  did  you  give  to  the  lazy  sailor,  my  boy  ? 

3.  Why  did  the  tired  teacher  send  Marcus  from  school 
to-day  ?  4.  And  so  the  bad  boys  brought  the  little  wolf 
into  the  tent ;  there  they  sat  on  the  doll's  chairs  and  broke 
the  cradle. 

B,  I.  "The  dove  will  sit  on  the  monkey's  back,  Clau- 
dia,'* said  Julia.  2.  "  Yesterday  Quintus  threw  apples  at 
the  dove,"  remarked  Claudia;  "then  he  was  punished." 
3.  "  Why  did  you  not  go  to  school  to-day  ?  "  said  Marcella 
to  Quintus.     "  I  fell  into  the  mud,"  replied  Quintus ;  "  but 


LATIN   PRIMER  55 

Strong  horses  carried  Marcus  to  school.  He  is  now  sitting 
there  with  the  boys  on  the  long  benches."  4.  "  Are  you 
going  to  be  lazy  to-morrow.!*"  said  Julia  to  Claudia.  "I 
will  be  a  good  girl  to-morrow,"  replied  Claudia;  "where 
are  the  books,  Julia  ? " 

EXERCISE   XIX 
THE  SECOND  OR   E-CONJUGATION 

habtO 
Subjunctive  Mood       Active  Voxcb 


Imperfect  Tense 

• 

Singular 

Plural 

1st  person 

habirtm 

habirimus 

2d  person 

habirls 

hablritis 

3d  person 

habirtt 

VOCABULARY 

habirtnt 

ancilla,  -ae,  f.,  maidservant  ^     comple<},  I  fill,  7  am  filling ; 

maid.  perfect  tense,  complgvi. 

sp€lunca,  -ae,  f.,  cave,  den.         6lim,  adverb,  once   {upon  a 
ursa,  -ae,  f.,  bear.  time). 

ut,   conjunction,  (.r^'  as)  to^ 
(so)  that. 

MODEL  SENTENCES 

iQlia  latet,  ut  M&rcum  terreat,  Julia  is  hiding  to  frighten 
Marcus. 
iQlia  latuit,  ut  Marcum  terrSret,  Julia  hid  to  frighten 

Marcus. 

Rule.      The  purpose  for  which  a  thing  is  done  may  be 
expressed  by  ut  and  the  subjunctive. 


56  LATIN   PRIMER 

Note.  In  this  construction  the  tense  of  the  subjunctive  is  de- 
termined by  the  tense  of  the  main  verb  of  the  sentence.  If  the 
main  verb  is  a  present  or  future,  the  present  subjunctive  is  used  in 
tRe  purpose  clause  ;  if  the  main  verb  is  a  past,  the  imperfect  sub^ 
junctive  is  used.  These  points  are  illustrated  in  the  model  sen- 
tences above. 

Remark  i.  In  writing  Latin  purpose  clauses,  careful  attention 
must  be  given  to  the  person  and  number  of  the  verb.  In  English 
we  may  say  "  I  came  to  j^<r,"  *•  you  came  to  see^^  ^  he  came  to  j^<r," 
"  they  came  /b  s^f"  etc.,  making  no  change  whatever  in  the  form 
of  the  purpose  clause  ;  but  if  these  four  sentences  should  be  trans- 
lated into  Latin,  each  purp>ose  clause  of  course  would  be  different, 
namely,  vCni  ut  vidfirem,  vCnisti  ut  vidgrfis,  v6nit  ut  vidfiret,  v6n6- 
runt  ut  vidfirent.  In  case  of  doubt,  the  proper  Latin  form  can 
always  be  found  'Sy  expanding  the  English  purpose  clause  :  for 
example,  "  I  came  to  see  "  =  "  I  came  that  /  might  see  "  ;  "  you 
came  to  see  "  =  "  you  came  that  you  might  see  "  ;  etc. 

Remark  2.  The  subject  of  the  main  verb  of  the  sentence  and 
the  subject  of  the  verb  of  the  purpose  clause  of  course  need  not  be 
identical ;  f^.  Agricola  ex  agr5  v6nit,  ut  Claudia  equum  vid6ret, 
th^  farmer  came  from  ihefietd^  so  that  Claudia  might  see  the  horse, 

READING  LESSON 

I.     Translate  into  English : 

A,  I.  Pueri  bacas  magnas  vident.  Itaque  in  herba 
iacent,  ut  corbulas  compleant.  2.  In  silvam  hodie  iimus, 
ut  ursarum  albarum  speluncam  videremus.  3.  Cur  in 
agros,  puer  piger,  cum  miseri  agricolae  filiis  defessis  non 
venisti.^  4.  Sub  mensa  sedebo,  ut  simiam  doceam. 
5.  Marcus  ad  oppidum  cucurrit,  ut  lulia  capsam  haberet; 
Quinto  stilum  dedit.  • 

B,  I.  "Cur  ursas  miseras,  agricolae  mali,  occTdistis .? " 
inquit  lulia.     Turn  agricolae    luliae    "Ursas   occidimus," 


LATIN   PRIMER  57 

inquiunt,  "quia  pueri  et  puellae  speluncam  timent;  nam 
6lim  ursae  ibi  puerum  parvum  occiderunt."  2.  "  Cras/' 
inquit  Marcus,  "sub  scalis  latebimus,  ut  puellas  terreamus." 
"Ibi  heri  latui,"  inquit  Quintus,  "ut  Claudiam  et  luliam 
terrerem.  Sed  cum  pueills  fuit  ancilla;  itaque  hodie 
poenas  dedi."  3.  "  Columbam  albam  Marcellae  dedisti, 
Marce,"  inquit  lulia;  "cur  non  simiam  Claudiae  dedit 
Quintus  ? "  "  Nauta  malus  her!  venit  in  hortum,"  inquit 
Marcus,  "  et  simiam  miseram  occidit." 

II.     Translate  into  Latin  : 

A,  I .  The  good  sailor  to-day  came  from  the  town  to  teach 
the  boys  and  girls.  2.  Why  did  you  throw  the  books 
of  the  farmer's  daughters  into  the  bears*  cage,  Quintus.^ 
3.  Why  did  they  not  fill  the  large  baskets  and  give  the 
berries  to  the  poor  girls.?  4.  Where  will  you  hide  to- 
morrow to  see  the  bears.? 

B.  I.  "Once  upon  a  time,"  said  Marcus,  "I  gave 
Quintus  a  dove  and  a  cage.  He  killed  the  dove,  and  the 
maid  threw  the  cage  into  the  water."  2.  "We  ran  from 
the  yard  to  see  the  strong  sailors,"  said  Jiilia.  "  Yester- 
day they  brought  bears  and  wolves  from  the  woods 
into  the  town."  3.  "The  girls  have  come  to  sit  on  the 
stairs,  Quintus,"  said  Marcus.  "  Let's  play  ball  in  the 
fields  with  the  boys."  4.  "  Where  are  Quintus  and 
Claudia,  Marcus.?"  asked  Julia.  "They  have  gone  into 
the  field  to  hide  in  the  grass,"  answered  Marcus. 


%s 


LATIN   PRIMER 


EXERCISE   XX 
PERSONAL  PRONOUNS 


First  Person 

Second  Person 

ego, 

/ 

tti. 

you 

Singula  i^ 

Plural 

Singular 

Plural 

Nominative 

ego' 

nOs 

tu 

v6s 

Genitive 

mei 

nostrum 
nostri 

tui 

vestrum 
vestri 

Dative 

mihi 

nobis 

tlbi 

vObis 

Accusative 

mS 

n5s 

t6 

V68 

Ablative 

me 

nobis 

t6 

vObis 

Remark.  When  used  with  the  ablative  forms  of  these  pro- 
nouns, the  preposition  cum  follows,  and  is  written  as  a  part  of  the 
word ;  /.^.,  mScum,  tecum,  nObiBCum,  vObfscum.  Note  how  the 
addition  of  -cum  affects  the  accent  of  nobis  and  vObis. 

VOCABULARY 

gremlum,  -i,  n.,  bosom,  lap.        multi,  -ae,  -a,  many, 
lectus,  -i,  M.,  bed,  couch,  moned,    /  warn,   I  advise ; 

pecunia,  -ae,  f.,  money,  perfect  tense,  monui. 

READING  LESSON 

I.   Translate  into  English  : 

A.  I.  Quid  hodie  tibi  dedit  agricola,  Quinte  ?  Quid 
vobis  dedit  nauta,  puellae  ?  2.  Agricoiae  mihi  pecuniam 
dederunt,  ut  filios  docerem.  3.  Ancilla  ursas  magnas 
in  agr5  vidit ;  itaque  in  aream  cucurrit,  ut  in  tabernaculo 
lateret.  4.  Puella  in  lecto  sedet,  ut  simiam  defessam  in 
gremio  teneat. 

B.  I.  "Pecuniam  tibi  dedi,  QuTnte,"  inquit  Marcus, 
"  ut  simiam  doceres.  Cur  in  ludum  sTmiam  tecum  non 
duxisti?"       2.    Tum  agricolis  bonis  lulia  **  Heri,"  inquit, 


LATIN   PRIMER 


59 


\ 


Lectus 

The  illustration  shows  the  bronze  frame  of  a  bed  found  at 
Pompeii.  Often  a  /^cfus  was  provided  with  a  footboard  and 
back,  and  thus  looked  very  much  like  an  old-fashioned  so(a  with 
a  pillow  at  one  end. 


6o  LATIN  PRIMER 

"  bacas  multas  nobis  dedistis  ;  corbulas  complevimus.  Cras 
mala  habebitis  ?  "  3.  "  Cur  in  ursae  speluncam  cucur- 
risti,  Marce  ? "  inquit  nauta.  "  In  speluncam  cucurri," 
inquit  Marcus,  "  ut  Claudiam  monerem."  4.  "  Olim  e 
saxis  magnis  in  lutum  cecidit  lupus,"  inquit  lulia.  "  Turn 
e  spelunca  venit  ursa  valida,  et  lupum  miserum  occldit." 

II.    Translate  into  Latin  : 

A.  I.  Then  we  gave  the  farmer's  daughter  sandals  and 
a  doll,  Julia.  What  did  the  farmer  give  you }  2.  Claudia 
has  come  with  me  to  warn  the  sailors.  3.  Why  did  they 
not  give  you  a  strong  boat,  boys  ?  4.  The  doll  is  sitting 
on  the  bench,  so  that  the  monkey  may  lie  on  the  bed. 
For  Marcella  is  holding  the  white  dove  in  (her)  lap. 

B.  I.  "Why  did  the  teacher  give  me  the  apples, 
Claudia  ? "  asked  Quintus.  "  He  gave  you  the  apples," 
replied  Claudia,  "  so  that  we  should  sit  with  you  in  the 
shade ;  for  he  has  sent  Julia  and  Marcus  into  the  fields. 
Where  are  the  apples  ? "  2.  ^  "  What  did  you  give  the 
farmer's  lazy  son  yesterday.^"  said  Claudia  to  Quintus. 
**  We  gave  the  boy  money,"  replied  Quintus.  "  And  so 
he  went  with  us  into  the  yard  to  fill  the  baskets ;  for  there 
are  many  berries  in  the  shade."  3.  "I  will  sit  with  you, 
girls,"  said  Marcus;  "but  I  do  not  see  the  books  and 
tablets." 

EXERCISE   XXI 

MODEL  SENTENCE 

Marcus  in  hortum  iit,  ego  in  tabernaculum  cucurri, 
Marcus  went  into  the  garden,  /  ran  into  the  tent. 

Rule.  As  subject  of  a  verb,  the  personal  pronouns  ego 
(nCs)  and  tVL  (v5s)  are  in  general  written  only  for  emphasis 
or  clearness  or  to  mark  a  contrast. 


LATIN   PRIMER  6l 

VOCABULARY 
Possessive  Adjectives 

meus,  -a,  -um,  my.  mine  noster,  -tra,  -trum,  our,  ours, 

tuus,  -a,  -um,  your,  yours  (in     vester,     -tra,     -trum,    your, 

speaking  to  one  person).  yours  (in  speaking  to  more 

than  one  person). 

Remark.  The  vocative  of  the  masculine  singular  of  meus  is 
ml,  a  form  already  familiar  in  the  phrase  mi  fUi. 

Note.  The  genitive  of  the  personal  pronouns  ego  and  ta  is  not 
used  to  tell  to  whom  something  belongs,  such  use  of  the  genitive 
being  rendered  unnecessary  by  the  above  Possessive  Adjectives; 
e.g.,  liber  meus,  stilus  tuus,  etc.  (To  use  the  genitive  of  ego  and 
tli  in  such  phrases  would  be  as  bad  as  to  say  in  English  "  the 
book  of  me  "  instead  of  "  my  book,"  etc.) 

READING  LESSON 

I.    Translate  into  English: 

A.  I.  Ubi  sunt,  puellae,  columbae  vestrae?  2.  Ego 
tibi  librum  dedi ;  tu  stilum  meum  in  lutum  iecistl.  3.  TQ 
equos  et  simias  timuisti ;  nos  multas  ursas  validas  et  lup5s 
magnos  vidimus.  4.  Itaque  pupa  tua  in  gremid  simiae 
nostrae  iacet.  ^ 

B.  I.  "Ancilla  defessa  noblscum  in  agros  iit,"  inquiunt 
puellae.  "  Ibi  equo  tuo,  Quinte,  mala  dedimus."  2.  Turn 
Marco  "Ubi  est,"  inquit  nauta,  "pecunia  nostra?" 
•*  Pecunia  in  spelunca  heri  f uit,"  inquit  Marcus,  "  nunc  sub 
lecto  meo  iacet ;  ns.i*  Ci.psam  complevi."  3.  "Cur  non 
cucurristl,  Quinte,"  inquit  Claudia,  "  ut  agricolas  miseros 
moneres.^"  "Non  cucurri,"  inquit  Quintus,  "quia  agri- 
colae  pigrT  sunt."  4.  "  Cur,  mi  fili,  pueros  non  misisti," 
inquit  agricola,  "  ut  cymbam  meam  viderent?"  "  MisI 
pueros,"  inquit  fllius;  "sed  nautae  mali  Marcum  in  aquam 
i€c€runt,  et  Quintus  in  tabernSculo  nostra  latuiL" 


62  LATIN   PRIMER 

II.    Translate  into  Latin  : 

A.  I.  You  will  sit  on  the  beach  to-morrow,  girls  ;  /shall 
lie  in  the  shade.  2.  I  gave  my  tablet  and  your  pen  to 
Marcus'  teacher.  3.  And  so  the  tired  sailors  ran  to  the 
white  boat;  we  went  to  school.  4.  Why  diS  the  farmer 
go  with  you  into  the  big  store,  boys  ? 

B.  I.  "What  did  you  see  in  the  towns .^"  said  Marcus  to 
Quintus.  "  I  saw  strong  gates  and  long  streets,"  replied 
Quintus.  2.  "Claudia  is  hiding  in  your  tent,  Quintus," 
said  Julia;  "we  will  sit  in  the  yard  to  warn  the  boys." 
3.  "  You  ran  into  our  tent  to-day  and  threw  big  stones  upon 
the  dolls*  bed,"  said  Marcella  to  Marcus  and  Quintus. 
"Yesterday  you  gave  me  the  dolls,  and  now  you  have 
broken  the  bed."  4.  "  We  saw  the  teacher  to-day,"  said 
Quintus  to  the  girls.  "  /  ran  to  hide  in  the  grass ;  Marcus 
fell  into  the  water." 

EXERCISE   XXII 
THE  SECOND  OR  E-^ONJUGATION 

habeO 

SuBjuNcnvE  Mood  Actfve  Voice 

Pluperfect  Tense 

Singular      !  Plural 

1st  person         habuissem^vi  habuissemus 

2d  person         habuisses      A^  habuissetis 

3d  person         habuisset  habuissent 

Remark.  The  pluperfect  subjunctive  active  of  verbs  of  all  con- 
jugations is  inflected  in  the  same  way  as  habuissem.  To  find  the 
first  person  singular  of  the  pluperfect  subjunctive  active  of  any 
verb,  simply  change  the  -i  of  the  perfect  indicative  to  -issem; 
e.g.,  cucurri,  cucurrissem  ;  ii,  (iissem)  issem  ;  veni,  venissem ;  etc. 


LATIN    PRIMER  63 

VOCABULARY 

avia,  -ae,  'p.^  grandmother,         cum,      conjunction,     when, 
avus,  -i,  M.,  grandfather.  while^  as^  since,  etc. 

liberi,  -6rum,  m.,  children,  mox,  adverb,  soon. 

MODEL  SENTENCES 

Cum  Marcus  lupum  terr^ret,  puellae  in  cymbam  cucur- 
r€runt,  While  Marcus  frightened  the  wolf,  the  girls  ran 
into  the  boat. 

Agricolae,  cum  in  silvam  vSnissent,  ursam  occidgrunt. 
When  the  farmers  had  come  into  the  woods,  they  killed 
a  bear. 

Rule.  The  circumstances  under  which  a  thing  took 
place  may  be  described  by  the  use  of  the  imperfect  or  pin- 
perfect  subjunctive,  introduced  by  the  conjunction  cum. 

Note.  The  imperfect  subjunctive  in  this  construction  describes 
action  going  on  at  the  §ame  time  as  the  action  of  the  maip  yejrb 
of  the  sentence,  whereas  the  pluperfect  refers  to  an  ahi^ddeHT 
action.     See  the  model  sentences  above. 

Remark.  In  the  second  of  the  models,  note  that  Agricolae,  the 
logical  subject  of  both  clauses,  is  given  first  position  in  the  sen- 
tence. This  is  the  normal  Latin  arrangement,  but  it  should  not  be 
copied  in  the  English  translation. 

READING  LESSON 

I.     Translate  into  English : 

A.  I.  Cum  pueri  e  ludo  venissent,  Claudia  ex  5rea 
cucurrit,  ut  mecum  sub  scalTs  latereL  2.  Marc!  avia 
pecuniam  mihi  et  Quinto  dedit ;  itaque  pueri  boni  erimus. 
3.  Liberi,  cum  in  oppidum  Issent,  Claudiae  avum  et  aviam 
in  via  viderunt.  4.  Marcella  in  aviae  gremio  est,  Qninte. 
Cur  non  in  cunis  iacet  puella  ? 


64  LATIN    PRIMER 

B.  I.  '*Cum  in  iQdo  sederem,"  inquit  lulia,  *MibrI  e 
capsa  mea  in  terram  ceciderunt."  "  Poenas  turn  dedisti  ? " 
inquit  Claudia.  2.  "  Ubi  est  nauta  malus  ?  "  inquit  Quin- 
tus.  **  Nauta  heri  agricolam  miserum  occidit,"  inquit  Mar- 
cus. "Turn  in  silvam  cucurrit,  et  nunc  in  spelunca  latet." 
3.  "Cur  filiae  agricolarum  Marcum  defessum  in  silvam 
miserunt.? "  inquit  lulia.  "  Marcum  miserunt,"  inquit  Quln- 
tus,  "  ut  nautam  moneret ;  nam  ursae  multae  in  speluncis 
sunt."  4.  Quintus,  cum  in  hortum  ex  agris  venisset, 
Marco  '*  Ubi  sunt  corbulae  nostrae } "  inquit.  "  Meas 
corbulas  agricolis  bonis  dedi,"  inquit  Marcus;  "sed  tuae 
in  area  sunt" 

II.  ,  Translate  into  Latin:  ^ 

A.  I.  When  Marcus  came  from  the  store,  he  went  into 
the  fields.  Soon  he  will  be  upon  the  back  of  your  strong 
horse,  Quintus.  2.  /  threw  a  stone ;  but  yoti  broke  the 
bench.  (^  While  Julia  was  teaching  the  girls,  the  boys 
went  to  see  the  horses.  4:  I  will  frighten  the  monkey, 
so  that  the  boys  may  fill  the  cage;  for  there  are  many 
stones  in  the  sand. 

B.  I.  "Why  did  the  maid  come  with  you  from  the 
boat,  Claudia  ?  "  asked  Julia.  "  My  grandmother  sent  the 
maid  with  us,"  replied  Claudia,  "because  there  are  many 
wolves  in  the  woods.  While  we  were  sitting  there  in  the 
shade,  I  saw  a  white  bear."  2.  "What  did  you  see  in 
the  forest  to-day,  my  daughter.? "  said  the  farmer.  "  When 
we  came  out  of  the  town,"  replied  the  girl,  "  we  saw  a  little 
wolf.  Marcus  threw  a  stone  at  the  wolf,  Quintus  ran  into 
a  cave,  and  I  hid  in  the  grass."  3  "Where  are  your 
school  bags,  girls } "  asked  Marcella.  "  Our  school  bags 
are  (out)  in  the  field,"  answered  the  tired  girls;  "but  we 
have  your  books." 


LATIN    PRIMER  65 

EXERCISE  aXIII 

t  VOCABULARY 

flva,  -ae,  f.,  grape.  vulpgcula,     -ae,     f.,     little 

per,  preposition,  used  with  the         fox. 

accusative  case,  through^     ]xLvin\,  I  found,  I  have  found  ; 

by  way  of  etc.  /  discovered^  I  have  dis- 

covered. 

READING  LESSON 

I.  Translate  into  English  : 

A.  I.  In  area  vestra  vulpeculas  multas  heri  invenimus. 

2.  Marcus  vulpeculam  defessam  in  caveam  duxit ;  nos  in 
agrum  cucurrimus.  3.  Liberi,  cum  per  silvam  venissent, 
in  oppidum  nobiscum  ierunt,  ut  ludum  nostrum  viderent. 
4.  In  via  sedeo,  ut  agricolas  moneam ;  nam  lupus  validus 
in  horto  latet.  5.  Avus  et  avia  mea  cum  ancillis  ex  op- 
pido  heri  venerunt.  Mox  in  horto  erunt,  ut  bacas  et  uvas 
et  mala  magna  videant. 

B.  I.  "Cur  per  silvam  Isti,  filia  mea?"  inquit  agricola. 
"  Per  silvam  ii,"  inquit  filia,  "  quia  puella  magna  sum  ;  vul- 
peculas non  timeo."  2.  "  Quid  in  capsa  tua  invenit  Mar- 
cus ? "  inquit  lulia.  "  Libros  et  stilum  invenit,"  inquit 
Claudia ;     "  nam    tabulae    meae    in    tabernaculo    sunt." 

3.  "Lectus  pueri  pigri  sub  scalis  est,"  inquit  Marcus. 
"  Magister  me  misit,  ut  lectum  viderem."  4.  "  Cur  tibi, 
Marce,  pecQniam  dederunt  agricolae.^"  inquit  Quintus. 
"Pecuniam  mihi  dederunt,"  inquit  Marcus,  "quia  piger 
non  sum.  Heri  te  in  agros  miserunt,  sed  tu  equos  ad 
aquam  non  duxisti." 

II.  Translate  into  Latin: 

A.  I.  Once  a  little  fox  came  into  our  garden  to  sec  the 
grapes.       2.    As  Marcus  was  lying  in  the  grass,  he  threw 

1^1  IS  FRIMBR — 1; 


66 


LATIN   PRIMER 


a  stone  at  a  little  girl.  3.  The  stones  fell  upon  my 
grandfather's  basket,  and  broke  the  white  doves'  cage. 
4.  When  you  had  come  into  the  woods,  what  did  you 
find,  my  son.?  5.  I  saw  a  powerful  wolf,  and  Quintus 
found  a  tired  sailor  in  the  shade. 

B.  I.  **The  teacher  has  sent  us  from  school,"  said 
Claudia  to  Marcella.  "The  boys  will  soon  be  in  the 
fields,*'  replied  Marcella;  "then  we  will  sit  in  the  boat 
and  see  the  shells  in  the  water."  2.  "  The  little  fox  was 
afraid  of  the  wolf,"  said  Julia.  "  But  the  bear  frightened 
the  wolf ;  and  so  the  little  fox  has  now  gone  into  the  cave 
to  lie  in  the  shade."  3.  "  I  warned  you  to-day,  boys," 
said  the  teacher,  "  but  you  have  not  given  me  the  apples 
and  berries."  "  We  threw  the  berries  into  the  mud," 
replied  Marcus,  "and  the  apples  are  in  the  water." 
4.  "  Where  are  the  doves } "  asked  Marcella.  "  My  dove 
js  on  the  shoulder  of  the  farmer's  daughter,"  replied  Julia; 
"  the  sailor's  bad  son  has  killed  yours." 


EXERCISE  XXIV 


IRREGULAR   VERB 


sum 


1st  person 
2d  person 
3d  person 


Imperfect  Tense       Subjunctfve  Mood 
Singular  '  (J    /-,       4/ Plural 


esses  k-^^f^^^^^^ 
esset 


essemus 

essetis 

essent 


Note.     The  pluperfect  subjunctive  of  this  verb  is  fuissem.    See 
the  Remark  on  habuissem  in  Exercise  XXII. 


LATIN   PRIMER  6; 

VOCABULARY 

Iflna,  -ae,  vl,  moon,  caelum,  -I,  n.,  sky, 

Stella,  -ae,  f.,  star,  -que,  conjunction,  and. 

Remark.  The  conjunction  -que  follows  the  word  to  which  it 
belongs,  and  is  written  as  part  of  that  same  word  j  ^^.,  puer  puel- 
Uque,  *'  the  boy  and  girl."  Note  how  the  addition  of  -que  influ- 
ences the  accent  of  the  word  to  which  it  is  joined,  and  compare 
the  effect  of  -cum  in  the  combinations  nObiscum  and  vObiscum 
(Exercise  XX). 

READING  LESSON 

I.  Translate  into  English  : 

A.  I.  Quid  in  caelo,  Marce,  tu  vidSs?  Ego  iQnam 
stellasque  video.  2.  Quintus,  cum  in  cymba  mea  esset, 
saxa  in  aquam  iecit.  3.  Agricolae  vobis,  pueri,  pecuniam 
dederunt,  ut  equos  in  via  teneretis.  4.  Vulpecula  tua, 
lulia,  heri  in  area  uvas  multas  invenit  Hodie  bacas  habe- 
bit ;  nam  corbulam  complevL 

B.  I.  Tum  Marco  "  Nauta  validus,"  inquit  Quintus, 
"  me  in  cymbam  misit  simiamque  meam  in  harena  terruit" 
2.  "  Claudia,  cum  ex  horto  mecum  venisset,"  inquit  lulia, 
"bacas  malaque  Marci  simiae  dedit."  3.  "  Ubi  est  pupa- 
rum  lectus,  puellae  ^  "  inquit  Marcella.  "  Lectus  in  taber- 
naculo  est,"  inquiunt  puellae;  "itaque  ibi  cum  pupis  sede- 
bimus."  4.  "Olim,"  inquit  nauta  piger,  "cum  luna  in 
caelo  esset,  ursa  e  spelunca  venit  et  vulpeculam  miseram 
occidit." 

II.  Translate  into  Latin  :  ^ 

A.  I.  When  your  grandfather,  boys,  had  given  us  books 
and  school  bags,  he  sent  us  to  school.  2.  The  gate  of 
the  town  is  small,  Quintus.  3.  What  did  the  powerful 
horses  carry  through  the  fields  into  the  town?      4.    My 


68  LATIN    PRIMER 

grandmother  and  the  maid  will  sit  with  you,  Julia.     /  shall 
be  in  the  boat ;  for  I  am  tired. 

B.  I.  "  When  Julia  was  holding  the  dove  in  (her)  lap," 
said  Claudia,  **a  big  wolf  came  into  the  yard."  2.  Then 
said  the  farmer's  daughter  to  Maixelfe,  **  Why  did  Marcus 
break  my  chair  ^nd  bench'TH* '**  He  broke  the  bench,"  re- 
plied Marcella,  "because  you  killed  our  dove  yesterday.^ 
But  he  is  not  a  bad  boy;  he  did  not  break  your  chair." 
3.  "Why  are  you  sitting  in  the  yard,  Marcus  1 "  said  Quin- 
tus  ;  "  to  see  little  f pxes }  The  little  foxes  are  now  in  the 
woods ;  but  soon  many  will  be  in  the  fields." 

EXERCISE  XXV 
THE  SECOND  OR   E-CONJUGATION 

habeO 

Imdicauve  Mood       Active  Voicr 
Pluperfect  Tense 

Singular  Plural 

1st  person  habueram  habueramus 

2d  person  habueris  habueratis 

3d  person  habuerat  habuerant 

Remark.  The  pluperfect  indicative  active  of  verbs  of  all  con- 
jugations is  inflected  in  the  same  way  as  habueram.  To  find  the 
first  person  singular  of  the  pluperfect  indicative  active  of  any 
verb,  simply  change  the  -i  of  the  perfect  indicative  to  -eram ;  e.g.y 
cucurri,  cucurreram  ;  ii,  ieram ;  v6ni,  vgneram ;  etc. 

Note.,  The^Dluperfect  tense  is  used  in  referring  to  a  past  event 
which  p^ceoeh^ioUier  past  event ;  e.g.,  Marcus  mox  in  hortum 
v6nit;  sed  Quintus  in^  agros  ierat,  Marcus  soon  came  into  the 
garden;  but  Quintus  had  gone  into  the  fields. 


LATIN   PRIMER  69 

VOCABULARY 

latebrae,   -ftrum,   f.,  hiding  celerlter,     adverb,     swiftly, 

place.  '  quickly. 

grupi,  /  rushed  (out),  I  burst  difi,  adverb,  for  a  long  time, 

forth,  etc.  long,  etc. 

READING  LESSON 

I.  Translate  into  English  : 

A.  I.  Cum  puellae  defessae  diu  in  tahernaculo  fiMssent, 
Marcus  in  aream  venit  pupasque  in  aquam  iecit.  2.  Agri- 
cola  in  oppidum  mecum  ierat;  itaque  Quintus  nos  in  agris 
non  invenit.  3.  In  ludo  poenas  dedi,  quia  magistri  stilum 
fregeram.  4.  Turn  e  latebris  erupit  Quintus  ;  sed  ego  diu 
in  herba  latul. 

B.  I.  "Diu  ursas  non  invenimus,"  inquit  agricola. 
"Turn  multae  eruperunt  e  spelunca  magna,  nautasque 
validos  terruerunt;  et  equus  mens,  cum  ursas  vidisset,  e 
silva  cucurrit  meque  per  agros  celeriter  vexit."  2.  "  Quid 
Marco  dedisti,  mi  fill  ?  "  inquit  nauta  piger.  "  Marco  vul- 
peculam  malam  dedi,"  inquit  filius ;  "  sed  mihi  Marcus 
pecuniam  dederat."  3.  "Luna  est  stella  magna,"  inquit 
Claudia.  "In  caelo  luna  est,"  inquit  Quintus ;  "sed  non 
est  Stella."  4.  "  Marcus,  cum  per  aream  in  hortum  cucur- 
risset,"  inquit  Marcella,  "nos  in  cymbam  cum  Claudia 
misit,  quia  in  agro  lupum  magnum  viderat." 

II.  Translate  into  Latin: 

A,  I.  Your  grandmother  gave  grapes  to  the  children, 
Quintus.  Why  did  she  ijot  give  me  berries.^  The  farmer 
had  filled  the  baskets.  2.  The  tired  monkey  is  hiding  in 
the  dolls'  bed ;  he  is  afraid  of  the  wolf  and  bear.  3.  Then 
the  maid  brought  us  into  the  fields.  There  the  bears  had 
killed  your  little  fox,  boys ;  for  we  found  the  tail.     4.  You 


JO  LATIN    PRIMER 

have  frightened  the  teacher,  Marcus;  and  so  I  will  teach 
the  children  to-day. 

B.  I.  **  My  apples  fell  out  of  the  basket  into  the  mud," 
said  Julia.  "Then,  when  the  bad  boys  had  come  from 
school,  they  threw  the  apples  at  our  poor  doves."  2.  "To- 
day, when  I  was  sitting  in  the  woods,"  said  Quintus 
to  Julia,  "  I  saw  a  bear.  And  so  I  ran  quickly  to  warn 
Marcus ;  but  he  had  rushed  out  of  the  cave  and  gone  into 
the  sailors'  boat."  3.  Then  said  Claudia,  "  When  the  sail- 
ors had  sat  for  a  long  time  in  the  sand,  they  came  into  the 
field  and  sent  us  into  the  yard."  4.  '*  When  the  monkey 
fell  to  the  ground,"  said  Quintus,  "  he  ran  quickly  into  the 
cage,  and  sat  there  a  long  time.  Now  he  is  afraid  of  your 
little  foxes,  boys." 

EXERCISE  XXVI 

VOCABULARY 

sagitta,  -ae,  f.,  arrow,  interim,  adverb,  meanwhile, 

in  the  meantime, 

READING  LESSON 

I.   Translate  into  English  : 

A,  I.  In  mensa  sedebit  Quintus,  ut  in  subsellio  lulia 
sedeat.  2.  Marcus,  cum  in  silva  esset,  lunam  stellasque 
multas  in  cael5  vidit.  3.  Mox  lupl  e  speluncTs  eruperunt ; 
sed  interim  agricolae  valid!  in  silvam  cum  sagittis  ierant. 
4.  Nauta  cum  puellls  filium  ad  ludum  miserat,  ut  filius 
puer  bonus  esset. 

B.  I.  Turn  Marco  "Tibi  tabulam  meam  dedi,"  in- 
quit  Claudia ;  "  cur  tu  Marcellae  capsam  non  dedisti } " 
2.  "  Pueri  mail  saxa  heri  in  caveam  iecerunt,"  inquit 
Claudia:  "sed   simia  nostra  in  tabernaculum  cucurrerat 


LATIN   PRIMER  7 1 

Ibi  diu  sub  lectS  latuit."  3.  "  Hodi5  agricolae,  cum  in 
silvam  celeriter  venissent,"  inquit  Marcus,  "ursam  albam 
lupumque  magnum  occiderunt."  4.  "Quid  in  silva  vidj- 
stis,  Marce?"  inquiunt  puellae.  "Cum  ex  agris  in  silvam 
venissemus,"  inquit  Marcus,  "  QuTntus  ursas  timuit,  sed 
ego  ad  speluncam  il.  Ibi  simiae  vestrae  caudam  vidl, 
puellae."  5.  "  Cum  Quintus  corbulam  agricolae  dedisset," 
inquit  lulia,  "  celeriter  in  hortum  cucurrimus." 

II.   Translate  into  Latin : 

A,  I.  I  shall  sit  in  the  shade  with  you,  my  boy.  2.  They 
have  sent  you,  Quintus,  to  hold  my  monkey  in  your  lap. 
3.  When  the  farmers  were  in  the  fields,  a  bad  wolf  went 
into  the  garden  ;  but  he  did  not  find  the  little  fox.  4.  The 
wolf  killed  a  monkey,  but  the  little  fox  had  hidden  in  the 
grass.  5.  And  so  the  farmer's  sons  threw  the  apples  into 
the  large  baskets. 

B.  I.  "  You  will  soon  see  the  girls,  Claudia,"  said  Quin- 
tus ;  "  in  the  meantime  they  will  be  in  the  boat  with  me." 
2.  "  When  the  boys  had  thrown  stones  for  a  long  time 
into  the  garden,"  said  Julia,  "they  ran  swiftly  into  the 
woods  to  hide  in  the  cave."  3.  "Once,"  said  Marcus, 
"  Julia  had  brought  your  little  fox  to  school,  Quintus.  But 
the  sailor's  lazy  son  threw  books  and  tablets  at  the  girl 
and  little  fox."  4.  "  Meanwhile  the  bears  had  killed  a 
farmer's  horse,"  remarked  the  girl.  "I  saw  the  poor 
horse,"  said  the  sturdy  sailor.  "  To-day  I  shall  sit  in  the 
woods  to  frighten  the  bears  ;  for  I  have  arrows."  5.  "  Where 
were  you,  boys .? "  asked  Marcella.  "  Had  you  gone  to  the 
cage  to  see  the  white  doves  ? " 


72  LATIN   PRIMER 

EXERCISE  XXVII 

MODEL  SENTENCE 

Marcus  sagittft  columbam  occidit,  Marcus  killed  the  dove 
with  an  arrow. 

Rule.  The  ablative  without  a  preposition  is  used  to  tell 
the  means  by  which  anything  is  done.  This  use  is  known 
as  the  Ablative  of  Means. 

Remark.  Quite  frequently,  as  in  the  above  example,  the  Abla- 
tivie  of  Means  is  conveniently  rendered  by  "  with."  This  "  with  " 
must  not  be  confused  with  the  "  with  "  meaning  "  in  company  with," 
which,  as  previously  shown,  is  represented  in  Latin  by  cum  (and 
the  ablative  case).  This  latter  construction  is  called  the  Ablative 
of  Accompaniment. 

VOCABULARY 

pulcher,  -chra,  -chrum,  beau^     ^mx^  I  bought,  I  have  bought, 
tiful,  pretty t  etc.  (' 

READING  LESSON  /• 

I.     Translate  into  English  :  / 

A.  I.  Itaque  tuarum  puparum  cunas  harena  puetl  parvi 
compleverunt,  lulia.  2.  Agricola,  cum  in  oppidum  cum 
fllia  pulchra  venisset,  ibi  bacas  malaque  multa-  emit. 
3.  Nam  agricolae  defessi  interim  in  silvam  mecum  ierant, 
ut  in  umbra  iacerent.  4.  Cur,  Quinte,  simian^  meam 
saxo  occidisti  ?  n 

B.  I.  "Cur  in  tabemam  lit  Quintus,  Claudia?"  inquit 
lulia.  "  Quintus  heri  capsam  pulchram  in  taberna  vidit," 
inquit  Claudia  ;  "hodie  pecuniam  habet."       2.    "Corbulas 


LATIN   PRIMER  73 

mails  complevimus,"  inquiunt  puellae,  "quia  agricolarum 
filiae  ndbis  bacas  dederant."  3.  "  Cur  sub  scalls  latet 
Marcus  piger?"  inquit  Marcella.  "  Quia  puer  est  malus," 
inquit  Claudia ;  "  nam  cum  equos  in  agros  duxisset,  cele- 
riter  in  hortum  cucurrit,  ut  uvas  videret,  ibique  columbarum 
caveam  luto  complevit."  4.  **  Avus  meus,"  inquit  Julia, 
"  cum  in  silvam  venisset,  luporum  speluncam  invenit, 
lupumque  validum  sagittis  occidit." 

II.     Translate  into  Latin : 

A.  1.  Meanwhile  we  had  gone  into  the  fields  with  the 
farmers  to  frighten  the  horses  with  stones.  2.  And  so, 
when  the  pretty  maid  had  sat  for  a  long  time  in  the  shade 
with  the  sturdy  sailor,  she  ran  through  the  yard  to  fill  the 
children's  school  bags  with  tablets  and  books.  3.  For 
your  grandmother  has  sent  the  farmer's  big  daughter,  so 
that  vou  would  be  good  boys. 

B.  I.  '•  Soon  many  boys  came  with  stones,"  said  Julia, 
*•  and  broke  the  dolls*  pretty  table."  "  Why  did  you  not 
send  me  into  the  yard  to  frighten  the  bad  children  ? "  asked 
Quintus.  3.  "Where  did  you  find  your  sandals,  girls.?" 
said  Claudia.  "When  we  came  into  the  yard  and  were 
sitting  in  the  tent,"  replied  Julia,  "  we  saw  Marcella's  san- 
dals in  the  grass;  Marcus  had  thrown  mine  into  the 
water."  3.  "Quintus  will  hold  the  dove,"  said  Marcus; 
"  meanwhile  we  will  warn  the  farmer,  and  scare  the  little 
foxes."  4.  "The  monkey's  hiding  place  is  under  the 
stairs,"  said  Marcus.  "  Yesterday  he  lay  there  a  long  time. 
But  to-morrow  the  bad  boys  will  be  at  school,  and  the 
monkey  will  then  sit  in  the  cage."  X[ 


Plural 

Fern. 

Neut. 

eae 

ea 

earum 

eOrum 

eis,  iis, 

is 

eis,  iis,  is 

eas 

ea 

eis,  iis, 

is 

eis,  iis,  is 

74  LATIN   PRIMER 

EXERCISE  XXVIII 

PERSONAL   PRONOUN 

Third  Person 

is,  ea,  id ;  he,  she,  it 

Singular 
Masc.     Fkm.    Neut.  Masc. 

Norn,  is      ea      id  if^^  ei,  ii,  i 

Gen.  eius  eius  eius        eOrum 

Dat.  ei       ei       ei  eis,  iis,  is 

Ace.  eum  earn  id^^^^eOs 

Abl.  eO      ea      e(5  eis,  iis,  is 

Remark.  It  must  be  remembered  that  the  names  of  things 
in  Latin  may  be  either  masculine,  feminine,  or  neuter.  Hence 
English  "  it  "  is  variously  represented  in  Latin.  For  example,  in 
referring  to  a  book  (liber),  "it"  must  be  rendered  by  is ;  but 
in  speaking  of  a  table  (mgnsa),  ea  should  be  used  ;  and  id  would 
be  the  proper  form  when  speaking  of  an  apple  (malum). 

Note.     Like   the  other  personal  pronouns  (ego  and  tti),  the 

pronoun  of  the  third  person  is  in  general  written  as  subject  of  a 

verb  only  for  clearness  or  emphasis,  or  to  mark  a  contrast  ;  e.g., 

Ego  et  Marcus  pigri  sumus ;  ego  in  tabemaculd  iace<$,  is  in  herba 

sedet,  Marcus  and  J  are  lazy  ;  I  am  tying  in  the  tent,  he  is  sitting 

in  the  grass. 

VOCABULARY 

cena,  -ae,  f.,  dinner.  coquus,  -i,  m.,  cook, 

culina,  -ae,  f.,  kitchen.  obesus,  -a,  -um,  stout,  fat, 

patera,  -ae,  f.,  dish,  plate.  edi,  /  ate,  I  have  eaten. 

READING   LESSON 

I.    Translate  into  English  : 

A.  I.  Ubi  est  coquus.?  Cur  ei  pateras  non  dedistis.? 
2.    Cum   in  cymba  cum   puellis  essemus,  lupum  validum 


LATIN   PRIMER 


75 


An  Outdoor  Dining  Room 


This  corner  of  the  courtyard  of  a  house  in  Pompeii  is  restored 
in  the  illustration  to  something  like  its  appearance  before  the 
eruption  of  Vesuvius  in  79  B.C.  In  the  center  is  a  round  stone 
table  {mensa)y  on  three  sides  of  which  are  sloping  couches  of 
masonry.  On  occasion  these  couches  were  covered  with  cushions, 
and  here  guests  would  recline  to  partake  of  a  feast  (cena),  each 
man  helping  himself  to  the  good  things  which  the  slaves  placed 
on  the  table  in  the  center.  The  pillars  supporting  the  roof  of 
the  arbor  were  built  of  brick. 


J6  LATIN   PRIMER 

in   harena  vidimus.      Itaque   eum   sagitta  nauta   occidit 

3.  Ego  et  Marcus  in  silvam  veneramus;  turn,  cum  diu  in 
umbra    sedissemus,    ego   in    hortum    if,    is   ad   tabernam. 

4.  Coquus  obesus  per  culinam  cucurrit,  pateramque 
magnam  in  simiam  malam  iecit,  quia  ea  liberorum  cenam 
ederat. 

B,  I.  Tum  Quinto  "Ubi  est^  patera  mea?"  inquit 
Marcus.  "Earn  sub  mensa  video,"  inquit  Quintus. 
2.  "Cur  sub  puparum  lecto  latet  vulpecula,  QuTnte?" 
inquit  Claudia.  "Vulpecula,  cum  in  aream  venisset," 
inquit  Quintus,  "luliae  columbas  pulchras  vidit,  easque 
terruit;  itaque  nunc  luliam  timet."  3.  "  Aviequis  defes- 
sls,  cum  ex  agris  heri  Tssent,"  inquit  Marcus,  "  mala  multa 
dedl ;  eras  herba  corbulam  meam  complebd."  4.  "  Coquus 
bacas  uvasque  emerat,"  inquit  Marcella;  "sed,  cum  is 
in  culina  sederet,  puerT  mail  bacas  uvasque  iecerunt  in 
aquara,  corbulasque  lut5  compleverunt" 

II.    Translate  into  Latin: 

A.  N  'Dhp  farmers'  dinner  is  on  the  horse's  back; 
their  plates  are  in  the  basket.  2.  While  the  tired  cook 
was  lying  on  the  sailor's  bed,  a  little  white  fox  came  into 
his  kitchen  and  ate  the  grapes.  3.  Marcus  went  into 
the  yard  to  see  the  beautiful  moon  and  stars  in  the  sky. 
He  did  not  see  them,  for  he  fell  into  the  mud.  4.  Why 
did  your  grandmother  and  the  stout  maid  go  to  town, 
Julia  .^  5.  Why  did  the  sailor  come  quickly  from  the 
gate  of  the  town }  \ 

B.  I.  "A  poor  boy  came  from  the  woods  yesterday," 
said  Julia,  "  to  fill  (his)  baskets  with  berries.  We  gave  him 
apples  and  grapes."  X  "  What  did  the  sailor  give  you, 
Marcus?"  asked  Julia.  "When  the  wolves  rushed  forth 
from  (their)  hiding  place,"  said  Marcus,  "the  sailor  gave 


LATIN   PRIMER  77 

me  arrows,  and  with  them  I  killed  a  bear  and  a  wolf." 
3?  "While  I  was  hiding  in  the  shade  to  frighten  a  little 
fox,"  said  Claudia,  "my  school  bag  fell  to  the  ground. 
Now  I  do  not  see  it"  4.  "The  teacher  sent  the  lazy 
cook  to  the  store,"  said  Marcella;  "and  while  he  was 
sitting  there  on  a  bench,  Marcus  ran  into  the  kitchen  with 
Quintus.  There  the  bad  boys  ate  the  teacher's  dinner 
and  broke  his  plates."*" 

EXERCISE   XXIX 
THE   SECOND  OR   E-CONJUGATION 

habeO 

Indicative  Mood       Active  VoiCjc 
Imperfect  Tense 

Singular  Plural 

1st  person                          habSbam  hab^bamus 

2d  person                           habebas  habgbatiB 

3d  person                           habebat  habgbant 

Conjugate  in  the  same  way  the  imperfect  indicative 
active  of  compleO,  doceO,  iaceO,  lateO,  moneO,  etc. 

Note.  The  imperfect  tense  is  used  to  describe  something  as 
going  on  at  a  definite  point  or  period  in  past  time ;  e.g.,  Marcus  in 
aream  vSnit ;  ego  turn  in  tabem&cuIO  sedSbam,  Marcus  came  into 
the  yard;  I  then  was  srrriNG  in  the  tent. 

Remark.  In  the  above  example,  note  carefully  how  the  use  of 
vCnit  differs  from  that  of  sedSbam.  Thus  the  perfect  vCnit  simply 
states  that  something  happened^  whereas  the  imperfect  sedSbam 
tells  what  was  happening  at  that  very  same  time  (compare  the  use 
of  the  imperfect  subjunctive  in  clauses  introduced  by  cum,  Exer- 
cise XXII).  This  peculiar  force  of  the  imperfect  tense  cannot  be 
too  firmly  fixed  in  the  mind. 


78  LATIN    PRIMER 

Compare  the  meanings  of  the  following  tenses : 

Present  sedeO  /  sit,  I  am  sitting. 

Imperfect      sedgbam     /  was  sitting. 

Perfect  sedi  /  sat,  (/  Jiave  sat)  I  have  been  sitting. 

In  the  same  way,  give  the  meaning  of  each  of  these 
tenses  of  complex,  doceO,  iaceC,  lateO,  moneC,  teneO,  terreO, 
time(^,  video. 

Remark.  For  the  imperfect  of  habed,  the  exact  translation  "  I 
was  having"  is  often  hardly  good  English.  But  though  we  are 
generally  thus  forced  to  render  habSbam  by  "  I  had,"  we  may  still 
feel  the  difference  of  meaning  between  it  and  the  perfect  habui. 

VOCABULARY 

pOculum,  -i,  N.,  cup.  Sbrius,  -a,  -um,  intoxicated, 

vinum,  -I,  n.,  wine.  drunken. 

READING  LESSON 

I.     Translate  into  English  : 

A.  I.  Itaque  heri  nauta  in  culina  cum  agricola  defessd 
sedebat.  2.  Coquus,  cum  in  cullnam  venisset  poculaque 
magistri  aqua  complevisset,  nautae  obeso  et  agricolae 
pigro  vinum  dedit.  Hodie  in  via  ebril  iacebunt  nauta  et 
agricola.     Ibi  e5s  pueri  puellaeque  videbunt. 

B.  I.  Tum  Claudiae  "  Cur  simia  tua  in  caveam  cucur- 
rit?"  inquit  lulia.  "Nauta  ebrius  per  aream  iit,"  inquit 
Claudia,  "  eamque  terruit ;  nam  in  taberna  vInum  emerat." 
2.  "  Cum  in  culina  essemus,"  inquit  coquus,  "  vulpeculam 
pulchram  in  area  vidimus."  "  Cur  eam  n5n  occldistis }  " 
inquit  nauta.  "  Cucurrimus  in  aream,"  inquit  coquus ; 
"  sed  interim  ex  agris  agricola  cum  validis  flliis  venerat. 
Is  sagitta  vulpeculam  occidit."       3.    *'  In  herba  coqui  pa- 


LATIN   PRIMER  79 

teiils  multls  invenimus,"  inquit  Marcus ;  "  simia  eas  saxd 
fregerat." 

II.     Translate  into  Latin  : 

A.  I.  I  was  hiding  under  the  table.  There  my  grand- 
mother found  me;  for  she  had  filled  my  school  bag  with 
many  grapes.  2.  And  so,  when  the  intoxicated  farmer 
came   out  of  the   store,   he    ran    swiftly  into    the   fields.- 

3.  Meanwhile   the    sailor's   strong   monkey   had   broken 
the  farmer's  cups  and  thrown  his  wine  into   the  water. 

4.  What  did  the  girls  see  in  the  street,  my  son  ?  ^ 

B,  1,  "  When  Marcus  and  I  came  to  the  gate,"  said 
Julia,  "  we  sent  Quintus  into  the  town  to  warn  the  good 
farmer;  for  a  wolf  had  come  from  the  woods  and  was 
frightening  the  horses."  2.  "  Quintus  and  Claudia  were 
teaching  the  monkeys,"  said  Marcus ;  "  she  was  sitting  on 
the  doll's  table,  he  was  lying  in  the  grass."  3.  "  The 
boys  have  filled  the  cups  with  water,"  said  the  fat  cook  to 
the  girls  ;  "  soon  the  dinner  will  be  on  the  table." ' 


EXERCISE   XXX 
IRREGULAR  VERB 

sum 
Imperfect  Tense        Indicative  Mood 

Singular  Plural 

1st  person  eram  erftmus 

2d  person  erfts  er&tis 

3d  person  .  erat  erant 

Remark.  English  quite  lacks  a  special  and  exact  rendering 
for  the  imperfect  of  this  verb,  both  ful  and  eram  being  translated 
by  "  I  was." 


So  LATIN    PFIMER 

vcx:abulary 

corvus,  -I,  M.,  raven.  ripa,    -ae,    f.,    bank    (of    a 

domum  cucurri,  /  ran  hornet         stream). 

/  have  run  home.  rivus,  -i,  M.,  stream. 

Remark.  The  form  domum  may  thus  be  used  with  any  verb 
of  going  or  sending :  cg.^  domum  vSnit,  he  came  home;  domum 
Quintum  misi,  /  sent  Quintus  home ;  etc. 

READING  LESSON 

I.  Translate  into  English  : 

A.  I.  Cum  ad  rivum  venissemus,  liber!  saxa  multa  in 
aquam  iecerunt ;  sed  mox  in  herba  cum  ancilla  sedebant. 
2.  E  ludo  domum  celeriter  cucurrimus;  nam  Marcus  et 
Quintus  tum  in  cymba  erant.  3.  lulia  columbas  in  gre- 
mio  diu  tenuit ;  corvus  interim  in  umero  nautae  valid!  se- 
debat.  4.  Puerl  puellaeque  per  oppidi  portam  cucurre- 
rant,  ut  agricolarum  obesorum  pocula  vino  complerent. 

B.  I.  "  Interim  ego  et  Claudia,"  inquit  lulia,  "  coqui 
soleas  inveneramus  in  culina  eique  dederamus."  "  Ubi 
est  eius  pecunia  ?  "  inquit  Marcella.  2.  **  Lupus,"  inquit 
agricola,  "  cum  e  spelunca  erupisset,  ad  ripam  celeriter 
cucurrit.  Ibi  latebat  ursa  magna.  Ea,  cum  lupum  vldis- 
set,  e  latebris  erupit,  eumque  occidit."  3.  "  Equi  nostri 
liberos  ex  oppid5  in  silvam  vexerant,"  inquit  Claudia. 
"Tum  per  agros  venit  Quintus.  Mox  ancilla  eum  Mar- 
cumque  ad  rivum  misit,  quia  pocula  habebant.  Nos  inte- 
rim in  herba  iacebamus." 

II.  Translate  into  Latin  : 

A,  I.  And  so  we  had  gone  into  the  garden  and 
were  filling  your  baskets,  Claudia,  with  beautiful  grapes. 
2.   When  the   tired   farmer  had  sent  (his)  sons  into  the 


LATIN   PRIMER  8 1 

town,  he  sat  long  on  the  bank  of  a  small  stream.  There 
he  saw  a  raven  and  killed  it  with  a  stone.  3.  We  are 
hiding  with  a  fat  boy  to  frighten  the  teacher.  Why  is 
Marcus  hiding  with  you,  girls  ?^ 

B,  I.  "Once  we  found  a  little  fox  on  the  bank  of  the 
stream  and  threw  it  into  the  water,"  said  the  sailors  to 
Marcus.  "Why  did  you  not  give  it  to  me  ? "  asked  Quin- 
tus.  v  2.  "  We  saw  a  drunken  sailor  in  the  shade,"  said 
Julia ;  "  I  ran  home,  but  the  boys  brought  little  wolves 
from  the  woods  so  as  to  frighten  him."  3.  "  When  the 
cook  had  gone  to  the  stream,"  said  Quintus,  "  I  came  into 
the  kitchen.  A  raven  was  hiding  there  under  the  table, 
and  I  threw  a  plate  at  him."  4.  "  Marcella  was  a  good 
girl  to-day,"  said  Claudia;  "for  she  gave  the  little  boys 
pens  because  they  had  found  her  school  bag." 

EXERCISE  XXXI 

THE  SECOND  OR  E-CONJUGATION 

habeO 

Present  Infinitive       Acttve  Voice 

habere,  to  have 

Note.  All  verbs  of  the  second  conjugation  form  the  present 
infinitive  active  in  this  same  way. 

VOCABULARY 

coepi,  I  began,  I  have  begun,  potui,  /  could ;  I  was  able, 

m&lul,   /  preferred,  I  have  I  have  been  able. 

preferred.  volul,    /    wanted,    I    have 

nOluI,  /  refused;  I  did  not  wanted ;    I  was   willing^ 

want ;    I  was  unwilling,  I  havt  been  willing, 

I  ha%>e  been  unwilling. 


82  LATIN   PRIMER 

Note.  Each  of  the  above  verbs  may  govern  the  present  infini- 
tive ;  e.g.,  tlmgre  coepi,  /  began  to  be  afraid;  maluisti  sedgre,  you 
preferred  to  sit;  Marcus  voluit  equOs  vid6re,  Marcus  wanted  to  see 
the  horses. 

READING  LESSON 

I.   Translate  into  English  : 

A,  I.  In  silva  lupus  validus  nos  terruit;  itaque  ego 
domum  cucurri,  sed  Marcus  defessus  in  agris  latere  ma- 
luit.  2.  Claudia  corvum  miserum  in  gremio  tenere  nolue- 
rat,  et  cum  pupis  in  umbra  iacebat.  3.  In  agro  erat  rivus 
pulcher ;  nam  in  ripa  erant  bacae  et  rosae  multae.  4.  Ubi 
fuit  heri  poculum  nostrum,  Quinte  ?  Nam  puellae,  cum  in 
aream  venissent,  id  voluerunt  aqua  complere,  sed  non  inve- 
nerunt. 

B.  I.  "Ubi  est  Quintus,  puellae?"  inquit  Marcella ; 
"  nam  nautae  pigri  equus  albus  in  horto  nostro  est.  Ego 
eum  terrere  non  potui."  2.  "  Coquus  ebrius,  cum  in 
oppido  vinum  emisset,"  inquit  Marcus,  "nautae  defessi 
poculum  complere  noluit.  Itaque  is  poculum  iecit  in  corbu- 
1am  coqui  miseri,  eiusque  pateras  fregit."  3.  Tum  Quinto 
"  Cum  in  culina  essemus,"  inquit  puer  parvus,  "  vulpecula 
ex  agris  in  aream  venit,  et  luliae  columbas  terrere  coepit. 
Nos  e  culina  erupimus ;  sed  vulpecula  celeriter  in  hortum 
cucurrit,  ut  in  herba  lateret.  Interim  avus  meus  cum  sagit- 
tis  in  hortum  venerat;  itaque  ibi  vulpecula  mala  poenas 
dedit." 

,  II.     Translate  into  Latin : 

A.  I.  Julia's  grandmother  sent  Marcus  to  see  the 
teacher's  boat.  We  preferred  to  fill  our  baskets  with 
apples  in  the  garden,  2.  You  refused  to  sit  with  me 
on  the  bench.  3.  When  your  monkeys  had  thrown  many 
grapes  and  berries  into  the  water,  boys,  they  ran  home  and 


LATIN    PRIMER  83 

hid  in  the  tent.  4.  Then  the  farmer  began  to  warn  the 
sailor's  pretty  daughter ;  for  she  had  refused  to  teach  the 
poor  children.  - 

B.  I.  "What  did  you  want  to  see  in  the  woods  yester- 
day ? "  said  Julia  to  Marcella.  "  I  wanted  to  see  a  bear," 
replied  Marcella.  "  And  so  the  boys  hid  in  a  cave ;  but 
they  could  not  frighten  me."  2.  "  Where  were  the  cups 
and  plates.^"  asked  the  g^irls.  "The  cups  were  on  the 
bank  of  the  stream,"  replied  Quintus,  "and  the  plates 
were  in  the  grass  with  your  baskets."  3.  "  When  we  had 
come  home  through  the  fields,"  said  Marcus,  "Quintus  be- 
gan to  fill  the  girls'  school  bags  with  water,  and  I  threw 
mud  into  the  dolls'  cradle.  Then  my  grandfather  sent  the 
stout  maid  to  warn  us ;  and  so  we  ran  quickly  into  the 
woods." 

EXERCISE   XXXII 

IRREGUJ-AR  VERB 

sum 

Present  Tense        Subjunctive  Mood 

Singular  Plural 

1st  person  sim  simus 

2d  person  sis  sitis 

3d  person  sit  sint 

VOCABULARY 

laetus,  -a,  -um,  pleased^  happy,  rapui,  /  seized,  I  have  seized; 
tutus,  -a,  -um,  safe.  I  stole ^  I  have  stolen^  etc. 

READING  LESSON 

L    Translate  into  English : 

A.  I.  Magister  capsas  mails  magnfs  complet,  ut  puellae 
bonae  laetae  sint       2.    Agricolac  filil  valid!  ad  ludum  cum 


84  LATIN    PRIMER 

Quinto  venerant ;  sed  eos  docere  magister  noluit.  3.  Mar- 
cus, cum  nautae  obesi  cymbam  pulchram  vidisset,  celeriter 
domum  cucurrit ;  ego  in  harena  sedere  malui,  ut  corbulam 
meam  conchis  complerem.  4.  lulia  simiam  tenet,  ut 
columba  tuta  sit.     Ea  nunc  in  Claudiae  gremio  latet. 

B.  I.  "Coquus,  cum  in  rlpa  corvum  parvum  invenisset," 
inquit  Claudia,  *'  per  agros  domum  iit,  corvumque  mihi 
dedit."  2.  "Herl  cum  pueris  per  silvam  ad  rlvum  il," 
inquit  Marcus.  *'Ibi  cum  in  aqua  essemus,  vulpecula  mala 
e  spelunca  venit  cenamque  edit  nostram."  3.  "  Ubi  sunt 
p5cula }  **  coqu5  inquit  agricola.  "  Nautae  simia  hodie  p5- 
cula  multa  et  vlnum  rapuit,"  inquit  coquus  ;  "itaque  nautam 
ebrium  mox  videbiraus." 

II.     Translate  into  Latin: 

A,  i>  The  horses  ran  through  the  garden,  and  are  now 
in  the  yard.  2.  The  girls  are  sitting  with  us  in  the  tent, 
so  that  the  dolls  may  be  safe.  3.  Your  grandmother, 
Julia,  sent  the  fat  boy  to  the  store;  meanwhile  I  began  to 
fill  his  school  bag  with  sand.  4.  And  so  when  we  had 
killed  the  wolf,  we  went  into  the  cave.  There  we  found  a 
bear,  but  could  not  frighten  her  with  our  arrows. 

B,  I.  "Yesterday,  boys,  while  your  tired  grandfather 
was  lying  in  the  garden  in  the  shade,"  said  Julia,  "  he  saw 
a  wolf  and  wanted  to  frighten  it,  because  his  horses  were 
not  safe.  But  a  bear  ran  quickly  through  the  fields,  and 
the  wolf  hid  in  the  woods."  2.  "I  am  sitting  in  the 
yard,  my  son,"  said  the  sailor,  "  so  that  you  will  be  a  good 
boy.  Yesterday  you  were  lazy  ;  you  did  not  lead  the 
horse  to  the  stream."  3.  "  The  grapes  fell  from  the 
poor  boys'  baskets  into  the  water,"  said  Marcella,  "and 
now  they  are  afraid  of  the  farmer.  We  will  fill  their  bas- 
kets with  many  apples  and  berries."       4.    "The  sailor's 


LATIN    PRIMER  85 

son  was  happy  to-day,"  said  Quintus ;  "for  Marcus  had 
given  him  an  arrow.  But  to-morrow  I  shall  hide  in  the 
woods  and  frighten  him." 

EXERCISE  XXXIII 
THE   SECOND   OR   E-CONJUGATION 

habeO 
AcTrvE  Voice 
Indicative  Mood  Subjunctive  Mood 

Future  Perfect  Tense  Perfect  Tense 

Singular  Plural  Singular  Plural 

1st  person    habuerO      habuerimus  habuerim     habuerlmus 

2d  person     habueris    habueritis  habueris      habueritis 

3d  person     habuerit    habuerint  habuerit      habuerint 

Remark  i.  As  an  aid  to  the  memory,  note  that  the  last  sylla- 
bles of  the  future  perfect  indicative  forms  spell  out  the  future  of 
the  verb  sum,  excepting  in  the  third  person  plural ;  and  that  the 
perfect  subjunctive  is  the  same  as  the  future  perfect  indicative, 
with  the  exception  of  the  first  person  singular  and  the  fact  that 
the  i  is  long  in  three  forms. 

Remark  2.  The  future  perfect  indicative  and  the  perfect  sub- 
junctive of  verbs  of  all  conjugations  are  inflected  in  the  same  way 
as  habuerO  and  habuerim.  To  find  the  first  person  singular  for 
any  verb,  change  the  -i  of  the  perfect  indicative  to  -erO  and 
-erim ;  e.g.^  cucurri,  cucurrerC,,  cucurrerim ;  ii,  iertt,  ierim ;  vtoi, 
v€nerO,  vSnerim;   fui,  fuerO,  fuerim;   etc. 

Remark  3.  The  future  perfect  tense  refers  to  a  future  event 
completed  before  another  future  event ;  e.g.^  Mircus  mox  In  cymbi 
erit ;  ego  interim  ex  agris  vSnerO,  Marcus  will  soon  be  in  the 
boat;  meanwhile  I  shall  have  come  from  the  fields.  The  perfect 
subjunctive  is  used  mostly  in  dependent  clauses,  in  ways  to  be 
explained  elsewhere. 


S6  LATIN   PRIMER 

VOCABULARY 

galllna,  -ae,  f.,  Aen^  chicken.      Ovum,  -i,  n.,  egg. 

nidus,  -i,  m.,  nest,  furtim,  adverb,  stealthily. 

READING   LESSON 

I.   Translate  into  English  : 

A.  I.  Marcl  simia  hodie  columbarum  nldum  invenit, 
ovaque  multa  fregit.  2.  Vulpecula,  cum  furtim  in  aream 
isset,  Quint!  gallinas  rapuit ;  interim  Marci  gallina  alba  in 
cavea  tuta  erat.  3.  Lunam  stellasque  videre  volui,  sed 
Marcus  mecum  in  horto  sedere  noluit.  4.  Ex  agris 
veni,  ut  coquum  ebrium  viderem.  Eum  non  vidi,  sed  in 
area  agricolae  filios  obesos  inveni ;  coqui  pateras  e  culina 
rapuerant. 

B.  I.  "Ursam  video,"  inquit  Quintus.  "Ubi  latebis, 
Claudia,  ut  tuta  sis  ?  "  **  Heri  in  tabernacul5  latui,"  inquit 
Claudia.  "  Ibi  lupus  me  videre  non  potuit."  2.  "  Cras 
laeta  ero,"  inquit  Marcella ;  **  in  silva  turn  sedebimus,  et  in 
corbulis  erit  cena  pulchra."  3.  "  In  silvam  ad  rivum 
iimus,"  inquit  Marcus ;  "  cumque  ibi  in  rlpa  sederemus, 
nautae  valid!  celeriter  venerunt  ex  oppid5  cymbamque 
nostram  rapuerunt.  Quintus  domum  celeriter  cucurrit, 
ut  avum  nostrum  moneret;  ego  interim  in  herba  latui." 

I^  Translate  into  Latin: 

A.  I.  We  have  come  to  see  the  doves'  eggs,  Quintus. 
Where  is  the  nest  1  2.  Why  did  you  bring  your  little  fox 
into  the  yard,  boys.?  My  pretty  hens  are  afraid  of  it. 
3.  We  began  to  be  afraid  of  the  drunken  sailor ;  but  Mar- 
cus gave  him  money  and  sent  him  home.  4.  Meanwhile 
the  bear  had  gone  stealthily  from  the  cave;  and  so  the 
tired  boys  did  not  discover  its  hiding  place. 


LATIN   PRIMER  R; 

B.  I.  "  The  farmer  came  to-day,"  said  Julia,  "  to  fill  the 
stream  with  stones.  Quintus  was  happy ;  for  he  had  long 
wanted  to  see  the  farmer's  white  horses."  2.  "  When  the 
boys  were  hiding  in  the  grass  to  frighten  the  girls,"  said 
Claudia,  "  the  sailor's  lazy  son  came  into  the  tent  and  stole 
your  raven's  cage,  Julia."  3.  "  Once  upon  a  time,"  said 
Quintus,  "  a  little  fox  came  through  the  forest  to  see  the 
farmer's  chickens.  But  the  farmer's  sons  were  sitting  in 
the  garden ;  and  so  they  killed  the  poor  little  fox." 

EXERCISE   XXXIV 

SYNOPSIS   OF  THE  VERB 

In  summarizing  the  forms  of  a  verb  it  is  necessary  to 
recognize  a  standard  order  of  tenses.  Thus,  the  synopsis 
of  habeO  and  sum  would  be  arranged  as  follows : 

AcnvE  Voice 

Indicative  Mood  Subjunctive  Mood 

Pres.  Tense          habeO          'Sum  habeam        sim 

Imperf.  Tense      habebam      eram  hab€rem       essem 
Eut.  Tense            habebO        -erO 

Perf.  Tense           habui          C  fui  habuerim     fuerim 

Pluperf.  Tense     habueram>  fueram  habuissem    fuissem 
Put  Perf.  Tpnse  habuerO       fuerO 

It  is  of  the  greatest  importance  that  this  order  of  tenses 
be  firmly  fixed  in  the  mind,  (i)  because  forms  are  most 
readily  recalled  when  they  are  arranged  in  a  definite  order, 
and  (2)  because,  in  taking  up  a  new  conjugation,  the  fixed 
place  for  each  tense  helps  to  bring  out  clearly  the  points 
of  similarity  and  difference  between  the  new  forms  and 
those  of  the  same  tenses  of  conjugations  already  learned. 


88  LATIN   PRIMER 

The  above  synopsis  gives  the  first  person  singular  of 
each  tense.  Following  the  same  order  of  tenses,  give  a 
synopsis  of  habe6  and  sum  in  the  second  person  singular, 
the  third  person  singular,  the  first  person  plural,  etc.  This 
exercise  should  be  repeated  until  a  synopsis  in  any  person 
and  number  can  be  given  without  hesitation  or  mistake. 

VOCABULARY 

folium,  -I,  N.,  leaf.  irfttus,    -a,   -um,   angry,   en- 

r&mus,  -i,  m.,  branch.  raged,  etc* 

READING   LESSON 

I.  Translate  into  English  : 

A.  I.  Itaque  puellae  bonae  columbarum  nidos  foliis 
compleverunt.  2.  Heri,  cum  galllnae  in  ramo  sederent, 
puerl  mall  iecerunt  saxa,  easque  terruerunt.  3.  Cras  in 
rivo  cymbam  pulchram  habebo,  v5sque  mecum  in  ea  sede- 
bitis.  4.  E  corbula  coqui,  cum  is  vulpeculam  terreret,  5va 
in  saxa  ceciderunt 

B.  I.  "  Hodie  nautae  f ilium  domum  misi,"  inquit  Marcus. 
"  Tum  nauta  iratus,  cum  in  hortum  nostrum  venisset,  ramos 
fregit  galllnasque  tuas,  lulia,  occTdit."  2.  "Cur  in  foliis 
defessi  iacetis,  puerl .^"  inquit  agricola.  "Avia  vestra  in 
tabernaculo  est;  coquum  ebrium  timet."  3.  "Puer  piger 
ex  horta  furtim  in  agr5s  ierat,"  inquit  Claudia.  "  Ibi  bacas 
magnas  invenit;  sed  mox  ursae  multae  venerunt  e  silva, 
puerumque  miserum  rapuerunt."  4.  "Per  vias  longas 
equT  agricolam  ad  oppidum  vexerunt,"  inquit  Marcella ;  "  in- 
terim eius  fllii  pigri  nautarum  cymbam  aqua  complebant." 

II.  Translate  into  Latin: 

A.  I.  The  enraged  cook  threw  eggs  at  the  fat  sailor. 
2.  /  am  safe ;  but  Quintus  has  gone  into  the  woods  to  fill 


LATIN   PRIMER  89 

the  baskets  with  leaves,  and  there  are  bears  in  the  caves. 
3.  When  the  boys  saw  the  nest  of  the  doves  they  broke 
the  branch  and  stole  the  eggs.  4.  Why  did  you  begin  to 
frighten  my  monkey,  Marcus?  / 

B,  I.  "Then  your  grandmother's  strong  maid  came 
quickly  through  the  gate  of  the  town,  boys,"  said  Julia, 
"and  found  the  chickens  on  the  bank  of  a  stream." 
2.  "  Marcus  went  stealthily  into  the  kitchen,"  said  Quintus, 
"and  took  a  cup.  And  so  we  filled  it  with  sand  and  gave 
it  to  the  sailor's  monkey.  The  monkey  broke  the  cup,  and 
now  the  cook  is  angry."  3.  "  What  did  you  find  under  the 
cook's  table,  Quintus  }  "  asked  Julia.  "  I  did  not  find  my 
ball,"  replied  Quintus;  "but  I  saw  there  your  school  bag 
and  Claudia's  pen." 

EXERCISE   XXXV 

THE  PRINCIPAL  PARTS  OF  THE  VERB 

To  conjugate  a  regular  verb,  it  is  necessary  to  know,  in 
addition  to  the  first  person  singular  of  the  present  indica- 
tive, the  three  following  forms:  (i)the  present  infinitive 
active,  (2)  the  first  person  singular  of  the  perfect  indicative 
active,  and  (3)  the  perfect  passive  participle;  r.^.,  videO, 
vidgre,  vidi,  visus.  These  four  forms  are  known  as  the 
Principal  Parts  of  the  verb. 

Remark  i.  When  once  the  principal  parts  are  known,  all  the 
other  forms  of  a  regular  verb  can  easily  be  found.  For  example, 
the  present  infinitive  vidCre  shows  that  videO  is  of  the  second  con- 
jugation (hence  vidSbam,  vidCbO;  videam,  vidSrem),  and  from  the 
perfect  indicative  vidi  we  find  videram,  viderO  ;  viderim,  viditsem. 
The  perfect  passive  participle  gives  the  key  to  certain  passive 
forms,  as  will  be  shown  later. 


90  •  *     LATIN    PRIMER 

Remark  2.  Many  verbs,  otherwise  regular,  lack  certain  forms 
and,  therefore,  show  less  than  four  principal  parts.  So,  for  ex- 
ample, verbs  which  because  of  their  meaning  are  not  used  in  the 
passive. 

Learn  the  principal  parts  of  the  following  yprbs  of  the 
second  conjugation  :  i  V^^^f^^^^ 

habe<),  habere,  habui,  habitus.>^  complex,    com  pier  e,     com- 

So  moneO  and  terreC.  pl6vi,  completus. 

iaced,  iacere,  iacui.  doced,  docere,  docui,  doctus. 

So  lateO,  tened,  and  timed.       seded,  sedere,  sedi,  sessum. 

video,  videre,  vidi,  visus. 

VOCABULARY 

locus,    -I,    M.    (plural,    loca,      idCneus,  -a,  -um,  suitable. 
-Crum,  ^.\place,  spot,  iam,  adverb,  now. 

Remark.  The  use  of  iam  ('Miow  ")  is  not  altogether  the  same 
as  that  of  nunc.  The  latter  word  refers  to  the  present  of  the 
speaker,  e.g.y  ICircus  nunc  in  cymba  est,  Marcus  is  now  in  the 
boat;  but  iam  can  equally  well  be  used  in  speaking  of  an  event 
that  is  past,  as.  In  silvam  iam  vSneramus,  We  had  now  come  into 
the  forest. 

Rule.  To  mark  a  question,  -ne  may  be  added  to  the  first 
word  of  a  sentence;  e.g.,  Libriimne  vidisti  .^  Did  you  see 
the  book?  Estisne  in  horto,  puellae.^  Are  you  in  the 
garden,  girls  f 

Remark  i.  Note  how  the  addition  of -ne  causes  the  accent  of 
the  word  to  which  it  is  joined  to  shift  to  the  last  syllable.  Com- 
pare the  influence  of  -cum  and  -que  upon  the  accent  of  the  words 
to  which  they  are  joined. 

Remark  2.  In  sentences  introduced  by  cur,  quid,  ubi,  or  any 
Other  interrogative  word,  -ne  must  not  be  u^ed. 


LATIN   PRIMER  91 

READING  LESSON 

I.  Translate  into  English  :  ^ 

A,  I.  Meamne  capsam  vidistis,  pden?  Heri  in\>taber- 
naculum  earn  ieci.  2.  Puerine  in  silvam  ierunt,  Qiiinte  ? 
Locumne  idoneum  invenerunt  ?  3.  Agricolae  boni  equus 
liberos  in  loca  tuta  vexit.  Interim  nautae  filius  in  oppidum 
ierat,  ut  corbulam  sagittis  compleret.  4.  Voluistine,  mi 
fili,  columbarum  ova  nidumque  videre  ? 

B.   A  Maratider  Punished 

Turn  pueris  "Olim,"  inquit  lulia, '*  lupus  malus,  cum  e 
spelunca  furtim  venisset,  per  silvam  iit  in  agros  agricola- 
rum  miserorum,  eorumque  equos  occidit.  Itaque  agricolae 
irati  ursam  albam  e  cavea  duxerunt  in  agros,  et  cum  ea  in 
herba  latuerunt.  Sed  lupus  iam  domum  cucurrerat,  et  in 
spelunca  tutus  iacebat.  Itaque  agricolae,  cum  diu  in  herba 
latuissent,  cum  ursa  celeriter  ierunt  in  silvam,  ibique  lupi 
latebras  invenerunt.  Tum  laeti  ursam  miserunt  in  spelun- 
cam,  lupusque  malus  poenas  dedit." 

II.  Translate  into  Latin  : 

A.  I.  Did  my  little  fox  frighten  your  chickens,  Mar- 
cus ?  2.  Why  did  the  angry  sailor  fill  our  tent  with 
stones  ?  3.  Are  you  in  the  yard,  Quintus  ?  We  are  in 
the  kitchen.  4.  What  did  your  grandfather's  cook  buy 
in  the  town,  girls  ?  We  wanted  to  see  his  basket,  but  he 
was  unwilling. 

B.  I.  "On  the  bank  of  a  small  stream  we  found  an 
arrow  and  a  basket,"  said  Marcus.  "Quintus  broke  the 
arrow  with  a  stone,  and  I  threw  the  basket  into  the  water. 
Meanwhile  the  farmer  was  filling  (his)  cup  with  wine;  and 
so  he  did  not  see  us."  2.  "  When  I  went  into  the  garden 
yesterday,"  said  Claudia,  "  I  found  a  suitable  place,  and 


92 


LATIN    PRIMER 


sat  for  a  long  time  in  the  shade.  Then  the  boys  came 
home  from  school,  and  began  to  frighten  your  raven,  Julia. 
And  so  I  ran  into  the  yard  to  warn  your  grandfather." 


EXERCISE   XXXVI 

THE   FIRST  OR   A-CONJUGATION 

vocO,  vocftre,  vocftvi,  voc&tus,  call^  summon 


Singular 
1st  person   voc6 
2d  person    vocfts 
3d  person    vocat 


Active  Voice 
iNDiCAxrvE  Mood 

Present  Tense 

Plural 
vocftmus 
vocfttis 
vocant 


SuBjuNcrrvE  Mood 


Singular 
vocem 
voces 
vocet 


Plural 
vocgmus 
vocetis 
vocent 


Imperfect  Tense 

Singular          Plural                Singular  Plural 

1st  person   vocftbam     vocabamus        vocarem  vocaremus 

2d  person    vocabas      vocabatis           vocares  vocaretis 

3d  person    vocabat      vocabant            vocaret  vocarent 

Future  Tense 
Singular  Plural 

1st  person   vocabC       vocabimus 
2d  person    vocabis      vocabitis 
3d  person    vocabit      vocabunt 

Remark.  The  above  forms  can  easily  be  memorized  by  com- 
paring them  with  the  corresponding  forms  of  habed.  Thus,  in  the 
imperfect  indicative  and  subjunctive,  and  in  the  future  indicative, 
the  formation  of  the  two  conjugations  is  very  similar,  the  only 
difference  being  that  habelS  has  5  and  voc6  has  a  in  the  second 
syllable  of  each  form.      For  purposes  of  comparison,  it  may  be 


LATIN   PRIMER  93 

found  convenient  here  and  elsewhere  to  consult  the  Summary  of 
Forms,  page  204  ff. 

Note.  The  perfect  indicative  vocivi  is  given  above  among  the 
principal  parts  of  the  verb.  With  this  as  a  base,  give  a  synopsis 
of  voce  in  the  first  person  singular  of  the  perfect,  pluperfect',  and 
future  perfect  tenses. 

VOCABULARY 

do,  dare,  dedi,  datus,  give  (see    properO,  properftre,  properftvl, 
Summary  of  Forms,  p.  2 1 8).        proper&tum,  hurry ^  hasten. 

Remark.  ^Vherever  the  principal  parts  of  a  verb  are  given  in 
full,  it  is  customary  (as  in  this  Exercise)  to  state  the  meaning  of 
the  verb  in  the  most  general  terms,  without  attempting  to  trans- 
late exactly  any  one  of  the  principal  parts.  From  the  general 
definition  the  meaning  of  any  particular  form  can  easily  be  derived. 

READING  LESSON 

I.     Translate  into  English  : 

A.  I.  Pueros  vocabimus,  ut  corvum  meum  videant. 
2.  Misistisne  Marcum  defessum,  cum  e  ludo  venisset,  ut 
agricolam  vocaret.^  3.  Cur  ad  cymbam  isti.?  ut  nautae 
obeso  librum  dares }  4.  Estne  Marcus  in  agris  ?  Quintus 
in  area  est ;  nam  nautae  f ilio  gallinam  dat 

B,    The  Fox  and  the  Chickens 

"Heri,"  inquit  Marcus,  "avus  meus  cum  agricolis  validis 
in  silvam  lit,  ut  speluncas  latebrasque  ursarum  videret. 
Ibi  cum  sederetin  foliis,  vulpecula  furtim  e  silva  in  agros 
venit,  et  celeriter  cucurrit  in  hortum  nostrum  gallinasque 
multas  rapuit.  Interim  agricolae  ursarum  speluncas  in- 
venerant ;  itaque  avum  m^*  -n  vocabant.  Sed  iam  in  sil- 
vam venerat  Quintus,  ut  avum  agricolasque  vocaret,  quia 
vulpecula  gallinas  rapuerat.  Itaque  avus  iratus  domum 
properavit ;  sed  nautae  filius  iam  vulpeculam  occiderat." 


94  LATIN   PRIMER 

II.     Translate  into  Latin: 

A.  I.  Did  the  boys  hurry  to  a  suitable  place?  Did  they 
eat  berries  in  the  woods?  2.  What  are  you  giving  to  the 
raven,  Quintus?  /gave  him  an  apple  to-day.  3.  Are 
the  girls  calling  me  to  see  the  doll's  chair  ?  I  saw  it  yester- 
day. 4.  Is  Marcus  glad  because  the  farmer's  lazy  son 
did  not  break  the  doves'  eggs  ? 

B.  I.  *' To-morrow,"  said  Julia,  "we  will  hurry  from 
school  and  fill  our  baskets  with  berries."  2.  **  Why  are 
you  in  the  yard,  girls?"  asked  Claudia.  "We  are  calling 
the  boys,"  replied  the  girls.  "But  they  are  in  the  fields; 
and  so  they  do  not  see  us."  3.  "  The  farmer  gave  me  a 
basket,"  said  Marcus,  "and  went  with  me  to  the  boat.  The 
sailor's  sons  could  not  give  us  his  beautiful  shells,  but  I 
found  many  in  the  sand." 

EXERCISE  XXXVII 

THE  THIRD   DECLENSION 

Consonant  Stems 

flte,  "A.y  flower       arbor,  f.,  tree       litus,  N.,  shore 

Singular  Plural     Singular  Plural     Singular   Plural 

Nom.    fl5s  flares       arbor  .,  arbores       lltus      litora 

Gen.     floris  florum     arboris  arborum     litoris  lltorum 

Dat.     flori  flaribus  arbori  arboribus  lltori     iTtoribus 

Ace.     flarem  flores       arborem  arbores       litus      litora 

Abl.      flare  flaribus  arbore  arboribus  litore    lltoribus 

Remark  i.  Nouns  of  this  declension  vary  widely  in  the  form 
of  the  nominative  singular,  but  the  genitive  always  ends  in  -is,  as 
in  the  above  examples. 


LATIN   PRIMER  95 

Remark  2.  Note  that  here  (as  in  all  other  declensions)  the 
accusative  case  of  a  neuter  noun  is  the  same  as  the  nominative, 
both  in  the  singular  and  in  the  plural. 

Gender.  There  is  no  simple  rule  for  the  gender  of  nouns 
of  the  third  declension,  and  it  is  therefore  necessary  to 
learn  the  gender  of  each  word  as  it  is  taken  up. 

When  the  above  forms  have  been  memorized,  test  your 
recollection  of  them  by  declining  together  flOs  pulcher, 
arbor  magna,  litus  tiitum,  etc. 

VOCABULARY 

habits,    habitare,    habitftvi,     perterritus,    -a,    -um,   much 
habitatum,    live,    dwell.  frightened^  thoroughly 

gscendi,    /   climbed   (up),   I         alarmed,  etc. 

have  climbed  (;//).  subitO,      adverb,     suddenly, 

without  warning,  etc. 

READING  LESSON 

I.    Translate  into  English : 

A,  I.  litne  Quintus  in  agros  ut  puellas  vocaret,  ut 
flores  pulchros  viderent  ?  2.  Nauta  ebrius,  cum  e  tabema 
venisset,  pocula  paterasque  fregit.  3.  Agricolae  multi  in 
agris  habitant,  multl  in  litore.  4.  Equos  iam  videramus, 
et  ego  ad  tabernam  properabam. 

B.    The  Picnic 

"Ad  locum  idoneum  cum  venissemus,"  inquit  lulia, 
"  puellae  defessae  in  herba  sederunt,  sed  Marcus  et 
Quintus  ad  rivum  parvum  properaverunt  Nam  in  ripa  erat 
arbor  magna,  et  nidus  in  ramo.  Marcus  celeriter  in  arborem 
esccndit,  ut  ova  videret ;  sed  cum  in  r^mo  laetus  sederet, 
subito  e  spelunca  erupit  simia  obesa  et  ad  arborem  cucur« 
rit.     Itaque  Quintus  perterritus  e  ripa  cecidit  in  aquam* 


96 


LATIN   PRIMER 


et  Marcus,  cum  simia  in  arborem  escendisset,  in  folils 
latere  coepit;  sed  puer  miser  mox  ramum  f regit,  et  ad 
terram  in  saxa  cecidit" 

II.   Translate  into  Latin  : 

A.  I.  Are  there  apples  on  the  tree?  Do  you  see 
berries  in  the  garden  ?  2.  Why  were  the  sailors  living 
with  you,  boys  ?  3.  When  the  farmer  had  come  to  the 
shore  to  call  the  sailors,  he  saw  a  wolf  in  the  boat. 
4.  Suddenly  the  little  fox  ran  from  the  tent  into  the 
garden ;  there  Marcus'  doves,  much  alarmed,  began  to 
hide  in  the  branches  of  the  trees. 

B.  I.  "We  did  not  want  to  give  money  to  many 
children,"  said  Julia;  "I  preferred  to  fill  their  baskets 
with  apples  and  grapes."  2.  "And  so,"  said  Marcus, 
"  we  had  now  frightened  the  bear.  But  soon  many  wolves 
came  from  the  forest ;  and  so  we  hurried  home  to  call  the 
farmer's  strong  sons.  Then,  when  the  farmer  had  pome 
with  arrows,  we  killed  the  wolves  and  bear."  3.  "  Quintus 
will  live  in  the  town,"  said  Claudia ;  "  we  shall  live  in  the 
fields." 

EXERCISE   XXXVIII 
CARDINAL  NUMERALS 


duo,  duae,  duo,  fwo 


tres,  tr€s,  tria,  t^ree 


A/asc.  Fern.  Neut.  Masc.  Fern.  Neut. 

Nom.      duo  duae  duo  tres  tres  tria 

Gen.       duCrum  duirum  duCrum  trium  trium  trium 

Dat.        duObus  duabus  duobus  tribus  tribus  tribus 

Ace.       duo  duas  duo  tres  tres  tria 

du6s  tris  tris 

Abl.        duObus  duabus  duObus  tribus  tribus  tribus 


LATIN    PRIMER  97 

vcx:abulary 

adiuvO,     adiuvftre,     adiflvi,  cfiteri,  -ae,  -a,  the  other. 

adiutus,  help.  fugi,  /  ran  away^  I  have  run 
C0II0C6,    collocare,    coUocavi,  away ;  I  fled^  I  have  fled. 

collocatus,  place  t  put. 

Remark.  The  verb  collocO  is  used  with  In  and  the  ablative  case. 
This  fact  must  be  kept  carefully  in  mind,  because  the  not  uncom- 
mon translation  '*  put  (into)"  suggests  a  different  construction. 

READING  LESSON 

I.  Translate  into  English  : 

A,  I.  Cum  agricolarum  equi  valid!  corbulas  ad  litus 
vexissent,  nautae  duas  in  cymba  collocaverunt.  2.  Quin- 
tus  me  adiuvit ;  nam  puerl  ceteri  iam  in  silvam  f ugerant 
3.  Vobiscum  ad  litus  properabo,  ut  nautas  defessos 
adiuvemus.  4.  In  arboribus  erant  corvl  multl;  itaque 
puellas  ceteras  vocavimus,  ut  nidos  viderent 

B.   Playing  on  the  Shore 

"  Itaque,"  inquit  Marcus,  "  ex  agris  veneramus,  et  iam 
sedebamus  in  harena.  .Turn  subito  cymbam  parvam  in 
lltore  vidimus.  In  ea  puellas  tres  collocavi,  sed  ceteri 
llberl  cucurrerunt  ad  oppidum,  ut  nautam  vocarent.  In- 
terim ego  cum  puellis  in  cymba  sedi;  cumque  diu  conchas 
in  aquam  iecissemus,  cymbam  luto  complevi.  Sed  iam  ex 
oppid5  nauta  iratus  properabat.  Ego  eum  non  timebam, 
sed  puellae  perterritae  erant  Itaque  celeriter  mecum 
fugerunt  in  hortum,  ibique  sub  arboribus  parvis  latuimus." 

II.  Translate  into  Latin  : 

A.  I.  I  am  putting  flowers  in  suitable  places.  Soon  I 
shall  call  the  girls  to  help  me.       2.   We  lived  in  the  town 

LATIN  PRIMUl  —  7 


98 


LATIN    PRIMER 


for  a  long  time  ;  but  my  grandfather  preferred  to  live  in 
the  fields.  Do  you  see  the  beautiful  treee  in  our  garden  ? 
3.  Three  boys  came  to  school  to-day.  To  morrow  the 
others  will  be  punished ;  for  tjie  teacher  was  angry  because 
they  had  run  away  to  the  shore. 

B,  I.  "The  raven  was  now  much  frightened,"  said 
Julia ;  **  and  so  Quintus  climbed  up  into  the  tree  to  help 
himv  But  in  the  meantime  Marcus  threw  two  stones  at 
the  bad  monkey  and  killed  it."  2.  "Are  you  hurrying 
to  school,  girls  t "  asked  Claudia.  **  I  will  give  you  beauti- 
ful flowers  to^put  in  your  school  bags."  3.  "Two  little 
foxes  came  stealthily  from  the  cave,"  said  Marcus,  "be- 
cause they  had  seen  chickens  in  our  garden.  But  I  had 
put  the  chickens  in  a  safe  place;  and  so  the  little  foxes 
could  not  frighten  them.'* 

EXERCISE  XXXIX 
IRREGULAR  VERB 


e6,  ire,  ii,  itum,  go 

Indicative  Mood 

Subjunctive  Mood 

Present  Tense 

Singular 

Plural 

Singular 

Plural 

1st  person 

e6 

imus 

earn 

eamus 

2d  person 

Is 

Itis 

e^s 

eatis 

3d  person 

it 

eunt 

Imperfect  Tense 

eat 

eant 

Singular 

Plural 

Singular 

Plural 

1st  person 

ibam 

ibamus 

Irem 

Iremus 

2d  person 

ibas 

Tbatis 

Ires 

Iretis 

3d  person 

Ibat 

ibant 

iret 

irent 

LATIN   PRIMER 

Future  Tensb 

Singular 

Plural 

1st  person 

Jb6 

Ibimus 

2d  person 

Ibis 

ibitis 

3d  person 

ibit 

ibunt 

99 


Remark  i.  As  an  aid  to  the  memory,  note  that  the  endings 
of  the  imperfect  and  future  indicative  of  this  verb  are  identical 
with  those  of  the  corresponding  tenses  of  vocO  and  habeO ;  and 
compare  the  present  subjunctive  of  eO  with  that  of  habeO. 

Remark  2.  The  imperfect  subjunctive  of  any  verb,  regular 
or  irregular,  can  be  found  by  adding  m  to  the  present  infinitive 
active ;  note  above  ire  and  irem. 

Using  as  a  basis  the  perfect  indicative  il,  give  a  synopsis 
of  eO  in  the  second  person  singular  of  the  perfect,  pluper- 
fect, and  future  perfect  tenses. 

VOCABULARY 

autem,  conjunction,  however,     altus,  -a,  -um,  tall^  high, 
bUty  moreover. 

Note.  The  conjunction  autem  is  a  postpositive  word ;  i>.,  it 
does  not  stand  first  in  its  sentence.  Usually  it  is  found  in  second 
place;  ^^.,  Marcus  autem  ad  litus  ierat,  Marcus^  however^  had 
gone  to  the  shore, 

MODEL  SENTENCE 

Ad  litus  e&mos.  Let's  go  to  the  shore. 

Rule.  The  first  person  plural  of  the  present  subjunctive 
is  used  in  urginj^  or  inviting  the  hearer  to  join  the  speaker 
in  doing  something.  This  use  is  known  as  the  Hortatory 
Subjunctive. 


lOO  LATIN   PRIMER  ^ 

READING  LESSON 

L   Translate  into  English : 

A,  I.  Properemus  in  agros,  agricolasque  miseros  adiu- 
vemus.  2.  Hodie,  cum  ad  ludum  iremus,  puella  pulchra 
nobis  uvas  multas  dedit.  3.  Heri  cum  pueris  tribus 
Marcus  in  agros  iit,  ut  nidos  columbarum  miserarum  in 
ramis  arborum  altarum  collocaret.  4.  Ancilla  nostra, 
cum  lupos  duos  in  silva  vidisset,  domum  perterrita  fugit. 

B,    The  Wolf  and  the  Raven 

Multae  arbores  altae  in  silva  nostra  sunt,  floresque  multi 
et  pulchri.  Olim  in  silvam  puella  parva  venerat,  corbu- 
lamque  floribus  laeta  complebat.  ^  Subito  autem  e  spelunca 
erupit  lupus  malus  ;  turn  puella  perterrita  per  silvam  cucur- 
rit.  Sed  in  arbore  alta  habitabat  corvus.  Is,  cum  lupum 
puellamque  vidisset,  subito  "Ubi  sunt  sagittae  meae?" 
inquit.  Itaque  lupus  malus  ad  latebras  perterritus  fugit ; 
puella  autem  multis  cum  fl5ribus  pulchris  domum  propera- 
vit,  eosque  liberis  ceteris  dedit. 

IL    Translate  into  Latin: 

A,  I.  Let's  give  arrows  to  the  boys,  and  dolls  to  the 
girls.  2.  Two  boys  were  lying  on  the  bank ;  we  called 
them,  however,  to  go  with  us  to  the  shore.  3.  We  shall 
go  to  the  woods  to-day  to  put  the  little  foxes  in  the 
cave.  4.  When  Marcus  had  found  a  suitable  spot,  he 
climbed  into  a  tree  to  call  the  other  children. 

B.  I.  "  Let's  put  two  dolls  in  the  cradle,"  said  Marcella 
to  Claudia.  2.  "  Why  did  you  want  to  put  the  dolls  in 
the  cradle } "  asked  Marcus.  "  Let's  frighten  the  monkey 
with  them."  3.  "  I  saw  three  little  foxes  in  the  field  to- 
day," said  Quintus,  "  and  I  have  brought  two  home.  Let's 
put  them  in  the  raven's  cage."       4.    "  Let's  fill  the  girls' 


LATIN   PRIMER 


lOl 


baskets  with  flowers,"  said  Julia.     "  They  have  gone  to 
the  stream  with  the  boys,  and  soon  they  will  go  home." 


EXERCISE  XL 
IRREGULAR  VERB 

possum,  posse,  pottti,  be  able,  catty  etc. 

Indicative  Mood  Subjunctive  Mood 


1st  person 
?d  person 
3d  person 


1st  person 
2d  person 
3d  person 


Singular 
possum 
potes 
potest 


Present  Tense 

■^'^LtjRAL 

possumus 

potestis 

possunt 


Singular         Plural 

possim  posslmus 

possis  possltis 

possit  possint 


Imperfect  Tense 
Singular  Plural  Singular 

poteram      poterftmus         possem 
poteras        poterfttis  possgs 

poterat       poterant  posset 


Plural 
posslmus 
possetis 
possent 


Singular 
1st  person     poterO 
2d  person      poteris 
3d  person     poterit 


Future  Tensb 

Plural 
poterimus 
poteritis 
poterunt 


Remark.  This  verb  is  a  compound  of  pote  and  sum.  In  the 
composition,  pote  is  often  somewhat  disguised,  but  the  forms  of 
sum  suffer  little  change ;  (for  the  full  principal  parts  of  sum,  see  the 
following  Vocabulary). 

With  the  perfect  indicative  potul  as  a  basis,  give  a 
synopsis  of  possum  in  the  third  person  singular  of  the 
perfect,  pluperfect,  and  future  perfect  tenses. 


I03  LATIN    PRIMER 

VOCABULARY 

sum,  esse,  ful,  be,  enim,  conjunction, yi7r. 

Note.  The  conjunction  enim  (unlike  nam)  is  a  postpositive 
word  ;  e.g.y  Lupus  enim  in  spSluncam  fugerat,  For  the  wolf  had 
fled  into  the  cave.  Compare  the  note  on  autem  in  the  preceding 
Exercise. 

READING  LESSON 

I.  Translate  into  English  : 

A,  I.  In  umbra  sedeamus.  2.  Potesne  liberos  ceteros 
videre  ?  Euntne  ad  rivum  ?  3.  In  agros  imus,  ut  agri- 
colas  bonos  adiuvemus.  4.  Mox  QuTntum  vidi ;  eius  enim 
avus  tum  ibi  habitabat.  5.  Properaveram  in  hortum,  ut 
puellas  vocarem,  ut  els  bacas  darem.  Sed  eae  iam  ex 
horto  in  silvam  ierant ;  itaque  puer  obesus  bacas  edit. 

B,   A  Disturbed  School  Session 

Marcus,  cum  e  ludo  domum  venisset,  Quinto  "  Hodie,** 
inquit,  "  in  ludum  lupum  parvum  et  simiam  duximus.  Ego 
locum  idoneum  sub  subsellils  invenl,  ibique  lupum  collo- 
cavi ;  simiam  autem  pueri  ceteri  in  magistri  sella  colloca- 
verunt.  Magister,  cum  simiam  vidisset,  tabulam  in  eam 
iecit.  Tum  subit5  lupus  e  latebrls  erupit,  magisterqne  per- 
territus  fugit  in  aream  et  in  arborem  altam  celeriter  escen- 
dit.  Interim  pueri  multi  furtim  e  ludo  per  agros  in  silvam 
cucurrerunt.  Sed  eras  poenas  dabunt;  magister  enim 
iratus  est." 

II.  Translate  into  Latin: 

^,  I.  I  did  not  want  to  be  a  farmer;  and  so  my  grand- 
father sent  me  to  schooL  2.  Can  they  help  you?  / 
could  not  help  the  other  girls.  3.  Let's  call  the  strong 
farmer,  Marcus.         4.   I  went  with  two  boys  to  put  the 


LATIN   PRIMER  I03 

bear  in  (its)  cage.  5.  There  are  three  large  stones  in  the 
road.  Are  you  able  to  put  them  on  the  horse's  back, 
boys  ? 

B.  I.  "The  drunken  sailor's  son  and  daughter  cannot 
go  to  school,"  said  Julia.  "  However,  they  have  two  books, 
and  we  shall  help  them."  >  2.  "A  little  fox  stole  my 
three  chickens  to-day,"  said  Claudia  ;  "  for  the  farmer  had 
gone  to  town.  But  when  his  sons  came  home,  they  hur- 
ried to  the  forest,  and  killed  the  little  fox  in  (its)  hiding 
place."  3.  "  I  shall  go  to  the  shore  to-day,"  said  Marcus. 
"  Quintus,  however,  preferred  to  call  the  other  boys  and 
go  with  them  into  the  fields." 

EXERCISE  XLI 

VOCABULARY 

frftter,  -tris,  m.,  brother.  soror,  -Oris,  f.,  sister, 

mftter,  -tris,  f.,  mother.  villa,  -ae,  Y.y  farmhouse, 

pater,  -tris,  ^..father. 

READING  LESSON 

I.     Translate  into  English : 

A.  I.  Voluistlne  magister  esse?  liberos  docSre  potes  .^ 
2.  Prater  defessus  mecum  ad  litus  ire  noluit ;  pater  autem 
in  agros  me  duxit,  ut  flores  viderem.  3.  Matrem  meam 
et  sororem  puerl  mall  sagittis  heri  temierunt.  4.  Marcus 
pueris  pecuniam  dabit  Nos  autem  uvas  et  bacas  multas 
puellis  dedimus. 

B.   A  Tricky  Wolf 

"In  silva,"  inquit  Claudia,  "  habitabat  puella  parva. 
Olim  mater  eam  cum  corbula  ad  aviae  vlllam  per  silvam 
misit.     Interim  lupus  e  latebris  venerat  pucllamcjue  vidit; 


I04  LATIN   PRIMER 

itaque  celeriter  cucurrit  ad  villam,  cumque  aviam  miseram 
edisset,  in  lecto  latuit.  Puella  iam  laeta  floribus  corbulam 
complebat.  Sed  cum  venisset  in  villam  lupumque  vidisset 
in  lecto,  tum  perterrita  agricolas  valid5s  vocavit;  multos 
enim  in  silva  vlderat.  Itaque  ei  cucurrerunt  ad  villam 
lupumque  malum  occiderunt." 

II.     Translate  into  Latin  : 

A.  I.  Your  father,  Quintus,  is  giving  two  eggs  to  my 
sister;  I,  however,  shall  not  be  able  to  give  you  a  nest. 
2.  Their  brother  will  go  with  you ;  for  there  are  wolves  in 
the  woods.  3.  My  mother  and  grandmother  were  going 
quickly  through  the  fields  to  call  the  girls.  4.  You  will 
be  able  to  help  us,  boys ;  for  my  brothers  are  filling  the 
stream  with  stones  to-day.  5.  I  had  come  to  the  shore, 
and  was  sitting  on  the  rocks ;  for  Quintus  had  refused  to 
go  with  us  to  the  woods. 

B.  I.  "I  found  a  little  dove  in  the  road  yesterday," 
said  Marcella.  "  Let's  put  it  on  a  branch  of  the  tree 
with  the  other  doves."  2.  "  I  wanted  to  be  able  to  help 
the  boys,  and  go  with  them  into  the  sailor's  boat,"  said 
Julia ;  "  but  my  sister  sent  me  to  the  farmhouse  to  sit  with 
(my)  grandmother,"  3.  "  We  put  the  cups  on  the  table," 
said  Quintus,  *'  and  the  cook  filled  them  with  wine.  But 
the  monkey  suddenly  rushed  out  from  the  cage  and  threw 
the  cups  to  the  ground,  and  broke  three.  Are  the  plates 
safe,  Marcus  }  "  4.  *'  My  father  cannot  see  the  boat  on 
the  shore,"  said  Claudia.  "  Let's  call  the  sailors  to  help 
him." 


LATIN   PRIMER 


105 


EXERCISE  XLII 


THE  THIRD   DECLENSION 


I- Stems 

ignis,  u.,fire         vall€s,  f.,  valley        mare,  n.,  sea 

Singular 

Plural       Singular      Plural 

Singular  Plural 

Norn,    ignis 

igngs          vallgs     vall6s 

mare     maria 

Gen.      ignis 

ignittm       vallis      vallium 

maris    

Dat.       igni 

ignibus      valU       vallibus 

marl      

Ace.      ignem 

ignis           vallem    vallis 
igngs                         vallgs 

mare     maria 

Abl.       ierni, 

ignibus      valle       vallibus 

mari      

igne 

Note.  The  following  classes  of  third  declension  nouns  belong 
to  the  1-stems : 

(i)  Masculines  and  feminines  in  -is  and  feminines  in  -H  which 
have  the  same  number  of  syllables  in  the  nominative  and  genitive 
singular  (as  ignis,  ignis  ;  valies,  yallis). 

(2)    Neuters  in  -e,  -al,  -ar. 

Remark  i.  The  most  important  difference  between  conso- 
nant and  I-stems  is  that  the  latter  have  -ium  (instead  of  -um)  in 
the  genitive  plural,  and  that  neuter  I-stems  have  -i«  (instead  of 
-a)  in  the  nominative  and  accusative  plural.  Note  also  that  -is  is 
the  preferred  ending  for  the  accusative  plural  of  masculines  and 
feminines  ;  and  that  there  is  considerable  variation  in  the  ending 
of  the  ablative  singular.  The  forms  of  this  latter  case  are  best 
learned  by  becoming  personally  acquainted  with  each  noun. 

Remark  2.  The  blanks  in  the  plural  of  mare  mean  simply 
that  certain  cases  of  this  noun  are  not  in  common  use.  The  word 
is  here  chosen  as  a  model  because  it  is  the  most  completely 
inflected  neuter  I-stem  employed  in  this  book.  (In  the  genitive, 
dative,  and  ablative  plural,  fully  inflected  neuter  I-stems  show  the 
same  endings  as  masculines  and  feminines.) 


I06  LATIN   PRIMER 


VOCABULARY 


collis,  -is  (abl.  -e),  m.,  /////.  vehementer,  adverb,  vety^ 

piscis,  -is  (abL  -e),  u.^fish.  much^  exceedingly, 

READING  LESSON 

I.  Translate  into  English : 

A.  I.  Meusne  pater  librum  tuum  in  ignem  iecit? 
2.  In  marl  piscTs  magnds  videre  possum.  Potesne  tu 
eosvidere?  3.  In  coUibus  sunt  villae  multae.  4.  Per 
vallem  ad  rivum  eamus.  5.  Puer  piger,  cum  pater  eum 
in  agros  misisset,  ad  litus  cum  fratribus  iit,  ut  sororis  meae 
cymbam  videre t 

B.     A   Thief  Routed 

lulia,  cum  in  umbra  sederet;  ceteris  puellls  "Heri," 
inquit,  "  Marcus  cum  puerls  multis  per  colles  in  vallem 
iit ;  nam  in  valle  rivus  pulcher  est.  Cum  autem  ibi  iace- 
rent  in  ripa,  ut  piscis  viderent,  lupus  magnus  e  spelunca 
venit,  eorumque  cenam  furtim  rapuit.  Sed  Marcus  id 
viderat,  et  iam  Iratus  pueros  ceteros  ad  lupl  speluncam 
vocavit;  cumque  in  eam  ram5s  et  folia  iecissent  lupum- 
que  ignl  terrerent,  is  subito  erupit  e  latebris,  et  in  silvam 
celeriter  fugit     Lupi  enim  ignis  vehementer  timent." 

II.  Translate  into  Latin: 

A,  I.  My  mother  is  afraid  of  the  sea.  My  brother 
and  sisters,  however,  are  in  the  boat.  2.*  And  so  they 
will  go  quickly  through  the  valley ;  for  there  are  many 
bears  in  the  woods.  3.  Was  the  farmer  able  to  help  the 
poor  sailor?  I  called  my  father  to  help  him.  But  my 
brothers  were  then  putting  a  bear  into  the  cage ;  and  so 
(my)  father  could  not  go  into  the  fields. 


LATIN   PRIMER 


107 


B.  I.  "The  sailors  now  threw  the  fish  into  the  sea," 
said  Marcus ;  "  for  the  farmers  had  refused  to  fill  their 
baskets  with  apples."  ^>^*'  I  began  to  be  much  afraid,-" 
said  Claudia  to  the  boys.  "  For  there  was  an  intoxicated 
sailor  in  the  yard,  and  my  fathefhad  gone  into  the  hills 
to  give  money  to  the  farmers. '  3.  "  Let's  hurry  into 
the  kitchen,  Marcus,"  said  Quintus.  "Two  little  foxes 
have  come  into  the  garden,  and  we  will  frighten  them 
with  fire." 

EXERCISE   XLIII 
THE  THIRD  OR  ^-CONJUGATION 


mittO,  mittere,  misi,  missus,  send 

AcrnrE  Voice 
Indicative  Mood  Subjunctive  Mood 

Present  Tense 


Singular 

Plural 

Singular 

Plural 

1st  person 

mittO 

mittimus 

mittam 

mittamus 

2d  person 

mittis 

mittitis 

mittas 

mittatis 

3d  person 

mittit 

mittunt 

mittat 

mittant 

Imperfect  Tense    . 

Singular 

Plural 

Singular 

Plural 

1st  person 

mittebam 

mittebamus 

mitterem 

mitterSmus 

2d  person 

mittebas 

mittebatis 

mitter€s 

mitter€tis 

3d  person 

mittgbat 

Singular 

mittebant 

Future  Tensb 
Plural 

mitteret 

mitterent 

1st  person 

mittam 

mittemus 

2d  person 

mittSs 

mittStis 

3d  person 

mittet 

mittent 

I08  LATIN    PRIMER 

Remark.  Observe  that,  except  in  the  imperfect  indicative,  the 
above  forms  of  the  third  conjugation  are  more  or  less  unlike  the 
corresponding  forms  of  the  first  and  second  conjugations.  Note 
particularly  that  in  the  imperfect  subjunctive  the  first  e  of  the  end- 
ing is  short,  and  contrast  the  corresponding  6  of  the  imperfect  sub- 
junctive of  the  second  conjugation  (as  seen  in  habSrem,  etc.). 

The  perfect  tenses  of  the  following  verbs  are  already 
familiar.     Learn  now  the  principal  parts : 

cadO,  cadere,  cecidi,  cftsum,  fall. 

currO,  currere,  cucurri,  cursum,  run, 

duc6,  ducere,  duxl,  ductus,  Icad^  bring, 

edO,  esse  (edere),  €di,  gsus,  eat;  see  Summary  of  Forms, 

page  219. 
emO,  emere,  gmi,  emptus,  buy. 

€rump6,  erumpere,  6rupi,  gruptum,  rusk  (out),  burst  forth, 
6scend6,  gscendere,  €scendi,  6sc€nsum,  climb  (up), 
frangO,  frangere,  fregi,  fractus,  break, 
occido,  occidere,  occidi,  occisus,  kill, 
veh6,  vehere,  vexi,  vectus,  carry. 

Remark.  Note  that  the  present  infinitive  of  the  third  conjuga- 
tion ends  in  -fire,  an  ending  which  must  be  distinguished  careftilly 
from  the  corresponding  -6re  of  the  second  conjugation. 

READING  LESSON 

I.   Translate  into  English  : 

A,  I.  Marci  f rater  columbarum  ova  saxis  frangere 
voluit;  sed  pater  eum  in  agros  misit,  ut  equos  defess5s 
ad  aquam  duceret.  2.  In  tabernam  turn  ibamus,  ut  bacas 
uvasque  emeremus.  3.  Ad  villam  cum  sororibus  cur- 
ramus.  Ubi  pueri  latuerunt }  4.  Potueruntne  puerl  piscis 
emere }  N5s  in  hortum  currere  maluimus ;  ibi  enim  mala 
ex  arboribus  in  terram  cadebant. 


LATIN   PRIMER  109 

B,    The  Generous  Bear 

Olim  Marcus  et  Quintus  e  villa  venerunt  ad  litus,  et  in 
harena  multos  pisces  magnos  invenerunt.  Eos  pueri  in 
corbulas  iecerunt  duas,  domumque  properare  coeperunt. 
Cum  autem  per  silvam  magnam  Irent,  ursa  alba  pisces 
vidit,  lupoque  "  Pisces  video,"  inquit ;  "  pueros  terreamus." 
Itaque  lupus  subitd  ex  arborum  umbra  erupit.  Tum  cor- 
bulae  cum  piscibus  pulchris  cecidBrunt  in  terram,  puerique 
per  vallem  perterriti  cucurrerunt.  Interim  ursa  piscis 
rapuit,  cumque  eos  edisset,  corbulas  lupo  dedit.  Is  autem 
iratus  in  speluncam  cucurrit,  ibique  parvas  ursas  tres 
occldit. 

II.   Translate  into  Latin : 

A.  I.  The  fire  was  now  falling  into  the  leaves ;  and 
so  the  sailor  ran  through  the  valley  to  warn  the  farmers. 
2.  When  the  boys  were  bringing  the  little  wolf  from  the 
hills  to  the  boat,  the  other  wolves  rushed  out  of  (their) 
hiding  places  and  fled  through  the  forest ;  for  they  were 
exceedingly  afraid  of  the  arrows  of  the  farmers.  3.  The 
cook  was  buying  plates  at  the  store ;  for  the  monkey  had 
broken  many, 

B.  I.  "Let's  bring  the  horses  to  the  shore,"  said  Mar- 
cus, "  and  send  them  into  the  sea."  2.  *'  I  have  brought 
a  strong  horse  to  carry  my  stout  sister  to  town,"  said 
Quintus;  "but  I  cannot  put  her  upon  him."  3.  "Let's 
eat  (our)  berries  in  the  shade,"  said  Julia.  "The  boys 
wanted  to  come  with  me  to  the  farmhouse,  but  I  refused. 
And  so  they  ran  into  the  woods  and  began  to  climb 
up  into  a  tall  tree  to  kill  a  raven.  Soon  they  will  be 
punished." 


1 10 


LATIN   PRIMER 


EXERCISE  XLIV 


IRREGULAR  VERB 


ferC,  ferre,  tuli,  latus,  carry^  bear 

Active  Voice 

iNDiCAxrvE  Mood 

SuBjuNcrrvTE  Mood 

Present  Tense 

Singular 

Plural 

Singular 

Plural 

1st  person 

ferO 

ferimus 

feram 

feramus 

2d  person 

fers 

fertis 

ferfts 

ferfttis 

3d  person 

fert 

ferunt 
Imperfect  Tense 

ferat 

ferant 

Singular 

PLURAI^, 

fergbamus 

Singular 

Plural 

1st  person 

ferCbam 

ferrem 

ferrgmus 

2d  person 

fergbfts 

fergbfttls 

•ferres 

ferretis 

3d  person 

fergbat 

Singular 

fergbant 

Future  Tensb 
Plural 

ferret 

ferrent 

1st  person 

feram 

fergmus 

2d  person 

fer6s 

feretis 

3d  person 

feret 

ferent 

Remark.  Aside  from  the  principal  parts,  fer5  is  not  specially 
irregular.  In  general  its  inflection  follows  that  of  mitto  ;  but  note 
the  peculiarity  of  the  imperfect  subjunctive  ferrem  (compare  ferre), 
and  observe  that  in  the  present  indicative  several  forms  have  suf- 
fered the  loss  of  a  short  vowel. 


transeo,     transire, 

transitus,  cross  (over\  go 
over. 


VOCABULARY 

transii,  saepe,  adverb,  often. 


LATIN    PRIMER  I  i  i 

Remark.  Note  that  trinseO  is  a  compound  of  the  irregular 
rerb  eO,  whose  conjugation  it  follows. 

READING  LESSON 

I.  Translate  into  English  : 

A.  I.  Marcus  ex  ag^is  venerat,  ut  mensam  ad  ripam 
ferret;  ibi  enim  puellae  cenam  in  corbulis  habebant. 
2.  Puellae  malae  corvi  caveam  in  aquam  iecerunt ;  saxis 
earn  frangamus.  3.  Ego  turn  e  latebris  erumpere  rivum- 
que  transire  volui ;  frater  autem  noluit,  quia  nautas  ebrios 
in  spelunca  viderat.  4.  Ursasne  occldere  potestis,  pueri  ? 
Ubi  sunt  sagittae  vestrae  ? 

B.    The  Playful  Monkey 

"  In  area  hodie  sedeamus,"  Marco  olim  inquit  lulia. 
Marcus  autem  in  hortum  ire  maluit,  ut  agricolae  filium 
vocaret,  cumque  eo  in  silvam  properavit.  Itaque  mox  ibi 
sub  arboribus  in  umbra  pueri  iacebant.  In  silva  habitabat 
simia  alba.  Ea,  cum  pueros  vldisset,  furtim  in  arborem 
altam  escendit,  ramosque  parvos  in  eos  iecit.  El  autem 
irati  saxa  magna  iecerunt  in  arborem,  simiamque  occiderunt 
miseram.  Tum  perterriti  fugerunt;  simias  enim  ceteras 
vehementer  timebant.  Marcus  ad  litus  properavit;  agri- 
colae autem  filius  domum  cucurrit,  et  sub  lecto  latuit 

II.  Translate  into  Latin : 

A.  I.  Why  do  the  farmers  often  carry  branches  from 
the  woods  to  the  shore  ?  2.  Yesterday  a  little  fox  stealthily 
crossed  the  stream  and  came  into  the  yard  to  eat  the  fish 
tails ;  for  the  cook  had  thrown  them  into  a  basket.  3.  We 
are  climbing  into  the  tree  to  kill  the  raven.  4.  Were  you 
then  going  to  the  store  to  buy  eggs  and  grapes  ? 


112  LATIN   PRIMER 

B,  I.  "Quintus  is  carrying  the  school  bags,"  said 
Claudia.  "  Are  you  carrying  the  tablets,  Marcus  ? " 
2.  *'We  will  carry  the  other  chairs,  girls,"  said  Marcus. 
*'  I  wanted  to  carry  three,  but  my  brothers  have  come  from 
the  boat  to  help  me."  3.  "You  often  carry  the  raven  to 
school,  boys,"  said  Marcella.  •*  Do  the  children  give  it 
grapes  and  berries?"  4.  "The  big  baskets  are  in  the 
kitchen,  Quintus,"  said  Julia.  "  Have  you  come  to  carry 
them  ?  " 

EXERCISE   XLV 

VOCABULARY 

Insula,  -ae,  f.,  island.  cOnsumO,     cOnsumere,     c6n- 

hOra,  -ae,  f.,  hour.  siimpsi,    cOnsumptus,    use 

navis,  -is  (abl.  -1  and  -e),  f.,          «/,  destroy, 
ship, 

MODEL  SENTENCE 

Agricolae  in  umbra  horas  duas  sederunt.  The  farmers  sat 
in  the  shade  two  hours. 

Rule.  The  accusative  case  is  used  to  express  Extent  of  Time 
or  Space* 

READING  LESSON 

I.     Translate  into  English  : 

A.  I.  Naves  mare  ad  insulam  transierunt ;  ibi  autem 
agricolae  eas  igni  consumpserunt.  2.  Cum  per  collis 
horas  tris  fugissemus,  in  vallem  venimus,  et  in  villa  latui- 
mus.  3.  Nam  pater  saepe  n5s  vocat,  ut  saxa  ex  agris 
feramus.  4.  Tum  nautae,  vehementer  irati  quia  simia  e 
navi  in  mare  ceciderat,  pueros  vocaverunt,  ut  simiam  cymba 
adiuvarent. 


LATIN   PRIMER 


113 


Navis 


Roman  ships  of  war  carried  sails,  but  relied  more  upon  their 
oars.  The  larger  vessels  often  had  three  or  four  sets  of  oars,  each 
set  placed  a  little  higher  than  the  last,  and  all  worked  together. 
Such  a  ship  could  carry  several  hundreds  of  people.  The  ancient 
artist  who  designed  the  figure  of  a  war  vessel  shown  above  made 
no  attempt  to  preserve  a  proper  proportion  between  the  size  of  the 
ship  and  the  size  of  the  men  upon  it. 


lATIN    rRIMKK  —  8 


114  LATIN   PRIMER 


S.     An  Adventure  in  the  Woods 

**  Olim/*  inquit  avus  noster,  "  Marcus  cum  puerls  duobus 
in  silvam  iit,  ut  corv5s  sagittis  occideret  Cum  autem  ibi 
rivum  parvum  laeti  transirent,  subito  ex  arbore  alta  ova 
multa  in  eos  ceciderunt ;  simiae  enim  viderant  pueros, 
ovaque  e  corvorum  nidis  rapuerant.  Itaque  pueri  irati 
sagittas  in  arborem  mittere  coeperunt.  Sed  interim  e  navi 
in  silvam  venerant  nautae  ebrii.  Eos  cum  vidissent,  pueri 
iecerunt  sagittas  in  aquam,  celeriterque  ad  litus  fugerunt. 
Ibi  invenerunt  nautarum  cymbam,  et  in  insulam  parvam 
transierunt.  Itaque  nautae,  cum  e  silva  venissent,  puer5s 
occidere  voluerunt;  sed  ei  iam  in  insula  tuti  sedebant." 

II.  Translate  into  Latin : 

A.  I.  We  shall  send  the  farmer  to  bring  the  horses 
from  the  valley.  2.  Did  the  strong  boys  carry  the  boat 
from  the  sea  into  the  field?  ^j.  Why  ^re  you  lying  mov 
hours  in  the  tent?  4.  We  haa  now  used  lip  our  wine. 
For  the  stout  sailors  had  come  from  the  ship,  and  had  sat 
long  in  the  farmhouse. 

B.  I.  *'  We  ran  to  the  shore  to  cross  over  to  the  island," 
said  Marcus ;  "  but  the  sailors  had  stolen  our  boat.  You 
can  see  their  ship  on  the  sea  now."  2.  "  My  father  was 
exceedingly  angry,"  said  Quintus ;  "  for  my  brothers  had 
carried  the  fish  from  the  boat  and  thrown  them  into  the 
bears'  cage."  J?  "  You  will  go  to  town  to-morrow,  Quin- 
tus," said  the  girls.  "  In  the  meantime  we  shall  carry  the 
grapes  to  the  farmhouse  and  put  the  baskets  in  the  tent." 
4.  "  I  saw  large  fires  in  the  woods  to-day,"  said  the  farmer. 
"  Soon  there  will  be  many  bears  and  wolves  in  the  fields ; 
for  they  will  be  afraid  of  the  fire." 


LATIN   PRIMER 


lis 


EXERCISE  XLVI 


IRREGULAR  VERB 


TOW,  velle,  volul,  wisA,  be  willing^  etc. 


Indicative  Mood 

Subjunctive  Mood 

Present  Tense 

Singular 

Plural 

Singular 

Plural 

1st  person 

void 

volumus 

velim 

velimus 

2d  person 

vis 

vultis 

veils 

ve  litis 

3d  person 

vult 

volunt 
Imperfect  Tense 

velit 

velint 

Singular 

Plural 

Singular 

Plural 

1st  person 

volebam 

vol€bftmus 

vellem 

vellgmus 

2d  person 

volgbfts 

volgbfttis 

vellfis 

vellfitis 

3d  person 

volgbat 
Singular 

vol€bant 

Future  Tensb 
Plural 

vellet 

vellent 

1st  person 

volam 

volgmus 

2d  person 

V0I68 

voletis 

3d  person 

volet 

volent 

Remark. 

Note  that  the  imperfect  and  future  indicative  of  this 

verb  conform  to  the  third  conjugation ;  also  that  the  endings  of 
the  present  subjunctive  are  like  those  of  sim,  sis,  sit,  etc. 

VOCABULARY 

canis,  -is,  m.  and  p.,  dcg.  quoque,  postpositive  adverb 

milia    (-ium,    n.)    passuum,         and  conjunction,  also^  too, 

miles,  vCnfttor,  -Oris,  m.,  hunter, 

paucl,  -ae,  -K^few,  a  few. 

Remark  i.     Contrary  to  the  rule,  canis  is  not  an  I-stem. 

Remark  2.  The  words  milia  passuum  mean  literally  "thou- 
sands of  paces."  In  this  phrase,  passuum  of  course  remains  every- 
where unchanged ;  but  milia  is  declined  in  the  way  above  indicated. 


Il6  LATIN   PRIMER 

Note.    The  rule  for  the  expression  of  Extent  of  Time  and 

Space  was  stated  in  the  last  Exercise.     An  example  was   there 

given  of  Extent  of  Time;  the  following  sentence  illustrates  Extent 

of  Space  :  Duo  milia  passuum  pueri  vgnerant,  The  boys  had  come 

two  miles, 

READING  LESSON 

I.   Translate  into  English  : 

A,  I.  Vlsne  cum  venatore  per  silvam  Ire,  Quintc? 
2.  Agricolae  ad  insulam  properare  volent ;  cur  eos  non 
mones  ?  3.  Venator  multa  milia  passuum  properaverat, 
ut  agricolas  defessos  adiuvaret.  4.  Vos  navem  igni  con- 
sumere  vultis.     Quid  nautae  volunt  ? 

B,    The  Hunters  Hunted 

*•  Herl,"  inquit  agricola,  "  venatores,  cum  ex  oppidS  tria 
milia  passuum  Issent  per  silvam,  iamque  ad  speluncam 
venissent,  ursas  igni  terrere  non  potuerunt ;  itaque  canes 
in  speluncam  miserunt.  Tum  ursae  vehementer  iratae 
subito  eruperunt  e  latebris,  venatoresque  in  arbores  celeri- 
ter  escenderunt.  Cum  autem  ursae  quoque  escendere 
vellent,  tum  venatores  ad  ramos  parvos  perterriti  propera- 
verunt  Sed  ursae,  cum  in  arbores  escendissent,  fregerunt 
ramos,  cumque  venat5ribus  miseris  in  terram  ceciderunt. 
Ibi  cum  ursae  canes  occiderent,  venatores  per  silvam  celeri- 
ter  domum  fugerunt." 

IL   Translate  into  Latin  : 

A,  I.  What  are  you  carrying,  Quintus  ?  2.  I,  too, 
want  to  go  to  the  farmho'use.  3.  However,  we  often 
crossed  the  stream  to  sit  for  a  few  hours  in  the  forest. 
4.  What  will  you  give,  farmers,  to  be  able  to  frighten  the 
bears  and  wolves  ?  5.  (Our)  father  wants  to  buy  fields 
and  live  in  the  valley ;  but  we  want  to  live  on  the  island. 
6.    Are  you  willing  to  sit  with  us  ? 


LATIN   PRIMER 


117 


B.  I.  "  Let's  bring  the  bear  into  the  yard  and  frighten 
the  children,"  said  Marcus.  "  The  farmer  has  gone  to 
town  to  buy  baskets ;  and  so  we  can  now  bring  her  from 
tlie  cage."  2.  "  A  few  sailors  had  come  from  the  ship 
and  were  placing  baskets  on  the  shore,"  said  Julia. 
"  Meanwhile  the  boys  were  carrying  branches  and  leaves 
from  the  woods ;  for  (their)  mother  had  sent  them  to  help 
the  sailors."  3.  ",The  hunter,  too,  now  came  with  (his) 
logs,"  said  Quintus;  "for  the  farmer  had  not  been  able 
Lo  kill  the  bear." 

EXERCISE  XLVII 

IRREGULAR  VERBS 

mai6,  maile,  mftlui,  prefer 

nolo,  nolle,  nOluI,  be  unwilling^  not  wish^  refuse 

These  verbs  are  compounds  of  voW,  and  in  the  main 
agree  with  it  in  conjugation,  as  the  following  synopsis  will 
show: 


maio 

malim 

nOlO 

nOlim 

maiebam 

mailem 

nOlebam 

nOIlem 

[maiam] 

[nOlam] 

malui 

maiuerim 

nWu! 

nCluerim 

malueram 

maluissem 

nOlueram 

nOluissem 

maiuerO 

nOluerO 

In  the  present  indicative,  however,  both  maiO  and  n015 
are  quite  irregular,  the  inflection  being  as  follows : 


Singular 

Plural 

Singular 

Plural 

malO 

malamus 

n5lO 

ndlttmus 

mavis 

mavultis 

non  vis 

non  vultls 

mavult 

malunt 

non  vult 

nolunt 

Il8  LATIN    PRIMER 

Remark.  In  the  synopsis  above,  the  forms  mftlam  and  nOlam 
are  put  in  square  brackets  because  they  are  not  in  common  use. 
Except  for  the  first  person  singular,  however,  the  future  tense  of 
both  verbs  is  normal. 

VOCABULARY 
Cardinal  Numerals 
quattuor,  four.         septem,  seven,         novem,  nine, 
quinque,y?i'<'.  octO,  eight.  decern,  ten. 

sex,  six. 

Note.  The  cardinal  numerals  above  given  are  indeclinable  ;  />., 
they  are  used  without  change  of  form,  no  matter  what  the  case  of 
the  noun  they  modify. 

reading  lesson 
I.   Translate  into  English  : 

A.  I.  Venatores  in  agros  ire  malunt,  ut  lupos  occldant. 
2.  Canes  iam  septem  milia  passuum  per  vallem  venerant. 
Ursae  enim  e  collibus  in  vallem  fugerant.  3.  Nos  quoque 
nolumus  ex  insula  fugere;  nautae  autem  volunt.  4.  Cum 
agricolae  villam  igni  consumere  nollent,  cur  tu  ignem  e 
culina  tulisti  ? 

B,   A  Timely  Rescue 

**  Olim,'*  inquit  puer  obesus,  "  magister  cum  librls  milia 
passuum  pauca  in  silvam  properavit ;  cumque  ad  locum 
idoneum  venisset  ibique  in  foliis  horas  duas  sedisset,  subito 
timere  coepit,  quia  in  arborum  umbra  lup5s  magii5s  videbat ; 
nam  lupi  agricolas  ibi.  saepe  occiderant.  Itaque  magister 
perterritus  domum  properare  volebat;  cum  autem  per 
silvam  furtim  ire  coepisset,  lupi  quoque  e  latebris  venerunt. 
Magister  iam  currebat ;  cumque  rivum  transiret,  in  aquam 
cecidit.  Tum  autem  subito  venator  cum  canibus  ad  ripam 
venit,  lupique  in  speluncas  fugerunt." 


LATIN   PRIMER  II9 

II.    Translate  into  Latin  : 

A.  I.  Do  you  want  to  see  the  boat,  boys?  The  sailors 
are  carrying  it  into  the  sea.  2.  The  farmers  have  come 
ten  miles  through  the  fields  to  the  shore.  Will  the  sailors 
give  them  fish  ?     3.    Do  you  prefer  to  buy  a  doll,  Claudia } 

4.  Marcus   does   not  want  to  go  to  the  store  with   you. 

5.  The  little  foxes  had  come  stealthily  from  the  woods  to 
eat  your  sister's  four  chickens,  Quintus. 

B.  i/"  On  the  ship,"  said  the  boy,  "are  six  sailors  and 
eight  farmers.  The  sailors  want  to  send  the  farmers  into 
the  small  boat ;  but  they  (the  farmers)  do  not  wish  to  cross 
over  to  the  island."  2.  "I  want  to  frighten  my  mother," 
said  Quintus.  "  Let's  fall  into  the  water."  3.  "We,  too, 
have  a  few  fish,"  said  Julia;  "for  the  sailors  came  to  the 
farmhouse  yesterday.  They  gave  us  fish  ;  we  gave  them 
grapes  and  berries."  4.  "  Let's  put  five  baskets  in  the 
tent,  and  the  others  in  the  kitchen,"  said  Marcus. 

EXERCISE   XLVIII  ^^^ ,^imaA- 

THE   THIRD   OR   E-CONJUGATION  (continued) 

Certain  verbs  of  which  the  first  person  singular  of  the 
present  indicative  ends  in  -16  belong  to  this  conjugation. 
These  verbs  are  in  the  main  regular ;  but  in  some  forms 
the  i  disappears  before  a  following  vowel. 

rapiC,  rapere,  rapui,  raptus,  seizc^  steal 

Active  Voice  I  0» 
Indicative  Mood  Subjunctive  Mood 

Present  Tense 

Singular              Plural  Singular  Plural 

1st  person   raplO            rapimus  rapiam  rapiAmus 

2d  person    rapis             rapitis  raplas  rapifttis 

3d  person    rapit             rapiunt  rapiat  rapiant 


I20  LATIN    PRIMER 


Imperfect  Tense 


Singular  Plural  Singular  Plural 

1st  person   rapiebam  rapigbamus  raperem  raperSmus 

2d  person    rapiSbas  rapigbatis  raperSs  raperetis 

3d  person    rapigbat  rapigbant  raperet  raperent 


Future  Tense 

Singular 

Plural 

1st  person 

rapiam 

rapi€mu8 

2d  person 

rapigs 

rapiStis 

3d  person 

rapiet 

rapient 

The  perfect  tenses  of  the  following  verbs  are  already 
familiar.     Learn  now  the  principal  parts: 

fugiO,  fugere,  fligi,  run  aivay.flei. 
laciO,  iacere,  iSci,  iactus,  throw. 

VOCABULARY 

f 

annus,  -I,  \^.^year.  ita,  adverb,  thus^  so^  in  this 

avis,  -is  (abL  -e  and  -i),  p.,         way, 

bird.  humi,  ott  the  ground, 

neque  (or  nee),  and  .  .  .  not, 

READING  LESSON 

I.   Translate  into  English : 

A,  I.  Avus  noster  et  avia  multos  annos  in  valle  habita- 
verunt.  Saepe  ad  villam  imus,  ut  cum  eis  sub  arboribus 
sedeamus.  2.  Simiam  in  mare  iaciamus ;  avia  enim  in 
villam  iam  iit,  neque  nos  videre  potest.  3.  Nautae  miseri 
annos  duos  in  litore  nostro  habitaverant ;  itaque  iam  mare 
cum  ceteris  nautis  transire  volebant.  4.  Nam  lup!  per 
agros  furtim  ibant,  ut  agricolarum  equ5s  raperent. 


/  LATIN   PRIMER  131 

B.   A  Case  of  Poetic  Justice 

*'OHm,"  inquit  Julia,  "in  arboribus  nostris  aves  habita- 
bant  multae,  nidosque  ibi  habebant.  Heri  autem  sex  pueri 
mall  in  arbores  escenderunt ;  cumque  nidos  fregissent,  ova 
parvasque  avis  iecerunt  in  terram.  Turn  Marcus  et  eius 
pater,  cum  venissent  in  hortum,  et  ova  avesque  humi  invenis- 
sent,  vehementer  irati  agricolam  vocaverunt.  Pueri  autem 
interim  ad  latebras  fugerant;  Marci  enim  patrem  time- 
bant.  Itaque  is  agricolam  ad  eorum  patres  misit ;  cumque 
pueri  perterriti  iam  domum  e  latebris  venissent,  avium  ova 
in  mensa  invenerunt.  Ea  nolebant  edere,  sed  patres  time- 
bant.     Ita  poenas  dederunt." 

IL   Translate  into  Latin : 

A,  I.  When  the  boys  were  throwing  the  dog  into  the 
water,  they  did  not  see  the  teacher  on  the  shore.  2.  For 
many  years  the  hunters  have  thus  helped  us ;  for  wolves 
and  bears  often  come  stealthily  from  the  woods  and  seize 
our  horses.  3.  I  wanted  to  rush  out  from  the  cave. 
Quintus,  however,  had  seen  beautiful  birds  there,  and  was 
not  willing  to  go  home.  4.  In  the  field  strong  horses 
were  lying  on  the  ground. 

B.  I.  "The  horse  had  fallen  into  a  stream,"  said  Mar- 
cus, "  and  the  farmer  was  not  able  to  help  him."  2.  *'  The 
sailor  also  had  come  five  miles  through  the  hills,"  said 
Quintus  ;  "  for  the  farmers  were  frightening  the  bears  with 
fire,  and  he  wanted  to  see  them  (the  bears)."  3.  "Do 
you  carry  books  to  school?"  said  Claudia  to  Julia;  "we 
carry  pens  and  tablets."  4.  "  My  brother  sent  the  chick- 
ens to  a  safe  place,"  said  the  boy.  "  Then  we  hurried  into 
the  woods  to  kill  the  little  foxes." 


123  LATIN   PRIMER 

EXERCISE  XLIX 
THE  RELATIVE  PRONOUN 
*  qui,  quae,  quod,  whoy  which,  that 


Singular 

Plural 

Masc. 

Ftm. 

Neui, 

Masc. 

Fem, 

Neut. 

Norn. 

qui 

quae 

quod 

qui 

quae 

quae 

Gen. 

cuius 

cuius 

cuius 

quorum 

quorum 

quorum 

Dat. 

cui 

cui 

cui 

quibus 

quibus 

quibus 

Ace. 

quern 

quam 

quod 

qu6s 

qufts 

quae 

Abl. 

qu6 

qu& 

quO 

quibus 

quibus 

quibus 

Remark.  In  connection  with  the  preposition  cum,  the  ablative 
is  usually  written  quOcum,  quibuscum,  etc. 

MODEL  SENTENCE 

Av6s,  quas  tenOtis,  meae  sunt.  The  birds  which  you  hold 
are  mine. 

Rule.  The  relative  pronoun  regularly  agrees  with  its 
antecedent  in  number  and  gender.  Its  case  depends  on  the 
structure  of  the  clause  in  which  it  stands. 

Remark.  In  the  above  model  sentence,  avCs  is  the  antecedent 
noun.  The  relative  is  therefore  plural  and  feminine ;  but  its  case 
is  determined  by  the  fact  that  it  is  the  direct  object  of  tengtis. 

VOCABULARY 

caput,  -itis,  N.,  head.  capiO,   capere,    c€pl,    captus, 

iter,    itineris,     n.,    journey,         catch,  capture,  get,  etc. 
road,  march,  etc.  faciO,    facere,    fOci,    factus, 

make,  do, 

READING  LESSON 

I.   Translate  into  English  : 

A.  I.  Mare  transire  multos  annos  voluimus.  2.  Ve- 
natores,  qui  in  silva  habitant,  saepe  in  oppidum  eunt,  ut 


LATIN   PRIMER  1 23 

sagittas  emant.  3.  Nautae,  quibus  vinum  dedistis,  iam 
humi  iacent  ebrii.  4.  Puer,  cuius  canes  ursa  occldit, 
agricolas  validos  hodie  vocabit,  ut  ursam  quoque  occidant 

B.   An  Agile  Monkey 

"Venator,"  inquit  agricola,  "turn  filios  vocSvit  perque 
silvam  properare  coepit.  Cumque  iam  novem  milia  pas- 
suum  iter  fecissent,  subito  espelunca  erupit  simia  perterrita, 
quae  celeriter  in  arborem  magnam  ad  ramum  altum  escen- 
dit.  Venator  simiam  sagitta  occidere  voluit;  filii  autem 
earn  capere  et  in  oppidum  ducere  malebant ;  itaque  in  ar- 
borem escendere  coeperunt.  Sed  sImia  interim  per  ramos 
parvos  in  arbores  ceteras  transibat;  puerlque,  cum  ita 
transire  vellent,  fregerunt  ramos,  et  in  caput  patris  miserl 
ceciderunt.     Interim  simia  ad  latebras  tutas  fugerat." 

II.   Translate  into  Latin  :     » 

A.  I.  Have  you  seen  the  heads  and  tails  of  the  fish 
that  I  bought  in  town  ?  2.  When  Marcus  had  traveled 
many  miles  with  the  dogs  to  catch  a  wolf,  he  came  to  a 
large  stream,  and  could  not  cross  to  the  wolves'  caves. 
3.  I  see  the  girl  whose  father  went  with  us  to  help  the 
sailors.  4.  When  we  had  sat  for  three  hours  in  the  garden, 
we  too  went  into  the  tent  which  the  children  had  made. 

B.  I.  "The  boy  to  whom  I  gave  the  berries  broke  the 
birds*  nest,"  said  Julia.  2.  "  The  cook  is  carrying  a  basket 
to  the  shore,"  said  Quintus.  "  There  he  will  buy  fish  which 
the  sailors  have  caught  in  the  sea."  3.  "  I  too  will  go 
with  you  to-day,"  said  Claudia ;  **  for  I  want  to  see  the 
ships,  and  I  shall  not  be  able  to  go  to-morrow."  4.  "The 
farmers  were  burning  (lit.  destroying  with  fire)  the  boat," 
said  Marcus,  "  because  the  sailors  had  stolen  their  horses 
from  the  fields." 


124 


LATIN    PRIMER 


EXERCISE   L 


THE  FOURTH   OR  I-CONJUGATION 
audio,  audire,  audivi,  auditus,  hear 

Active  Voice 
Indicative  Mood  Subjunctive  Mood 

Present  Tense 


Singular 

Plural 

SINGUIJ^R 

Plural 

1st  person 

audio 

audlmus 

audiam 

audiamus 

2d  person 

audis 

auditis 

audias 

audiatis 

3d  person 

audit 

audiunt 
Imperfect  Tense 

audiat 

audiant 

Singular 

Plural 

Singular 

Plural 

1st  person 

audiSbam 

audieb&mus 

audirem  audiremus 

2d  person 

audiOb&s 

audigbfttis 

audires 

audiretis 

3d  person 

audi^bat 
Singular 

audiebant 

Future  Tensb 
Plural 

audiret 

audirent 

1st  person 

audiam 

audiemus 

2d  person 

audits 

audietis 

3d  person 

audiet 

audient 

Remark.  It  will  be  seen  at  a  glance  that  the  above  forms  are 
very  like  the  forms  of  the  corresponding  tenses  of  -16  verbs  of  the 
third  conjugation.  Note  particularly,  however,  the  varying  quan- 
tity of  i  in  the  present  indicative. 

The  perfect  tenses  of  the  following  verbs  are  already 
familiar.     Learn  now  the  principal  parts : 

venio,  venire,  veni,  ventum,  come. 
invenio,  in  venire,  in  veni,  inventus,  ^«^/. 


LATIN   PRIMER  12$ 

VOCABULARY 

eonveniO,  convenire,  conveni,  prope,  preposition,  used  with 
conventus,  meet,  come  to-  the  accusative  case,  mar. 
gether. 

READING  LESSON 

I.  Translate  into  English  : 

A.  I.  Agricola  piger,  quem  prope  cymbam  videtis,  nos 
audit.  Eamus  in  hortum,  eiusque  corbulas  saxis  f  rangamus. 
2.  Cur  ad  litus  voluistis  mittere  equos,  quos  ego  ex  agris 
duxeram  ?  3.  Istine  ad  cymbam,  ut  ibi  convenlres  nautas, 
eorumque  corbulas  ad  villam  ferres?  4.  Itaque  humi 
sedebant  pueri  quoque ;  nautae  enim  rapuerant  subsellia, 
eaque  igni  c5nsumpserant.  5.  Librosne  Marcus  in  magi- 
strum  iacere  voluit?    Quid  fecerat  magister? 

B.    The  Wolf  and  the  Fox 

Olim  in  silva  lupus  vulpeculam  convenit,  cumque  ca  in 
agros  iter  facere  coepit,  ut  agricolarum  gallinas  raperet. 
Subito  autem  venatores  magnosque  canes  audiunt.  Turn 
lupus  perterritae  vulpeculae  "Tu  in  arborem  escendere 
potes,"  inquit.  "  Ego  in  speluncam  fugiam."  Itaque  cum 
vulpecula  misera  in  arborem  escendere  vellet  neque  posset, 
lupus  celeriter  cucurrit  in  speluncam  et  in  foliis  latuit. 
Venatores  interim  ad  arborem  venerant  vulpeculamque 
sagittis  iam  occidebant.  Tum  lupus,  cum  id  audlvisset, 
subito  e  spelunca  erupit  et  vehementer  terruit  venatores, 
qui  cum  canibus  celeriter  per  silvam  fugerunt.  Ita  lupus 
vulpeculam  defessam  adiuvit. 

II.  Translate  into  Latin: 

A.  I.  Let's  meet  the  boys  in  the  fields  near  the  cave; 
for  they  have  gone  to  the  tall  tree  to  find  the  little  foxes* 
hiding  place.     ?    When  the  farmers  heard  this(///.  \\\  they 


126  LATIN    PRIMER 

called  six  children  to  whom  the  sailor  had  given  ravens. 
3.  To-morrow  I  shall  go  into  the  valley  to  meet  the 
hunters,  who  have  traveled  many  miles  through  the  woods 
to  buy  horses.  4.  /  did  not  want  to  catch  the  birds.  But 
the  boys  who  had  come  with  us  into  the  garden  climbed 
into  the  toes  and  threw  stones  into  their  nests. 

B.  I.  "  Let's  run  away  to  the  shore,"  said  Marcus  to 
the  other  children.  **  Your  sisters  are  in  the  tent,  and 
they  cannot  hear  us."  2.  *'  We  shall  soon  meet  the 
hunter  who  lives  in  the  woods,"  said  the  teacher.  "He 
often  sits  there  in  the  shade  to  kill  the  wolves  which  come 
from  the  caves  to  steal  the  farmers'  children.  Once  he 
was  able  thus  to  catch  a  little  bear,  which  he  brought  into 
the  town.  There  three  sailors  bought  the  bear  and  led  it 
to  (their)  ship." 

EXERCISE   LI 

THE  IMPERATIVE  MOOD 

Present  Tense       Active  Voice 
The  present  tense  of  the  imperative  of  Latin  verbs  is 
found  only  in  the  second  person,  singular  and  plural. 


REGULAR  VERBS 

SINGULAJL 

Plural 

voc5 

vocft 

vocftte 

habed 

habe 

hab€te 

mittC 

mitte 

mittite 

rapiO 

rape 

rapite 

audid 

audi 

audita 

Remark.  Two  regulki^verbs  already  familiar  (dticC,  faciO) 
and  one  yet  to  be  taken  up  (dicO)  lose  final  e  in  the  singular  of 
the  present  imperative  active,  appearing  there  as  die,  due,  fac. 


LATIN   PRIMER 

IRREGULAR  VERBS 

Singular 

Plural 

ee 

I 

ite 

ferO 

fer 

fertc 

nOlO 

n6U 

nollte 

sum 

es 

este 

127 


Remark.  In  the  inflection  of  mild,  volO,  and  possum,  the 
imperative  mood  is  lacking. 

VOCABULARY 

mortuus,  -a,  -um,  liead.  securis,  -is  (abl.  -I),  p.,  ax, 

battle  ax. 

MODEL  SENTENCE 

N61i  (NOlite)  id  facere,  Don't  do  it 

Rule.  The  negatived  imperative  of  English  may  be 
represented  in  Latin  by  the  present  infinitive  depending  on 
the  imperatives  nOli  or  nOlite.  This  is  the  principal  way  of 
expressing  Prohibition  in  Latin. 

READING  LESSON 

I.     Translate  into  English  : 

A.  I.  Nolite  frangere  caput  canis  miserl,  puerl.  Olim, 
cum  in  aquam  cecidissem,  is  me  adiuvit.  2.  Aquam  in 
hortum  celeriter  fer,  Quinte ;  ignis  enim  iam  in  folia  ceci- 
dit.  3.  In  umbra  prope  tabernaculum  duas  horas  sedete. 
Turn  ego  veniam,  ut  vos  domum  ducam.  4.  Avium  nldos, 
qui  diu  humi  iacuerant,  Marcus  tum  in  ramis  collocabat 

B.   A  Cautious  Thief 

Olim  slmia  in  arbore  alta  habitabat.  Sub  arbore  erat 
spelunca,  in  quam  multae  vulpeculae  saepe  uvas  galllnas- 


128  LATIN    PRIMER 

que  tulerunt  Simla  uvas  rapere  voluit ;  vulpeculas  autem 
timebat.  Itaque  corv5  *'Tu  in  speluncam  i,"  inquit,  "  uvas- 
que  vulpecularum  rape."  Corvus  autem,  qui  in  arbore 
tutus  sedere  malebat,  "  Lupum  vocab5,"  inquit,  "  ut  is  uvas 
gallinasque  rapiat."  Tum  simia  irata  ramum  iecit  in  caput 
corvi,  qui  miser  ex  arbore  mortuus  in  speluncam  cecidil 
Id  cum  audivissent,  vulpeculae  perterritae  e  spelunca  if, 
latebras  tutas  celeriter  fugerunt.  Interim  simia  mala  in 
speluncam  laeta  properavit,  uvasque  rapuit. 

II.     Translate  into  Latin : 

A.  I.  Seize  the  axes  which  I  threw  into  the  tent,  boys, 
and  hurry  into  the  fields  to  kill  the  bear.  2.  Don't  go  to 
the  shore,  girls.  I  will  come  to  the  farmhouse  and  meet 
you  there.  3.  Send  the  farmer  to  me,  Marcus.  We  want 
to  catch  the  raven,  and  cannot  find  its  cage.  4.  When 
the  wolf  heard  the  dogs,  he  also  crossed  the  stream ;  but 
there  the  farmer  killed  him  with  an  ax. 

B.  I.  "  Don't  frighten  us,"  said  Julia  t6  the  boys ;  "for 
we  are  carrying  dishes,  and  do  not  want  to  break  them." 
2.  "When  we  saw  the  dead  sailor  in  the  woods,"  said 
Marcus,  "  we  ran  to  the  farmhouse ;  for  the  girls  were 
much  frightened.  But  there  we  met  the  hunters  whom 
you  saw  yesterday  near  the  stream."  3.  "Our  sisters 
will  carry  the  eggs,"  said  Claudia,  "  and  the  farmer  has 
gone  to  the  field  to  call  (his)  sons  to  carry  the  other 
baskets." 


LATIN   PRIMER 


129 


EXERCISE   LII 
ADJECTIVES  OF  THE  THIRD  DECLENSION 


I-Stems 

fortis,  -is, 

-e,  brave 

Singular 

Plural 

Masc. 

Fern. 

Ntut. 

Mase. 

Fern. 

Neut. 

Nom. 

fortis 

fortis 

forte 

fortes 

fortes 

fortia 

Gea 

fortis 

fortis 

fortis 

fortium 

fortium 

fortium 

Dat 

forti 

forti 

foiti 

fortibus 

fortibus 

fortibus 

Ace. 

fortem 

fortem 

forte 

fortis 
fortes 

fortis 
fortes 

fortia 

Abl 

forti 

forti 

forti 

fortibus 

fortibus 

fortibus 

ftcer,  -oris,  -ere,  fierce,  keen, 

etc. 

Nom. 

acer 

acris 

acre 

acres 

acres 

5cria 

Gen. 

acris 

acris 

acris 

acrium 

acrium 

acrium 

Dat. 

acri 

acri 

acri 

acribus 

acribus 

acribus 

Ace. 

acrem 

acrem 

acre 

acris 
acres 

acris 
acres 

acria 

AbL 

acri 

acri 

5cri 

acribus 

acribus 

Scribus 

Remark.  It  will  be  noted  that  the  masculine  alid  feminine 
forms  of  fortis  are  identical  throughout.  The  same  thing  is  true 
of  acer,  excepting  in  the  nominative  singular. 


VOCABULARY 


ftcriter,  ^di\trh,  fiercely. 
fortiter,  adverb,  bravely. 


pugnO,     pugnare,     pugnflvl, 
pugnatum,  fight. 


READING  LESSON 

I.   Translate  into  English : 

A.    I.  Ursas,  cum  diu  acriterque  pugnSvissent,  vSnStor 
fortis  securi  occidit.       2.    Properemus   ad   ludum,  ut   in 

LATIN    PRIMKR — 9 


130  LATIN    PRIMER 

via  Marcum  conveniamus.  3.  Cum  venatorem  mortuuro 
vidisses,  cur  non  ad  litus  cucurristi,  ut  nautas  fortis  voca- 
res  ?  4.  In  hortum  fortiter  properate,  puellae,  lupumque 
terrete ;  mox  enim  agricolae  ex  agris  cum  canibus  venient. 

B.    The  Undtitiful  Sons 

Prope  silvam  magnam  cum  tribus  filiis  validls  habitabat 
agricola,  qui  agros  multos  habebat  equosque  pulchros. 
Olim,  cum  in  agros  iret  defessus,  pueris  "  Mecum  venite," 
inquit,  "equosque  ad  aquam  ducite."  Pueri  autem  in 
umbra  humi  malebant  iacere,  nee  patrem  adiuvare  vole- 
bant.  Itaque,  cum  agricola  iam  ex  hortd  isset,  corvus, 
qui  pigros  filios  sub  arboribus  viderat,  e  silva  ursam  voca- 
vit,  quae  laeta  e  spelunca  properavit,  ut  pueros  raperet. 
Ei  miseri,  cum  ursam  vidissent,  perterriti  fugere  non  potu- 
'erunf;  paterque  mox  sub  arboribus  filios  invenit  mortuos. 
Ita  pueri  mall  poenas  dederunt 

II.   Translate  into  Latin : 

A,  I.  The  wolves  will  come  stealthily  from  the  woodi^ 
to  eat  your  monkey,  boys.  2.  Don't  fight,  sailors.  The 
farmers  w|jom  Marcus  has  called  are  coming  from  the 
valley ;  I  can  hear  their  dogs.  3.  The  girls  were  in 
the  yard,  and  they  did  not  see  the  wolf.  4.  The  boys 
whose  fathers  you  met  yesterday  will  soon  go  to  the  shore 
to  catch  fish. 

B.  I.  "The  brave  sailors  whom  my  brother  helped," 
said  Quintus,  "  have  gone  to  the  woods  to  find  the  wolf.*' 

2.  "  Marcus  had  begun  to  be  unwilling  to  go,"  said 
Claudia;  "but  when  he  heard  the  sea,  he  ran  quickly 
to  the  boat  which  the  sailor  had  given  to  my  sisters." 

3.  "  Run  to  the  farmhouse,  children,"  said  the  farmer 
"  I  saw  a  bear  in  the  woods  to-day,  and  could  not  kill  it.' 


LATIN    PRIMER 


131 


4.  "  Don't  be  afraid  of  the  drunken  sailors,  boys,"  said 
the  teacher.  "They  cannot  frighten  the  dogs,  which  are 
now  coming  bravely  from  the  field." 


EXERCISE   LIII 
THE  FOURTH   OR  U-DECLENSION 


Nominative 

Genitive 

Dative 

Accusative 
Ablative 


exercitus,  m.,  army 
Singular 
exercitus 
exercitfls 
exercitui 
exercitum 
exercitii 


Plural 
exercitus 
exercituum 
exercitibus 
exercitus 
exercitibus 


Remark.  Note  that  in  the  ending  of  the  nominative  singular 
the  u  is  short,  whereas  it  is  long  in  the  -us  of  the  genitive  singular 
and  of  the  nominative  and  accusative  plural. 

Gender.  Nouns  of  the  'fourth  declension  in  -us  are 
masculine  or  (rarely)  feminine.  For  the  inflection  of 
neuters,  see  Summary  of  Forms,  page  194. 

VOCABULARY 

ludO, 


fluctus,  -us,  M.,  wave. 
impetus,  -us,  m.,  attack, 
imperator,  -Oris,  m.,  general^ 

commander. 
abscidO,    abscidere,    abscidi, 

abscisus,  cut  off. 


ludere,  lasl,  iQsum, 
play, 
parO,  parare,  parftvl,  paratus, 
prepare.  Sometimes  con- 
strued with  the  present 
infinitive. 


THE  IMPERFECT  OF  CUSTOMARY  PAST  ACTION 

In  addition  to  the  use  already  familiar,  the  imperfect 
indicative  is  often  employed  to  describe  a  repeated  past 
action  ;  e.^  E  silva  ursae  in  agrOs  veni€bant.  Bears  used  to 


132 


LATIN   PRIMER 


EXERCiTus  Iter  Facit 


The  above  picture  carved  on  a  monument  represents  a  division 
of  the  Roman  army  crossing  the  Danube  on  a  bridge  of  boats.  The 
commander  in  chief  (imperator)^  who  leads  the  column,  does  not 
appear  in  that  part  of  the  carving  here  shown ;  but  two  subordi- 
nate commanders  can  be  seen,  one  already  come  to  land,  the  other 
still  upon  the  bridge. 


1-ATlN   PRIMER  1 33 

come  from  the  forest  into  the  fields^  or  Bears  would  come 
from  the  forest  into  the  fields.  From  now  on  in  the 
Exercises  this  use  of  the  imperfect  will  occasionally  be 
illustrated.  y^ 

READING  LESSON 

I.  Translate  into  English  : 

A.  I.  Imperator  autem  exercitum  fortem  e  silva  ad 
litus  duxit,  ibique  in  nautas  malos  impetum  acrem  fecit. 
2.  Vos  quoque,  agricolae,  nolite  timere,  sed  fortiter  ad 
villam  currite;  nos  enim  interim'  nautas  vocabimus  et  in 
vallem  mittemus.  3.  Prope  insulam  fluctus  sunt  magnl, 
nautaeque  ibi  saxa  timent.  4.  Agricolarum  flliae  huml 
collocaverunt  avium  nldos,  eosque  igni  consumpserunt ; 
interim  pueri  corvi  caveam  pulchram  in  mare  iecerunt. 

B,    The  Repentant  Brother 

In  villa  habitabant  puer  et  puella,  quorum  mater  diu 
mortua  erat.  Pater  saepe  per  silvam  ioat  in  oppidum ; 
interim  liberi  prope  villam  ludebant.  Olim,  cum  puella  in 
area  esset,  frater  malus  eius  pupae  caput  abscidit.  Itaque 
puella  vehementer  irata  in  silvam  properavit,  neque  earn 
frater  invenire  potuit.  Mox  e  silva  venit  agricolae  fllius, 
qui  ibi  lupum  magnum  viderat.  Turn  frater  perterritus 
cum  cane  valido  in  silvam  celeriter  cucurrit,  ut  sororem 
inveniret.  Ibi  humi  iacebat  puella  defessa,  eamque  edere 
lupus  parabat.  Sed  canis  fortis,  cum  id  vidisset,  in  lupum 
fortiter  fecit  impetum.  Ita  caput  lupi,  cum  is  acriter  cum 
cane  pugnaret,  puer  securi  fregit. 

II.  Translate  into  Latin  : 

A,  I.  When  the  farmers  whom  the  general  had  called 
came  to  the  shore,  they  wanted  to  cross  to  the  island ;  but 
they  could  not,  because  the  waves  were  high  (///.  great). 


134  LATIN   PRIMER 

2.  Let's  cut  off  the  fishes'  tails  and  throw  them  into  the 
water;  the  other  fishes  will  eat  them.  3.  The  cook  is 
preparing  dinner.  Let's  play  now  in  the  shade.  I  will 
call  the  fat  boy  whom  we  met  to-day  on  the  shore. 

B.  I .  "  The  general  was  preparing  to  burn  the  ship,'* 
said  the  sailor.  "  But  we  did  not  want  to  do  it ;  and  so  he 
sent  the  farmers  to  call , the  other  sailors."  2.  "  Whei^ 
the  children  were  playing  on  the  shore,"  said  Julia,  "the 
waves  destroyed  their  boat."  3.  "  However,"  said  Marcus, 
**  the  bear  made  a  fierce  attack  upon  the  dogs ;  for  there 
were  three  little  bears  in  the  cave."  4.  "  Why  did  you 
cut  off  my  doll's  head,  Quintus.?"  cried  Claudia.  "I'll 
go  into  the  woods,  and  the  bears  will  eat  me  there." 
"  Don't  run  into  the  woods,"  said  Quintus.  "  I'll  not  kill 
the  other  dolls.'* 

EXERCISE   LIV 
THE   PASSIVE  VOICE 
Perfect  Tenses 
Verbs  of  all  conjugations  form  the  passive  of  the  per- 
fect, pluperfect,  and  future  perfect  tenses  in  the  same  way, 
namely,  by  adding  to  the  perfect  passive  participle  (the 
fourth  principal  part)  certain  forms  of  sum.     One  model, 
therefore,  suffices  for  all  conjugations  ;  e.g. : 
voc6,  vocare,  vocavi,  vocatus 

PASSIVE  VOICE 

Perfect  Tense 

Indicative  Subjuncttve 

Singular'  Singular 

1st  person     vocatus  sum  vocatus  sim 

2d  person     vocatus  es  vocatus  sis 

3d  person     vocatus  est  vocatus  sit 


LATIN   PRIMER 


135 


1st  person 
2d  person 
3d  person 


Indicative 

Plural 
vocati  sumus 
vocati  estis 
vocati  sunt 


1st  person 
2d  person 
3d  person 

1st  person 
2d  person 
3d  person 


1st  person 
2d  person 
3d  person 


Pluperfect  Tense 

Singular 

vocatus  eram 

vocatus  eras 

vocatus  erat 

Plural 
vocati  eramus 
vocati  eratis 
vocati  erant 


Subjunctive 

Plural 
vocati  simus 
vocati  sitis 
vocati  sint 

Singular 
vocatus  essem 
vocatus  essSs 
vocatus  asset 

Plural 
vocati  essemus 
vocati  essetis 
vocati  essent 


Future  Perfect  Indicative 

SiNGuijvR  Plural 

vocatus  er6  vocati  erimus 

vocatus  eris  vocati  eritis 

vocatus  erit  vocati  erunt 


Remark.  Note  that  the  participle  vocitus  is  declined  in  the 
same  way  as  bonus,  and  that  it  agrees  in  number  and  gender  with 
the  subject  of  the  sentence.  For  convenience,  only  the  masculine 
forms  are  given  above  ;  but  any  gender  might  be  called  for,  as, 
Claudia  voc&ta  est,  puellae  vocatae  sunt,  etc. 

With  vocO  as  a  model,  form  the  perfect,  pluperfect,  and 
future  perfect  tenses  of  habeO,  mittO,  ferO,  rapiO,  and  audio. 

VOCABULARY 

pax,  pacis,  p.,  peace. 
gerO,   gerere,    gessi. 


bellum,  -I,  N.,  war, 

hostis,  -is  (abl.  -e),  m.  and  p., 

€ncmy. 
accipio,  accipere,   accSpI,  ac- 

ceptus,  receive^  accept ^  take. 


gestus, 
zva^c,  carry  on,  do. 
remittO,    remittere,    remisi, 
remissus,  send  back. 


136  LATIN   PRIMER 

READING  LESSON 

I.  Translate  into  English : 

A.  I.  Hostium  imperator  noblscum  iam  oct6  annos 
bellum  gesserat,  neque  capta  erant  oppida  nostra.  2.  So- 
rores  meae,  cum  in  silvam  issent,  subitd  in  ursarum  spe- 
luncam  ceciderunt,  et  ita  occisae  sunt.  3.  Cum  sex 
milia  passuum  iter  fecissemus,  ad  locum  idoneum  venimus; 
moxque  sub  arboribus  latueramus,  ut  corvos  caperemus. 

B.     A   Traitorous  Schoolmaster 

Multl  puerl  parvl,  quorum  patres  turn  fortiter  cum  ho- 
stibus  bellum  gerebant,  cum  magistro  ex  oppido  in  agr5s 
veniebant,  ut  ibi  luderent.  Saepe  ita  fecerant ;  sed  olim, 
cum  multa  milia  passuum  per  agros  Issent,  subit5  magister 
malus  pueros  perterritos  ad  hostium  exercitum  duxit,  eosque 
imperatori  dedit.  Is  autem  Iratus  nolebat  accipere  pueros, 
qui  ita  ad  eum  ducti  erant.  Itaque  magistrum  in  oppidum, 
puer5s  domum  remisit.  Ibi  cum  magister  poenas  dedisset, 
pax  cum  hostium  imperatore  bono  facta  est 

II.  Translate  into  Latin: 

A.  I.  Do  not  make  peace  with  the  enemy.  2.  We 
have  been  sent  back  from  the  hills  to  the  shore,  and  cannot 
help  our  fathers  and  mothers,  who  are  living  in  the  valley. 
3.  When  war  had  been  waged  five  years,  the  generals  of 
the  enemy  marched  stealthily  many  miles  through  the 
forest  to  burn  our  town.  4.  Were  your  cups  broken, 
cook.?  For  when  I  was  crossing  a  stream,  the  basket 
suddenly  fell  into  the  water. 

B.  I.  "The  monkey  was  unwilling  to  receive  the  little 
fox  into  the  cage,"  said  the  sailor;  "and  so  they  fought 
fiercely  for  a  long  time."       2.    "  Once,"  said  the  teacher. 


LATIN   PRIMER 


137 


"a  great  ship  was  broken  there  by  the  waves.  On  the 
shore  were  strong  farmers  who  wanted  to  help  the  poor 
sailors,  and  could  not."  3.  "  The  doves  upon  which  the 
raven  made  a  fierce  attack,"  said  the  farmer,  "were  killed; 
they  are  now  lying  on  the  ground  near  the  farmhouse." 
*•  Let's  carry  them  to  the  woods,"  said  Marcus,  "and  throw 
them  into  the  bears'  den." 

EXERCISE   LV 


PRONOUN 

OF  IDENTITY 

AND  INTENSIVE  PRONOUN 

idem,  eadem 

,  idem,  t/ie 
Singular 

same 

Afasc. 

Fern. 

Neut. 

Nom. 

idem 

eadem 

idem 

Gen. 

eiusdem 

eiusdem 

eiusdem 

Dat. 

eidem 

eidem 

eidem 

Ace. 

eundem 

eandem 

idem 

Abl. 

eOdem 

eadem 

Plural 

eOdem 

Masc. 

Ftm. 

Neut. 

eidem 

eaedem 

eadem 

Nom. 

iidem 
.idem 

Gen. 

eCnindem 

earundem 

eSrundem 

eisdem 

eisdem 

eisdem 

Dat. 

iisdem 

iisdem 

iisdem 

is&emr 

isdem 

isdem 

Ace. 

e6sdem 

easdem 

eadem 

eisdem 

eisdem 

eisdem 

Abl. 

iisdem 

iisdem 

iisdem 

isdem 

46dem 

isdem 

38  LATIN   PRIMER 

Ipse,  ipsa,  ipsum,  himself,  herself,  itself  etc. 


Singular 

Plural 

Masc.        Fern. 

Neut. 

Masc. 

J-em. 

Neut, 

Nom. 

ipse       ipsa 

ipsum 

ipsi 

ipsae 

ipsa 

Gen. 

ipsius   ipsius 

ipsius 

ipsOrum 

ipsftrum 

ipsorum 

Dat. 

ipsi       ipsi 

ipsi 

ipsis 

ipsis 

ipsis 

Ace. 

ipsum   ipsam 

ipsum 

ips68 

ipsfts 

ipsa 

Abl. 

ipso       ipsa 

ips6 

ipsis 

ipsis 

ipsis 

Remark  i.    Note  that  idem  is  a  compound  of  is,  ea,  id. 

Remark  2.  In  connection  with  a  verb  in  the  first  or  second 
person,  ipse  means  "  myself,"  "  yourself,"  etc. ;  e.g.y  Ipsi  ad  litus 
properavimus,  We  ourselves  hurried  to  the  shore. 

Note.  These  and  several  other  pronouns  may  be  used  either 
as  adjectives  or  nouns.  In  translating  the  neuter  nominative  and 
accusative  of  pronouns  used  as  nouns,  it  is  often  necessary  to 
supply  the  word  **  thing  "  ;  e.g.,  Idem  vidgmus,  IVe  see  the  same 
{thing),  Eadem  audivgrunt.  They  heard  the  same  (things),  etc. 

VOCABULARY 

fltimen,  -inis,  n.,  river,  statim,  adverb,  at  once,  int- 

miles,  -itis,  m.,  soldier,  mediately, 

READING  LESSON 

I.     Translate  into  English  : 

A.  I.  Hostes  iam  pueros  puellasque  occidebant;  n5s 
idem  faciebamus.  2.  Ipsius  imperatoris  fllius  in  agris 
occisus  est;  turn  pater  statim  pacem  nobiscum  fecit. 
3.  Caput  militis  fortis  abscisum  est,  et  in  oppidum  remis- 
sum.  4.  N5U  fugere,  Quinte,  sed  fortiter  parvas  iirsas 
rape;  nos  enim  ursas  ceteras  terrebimus. 


LATIN    PRIMER  1 39 

B.   A   Soldier  off  Duty 

"  Olim,"  inquit  avus  meus,  "venator  e  silva  venit  in  op- 
pidum,  ut  secures  tris  emeret.  Cum  autem  domum  iret, 
miles  ebrius,  qui  sub  arbore  alta  sedebat,  in  eum  subito 
impetum  acrem  fecit,  securesque  rapere  voluit.  Turn  ve- 
nator vehementer  iratus  boras  duas  cum  milite  acriter 
pugnavit,  nee  eum  occidere  potuit.  Interim  autem  in  sil- 
vam  venerat  imperator  ipse;  qui  statim,  cum  militem  vidis- 
set  ebrium,  venatorem  adiuvit,  militemque  in  oppidum  remi- 
sit,  ut  ibi  poenas  daret." 

II.     Translate  into  Latin : 

A.  I.  Let  us  at  once  send  back  tbe  general  himself ;  for 
peace  has  now  been  made  with  the  enemy.  2.  The  sons 
of  the  general  were  received,  but  his  daughters  were  sent 
back  to  the  ship.  3.  The  boat  has  been  thrown  upon  the 
rocks  by  the  waves.  The  tired  sailors  themselves  will 
carry  it  to  the  river.  4.  The  war  had  been  waged  many 
years;  but  the  enemy  were  now  preparing  to  make 
peace. 

B.  I.  "Bring  the  same  boys  to  me,  Quintus,"  said  the 
soldier;  "  I  want  to  send  them  back  to  their  brave  fathers." 
2.  "What  then  was  done,"  asked  Quintus,  "when  the  army 
had  made  a  fierce  attack  upon  the  town,  and  had  not  been 
able  to  break  the  gate } "  3.  "  The  farmers  would  cut  off 
the  horses*  tails,"  said  Claudia.  "Then  the  horses  were 
not  pleased."  4.  "  When  we  were  playing  near  the 
river,"  said  Julia,  "we  heard  the  same  drunken  sailor  who 
frightened  the  girls  yesterday ;  and  so  we  ran  at  once  to 
the  farmhouse." 


140 


LATIN    PRIMER 


EXERCISE   LVI 

THE   FIRST  OR   A-CONJUGATION 

T0C5 

Passive  Voice 
Indicative  Mood  Subjunctive  Mood 

Present  Tense 


Singular            Plural 

Singui-ar 

Plural 

1st  person 

vocor           vocamur 

vocer 

vocemur 

2d  person 

vocftris        vocftmini 

voceris 

vocgmini 

vocftre 

vocere 

3d  person 

vocatur       vocantur 

vocetur 

vocentur 

Imperfect  Tense 

Singular           Plural 

Singular 

Plural 

1st  person 

vocabar       vocabamur 

vocarer 

vocaremur 

2d  person 

vocabaris    vocabamini 

vocareris 

vocaremini 

vocabare 

vocarere 

3d  person 

vocabatur  X  vocabantur 

FuTijRE  Tense 
Singular           Plural 

vocaretur 

vocarentui 

1st  person 

vocabor       vocabimur 

2d  person 

vocaberis    vocabimini 
vocabere 

3d  person 

vocabitur    vocabuntur 

Imperative  Mood:    Present  Tense 

Singular 

Plural 

2d  person 

vocare 

vocamini 

Present  iNFiNiTnrE 

/ 

vocari 

LATIN    PRIMER  141 

Remark  i.  As  a  preliminary  to  learning  the  above  forms  of  the 
indicative  and  subjunctive,  note  (i)  that  everywhere  in  the  third 
persons  the  passive  is  formed  by  adding  -ur  to  the  corresponding 
active  forms ;  and  (2)  that  in  the  first  persons  r  is  either  added 
to  final  5  of  the  corresponding  active  forms  (with  shortening  of 
the  6),  or  substituted  there  for  final  m  or  s. 

Remark  2.  Observe  the  relation  which  the  forms  of  the  pres- 
ent imperative  bear  to  those  of  the  second  persons  of  the  present 

indicative. 

VOCABULARY 

nox,  noctis,  f.,  night.  castra,  -6rum,  n.,  camp. 

Remark.     In  the  plural,  nox  has  I- stem  endings. 

MODEL  SENTENCE 

Ursae  cnim  a  venatOre  occisae  erant,  For  the  bears  had 
been  killed  by  the  hunter. 

Rule.  With  a  passive  verby  the  doer  is  indicated  by  the 
ablative  case  introduced  by  the  preposition  ft,  ab.  This  con- 
struction is  known  as  Ablative  of  the  Agent. 

Remark  i.  The  ablative  of  agency  must  be  distinguished  care- 
fully from  the  ablative  without  a  preposition  as  used  to  tell  the 
means  by  which  a  thing  is  accomplished  ;  e.g.,  Ursae  enim  secliri 
occisae  erant,  For  the  bears  had  been  killed  with  an  ax.  Here 
the  doer  is  not  mentioned  at  all ;  but  the  means  by  which  the 
act  was  done  is  indicated  by  sec&ri. 

Remark  2.  The  two  forms  of  the  preposition  ft,  ab  are  identi- 
cal in. meaning.  The  form  ab  is  to  be  used  when  the  following 
ablative  begins  with  a  vowel  or  h. 

READING   LESSON 

I.     Translate  into  English  : 

A.  I.  Nam  mllites,  qui  ad  flu  men  ierant,  ibi  statim  ab 
hostibus  eisdem  capti  sunt.       2.    Parabasne  vulpeculas  in 


142 


LATIN   PRIMER 


Building  a  Rampart 

Roman  soldiers  were  trained  to  work  as  well  as  to  fight,  and  on 
campaigns,  even  under  ordinary  circumstances,  they  had  much 
fortifying  to  do.  For  when  the  army  halted  in  the  open  country 
even  for  a  night,  a  well-ordered  camp  {casfra)  had  to  be  laid  out 
and  surrounded  by  a  wall  of  fortification.  The  above  illustration 
represents  another  carving  on  the  monument  referred  to  in  con- 
nection with  Exercise  LIII. 


\ 


LATIN   PRIMER  I43 

o.iwvi.i  remittere?  Marcus  ipse  in  corbula  eas  collocabit 
ct  in  silvam  feret.  3.  Cur  bellum  a  militibus  nostrls  sex 
annos  cum  hostibus  fortibus  gestum  erat  ?  4.  Imperator 
idem,  quia  pacem  noblscum  facere  non  potuerat,  tiumen 
statim  transiit,  ut  a  ceteris  hostibus  adiuvari  posset. 

B,    The  Brave  Soldiers 

Puerl  tres  in  villa  prope  flumen  magnum  habitabant, 
ibique  piscis  pulchros  saepe  ceperunt.  Sed  olim,  cum  in 
ripa  corbulae  cum  piscibus  collocatae  essent,  subito  e  silva 
erQpit  ursa  parva,  quae  terruit  pueros,  piscesque  .rapere 
coepit.  Sed  iam  pater  ipse  puerorum  ex  agrls  properabat, 
ut  ursam  occideret;  quae  perterrita  in  arborem  escendit, 
moxque  in  ramo  magno  sedebat.  Statim  autem  agricola 
quoque  escendit,  ramumque  abscldere  parabat.  Itaque 
ursa,  cum  in  ramos  ceteros  transire  vellet,  ad  terram  in 
caput  cecidit,  et  a  canibus  occlsa  est.  Tum  milites  tres, 
qui  in  umbra  interim  latuerant,  iam  fortiter  e  latebris  pro- 
peraverunt,  caputque  ursae  abscTderunt;  quod  mox  tulerunt 
in  castra  imperatorlque  dederunt. 

II.     Translate  into  Latin  : 

A.  i/'Let*s  send  back  the  nests  to  the  farmhouse,  so 
that  they  may  be  given  at  once  to  the  little  girls.  2.  When 
the  soldiers  were  being  called  to  camp  by  the  general,  the 
enemy  quickly  crossed  the  river  with  a  large  army  and 
burned  our  ships.  3^  Don't  sit  on  the  dolls'  table,  boys ; 
Quintus  broke  it  yesterday.  4.  When  we  had  hurried 
home  from  the  woods,  in  order  that  the  wolf  which  we 
had  caught  might  be  at  once  placed  in  a  cage,  the  farmer 
refused  to  receive  him ;  and  we  could  not  send  the  wolf 
back  to  the  woods,  because  it  was  now  night. 


144 


LATIN   PRIMER 


B.  I.  "Let's  hurry  to  camp  at  once,"  said  the  same 
soldiers ;  "  for  the  enemy  will  soon  cross  the  river,  and  we 
are  afraid  of  the  night."  2.  **  When  a  fierce  attack  had 
been  made  by  the  enemy  on  our  army,"  said  our  grand- 
mother, "the  other  soldiers  fled  into  the  woods;  but  your 
grandfather,  who  was  a  general,  himself  traveled  many 
miles  through  the  night  to  a  small  camp,  to  warn  the 
sailors  who  had  been  sent  from  the  other  islands  to  the 
shore." 

EXERCISE   LVII 


INDEFINITE   PRONOUN 


quldam,  quaedam,  quoddam,  (a)  certain 


Singular 

Masc. 

Fern. 

Neui. 

Nom. 

quidam 

quaedam 

quoddam 

Gen. 

cuiusdam 

cuiusdam 

cuiusdam 

Dat. 

cuidam 

cuidam 

cuidam 

Ace. 

quendam 

quandam 

quoddam 

Abl. 

qu6dam 

quadam 
Plural 

quodam 

Masc. 

Fern. 

Neut 

Nom. 

quidam 

quaedam 

quaedam 

Gen. 

quorundam 

quarundam 

quorundam 

Dat. 

quibusdam 

quibusdam 

quibusdam 

Ace. 

quosdam 

quasdam 

quaedam 

Abl. 

quibusdam 

quibusdam 

quibusdam 

Note.  The  above  pronoun  is  here  treated  as  an  adjective. 
When  it  is  used  as  a  noun,  the  nominative  and  accusative  singular 
of  the  neuter  take  the  form  quiddam,  a  certain  {thing). 

Remark.  As  an  aid  to  the  memory,  note  the  close  relation  be- 
tween the  forms  of  quidam  and  those  of  the  relative  qui. 


LATIN   PRIMER  145 

VOCABULARY 

nuWs,  -is  (abL  -e),  f.,  cloud,     ater,  -tra,  -trum,  black,  dark. 
igitur,  postpositive  conjunc-     mane,  adverb,  in  the  mom- 
tion,  therefore.  ing,  early. 

READING  LESSON 

L   Translate  into  English  : 

A.  I.  Mllites  Idem  ad  castra  mane  ibunt,  ut  ab  impera- 
tore  ipso  adiuventur.  2.  Turn  imperator  fortis  cum  exercitu 
parvo  statim  flumen  quoddam  transiit,  et  per  noctem  in 
hostium  agros  iter  fecit.  3.  Eamus  in  silvam,  ut  avium 
nidos  inveniamus.  Validos  pueros  voca,  QuTnte.  4.  Equi 
atrl,  cum  a  milite  quodam  ad  flumen  ducti  essent,  in  aquam 
celeriter  cucurrerunt. 

B.   A  Stolen  Picnic 

In  ludo  qu5dam  cum  magistro  habitabant  puerl  paucT. 
Olim,  cum  iam  nox  esset  magisterque  in  lecto  iaceret,  pueri 
furtim  e  ludo  ierunt  in  agros,  malaque  agricolarum  multa 
rapuerunt  Tum,  cum  rivum  translssent  ad  Insulam  par- 
vam,  prope  ignem,  quem  e  ramis  fecerant,  mox  humi 
iacebant,  ut  mala  ederent.  Sed  subito  in  caelo  erant 
multae  nubes  atrae,  neque  lunam  iam  videre  poterant  puer! ; 
qui  igitur  perterriti  per  noctem  domum  currere  coeperunt. 
Ita  duo,  qui  obesi  erant,  in  rivum  ceciderunt,  maneque 
mortui  inventi  sunt.  Ceteri  autem,  ut  poenas  darent,  a 
magistro  missl  sunt  ad  agricolas,  qu5rum  mala  rapuerant. 

II.   Translate  into  Latin  : 

A.  I.  When  the  girls  went  into  the  yard  to  call  the 
boys,  they  saw  black  clouds  in  the  sky.  2.  Therefore 
'Certain  soldiers  hastened  to  the  farmhouse,  and.  seized  the 

■  LATIN  PRIMER —  lO 


[46 


LATIN   PRIMER 


horses  which  had  been  captured  by  the  enemy.  3.  While 
.the  farmer  himself  was  being  called  by  the  sailor,  his  sons 
were  preparing  to  send  horses  to  the  camp.  4.  The 
enemy  had  now  done  the  same  thing ;  and  so  we  wanted 
to  make  peace  with  them  at  once. 

B.  I.  "While  the  dogs  were  playing  in  the  yard  near 
the  farmhouse,"  said  Marcus,  *'  a  wolf  came  stealthily  into 
the  garden  and  made  a  fierce  attack  upon  the  little  bear." 
2.  "  Let's  run  bravely  into  the  water,"  said  Quintus ;  "  for 
the  boat  has  been  filled  with  the  waves,  and  the  girls  are 
thoroughly  frightened."  3.  "  In  the  morning,"  said  the 
sailor,  *'  we  shall  send  certain  hunters  to  the  same  place  to 
meet  the  other  generals."  4.  "  Our  general,"  said  my 
grandfather,  "  had  refused  to  receive  the  brave  sailors  and 
farmers.  And  so  a  certain  farmer's  son  hurried  through 
the  night  to  the  camp  of  the  enemy,  and  led  soldiers  to  Ine 
shore  to  capture  our  ships." 

EXERCISE   LVIII 

THE  SECOND   OR  E-CONJUGATION 

habed 


Passive  Voice 
iNDiCATrvTE  Mood  Subjuncttve  Mood 


Present  Tense 

Singular 

Plvral              Singular 

Plural 

1st  person 

habeor 

•    habemur           habear 

habeamur 

2d  person 

haberis 

habemini          habearis 

habeamini 

habere 

habeare 

3d  person 

habetur 

habentur           habeatur 

habeantur 

LATIN    PRIMER  1 47 

Imperfect  Tense 

Singular  Plural  Singular  Plural 

1st  person   hab€bar      hab€bamur       haberer  haberemur 

2d  person    habebftrls    habebamini      habereris  haberemini 

habebftre  haberere 

3d  person    habfibfttur  habebantur      haberetur  haberenturt^ 

Future  Tense 
Singular         Plural 
1st  person   habgbor       hab€bimur 
2d  person    habeberis    habebimini 

babebere 
3d  person    hab€bitur  hab€bttntttr 

Imperative  Mood:  Present  Tense 
Singular  Plural 

2d  person  habere  habemini 

Present  Infinitive 
habgri 

Remark.  In  memorizing  these  forms,  note  the  correspond- 
ences between  active  and  passive  which  were  pointed  out  in 
Exercise  LVI. 

VOCABULARY 

longs,  adverb,  far  {away).       iubeO,   iubSre,   iussl,    iussus, 
IfiX,  liicis,  F.,  light,  command,       order.      Con- 

strued with  the  accusative 
and  present  infinitive. 

RxKfARK  I.  In  previous  Exercises  several  verbs  have  been  men- 
tioned  as  construed  with  the  present  infinitive  ;  e.g.,  possum,  milO, 
etc.  The  meaning  of  some  of  these  verbs  is  such  that  (as  in  the 
case  of  iubeO  above)  the  dependent  infinitive  may  have  a  subject 
accusative.  Thus  we  may  say  either  lubeO  tfi  ire,  /  nrff^r  you 
to  go,  or  VolO  18  Ire,  /  want  you  to  go. 


148  LATIN   PRIMER 

Remark  2.  The  genitive  plural  of  Itiz  is  lacking,  and  the  ending 
of  the  accusative  plural  is  -68  or  -is. 

READING  LESSON  ^ 

L    Translate  into  English  : 

A.  I.  Nam  a  pueris  isdem  non  terrebor.  2.  Corbulae 
bacis  complebantur.  3.  Noll  pueris  sagittas  dare;  eos 
enim  longe  in  silvam  Ire  ndlumus.  4.  Mllites  igitur 
iusserunt  nautas  defessos  in  ignem  ramos  iacere,  ut  in 
litore  magna  esset  lux.  5.  In  mllites,  cum  per  vallem 
iter  facerent,  eorundem  agricolarum  canes  fortiter  impe- 
turn  fecerunt 

•    B.   Lost  in  the  Cave 

"  Olim,"  inquit  avia  mea,  "  puer  et  puella  parva  ex 
hort5  furtim  in  silvam  ierunt,  ut  rivum  floresque  viderent. 
Ibi  autem  speluncam  invenerunt  magnam,  in  quam  laetl 
cucurrerunt,  ut  in  umbra  luderent;  ursae  enim  ab  eis  non 
timebantur.  Cum  ibi  diu  lusissent,  puer  subito  longe  in 
speluncam  fugit,  puellaque,  quae  eum  capere  volebat,  quo- 
que  per  speluncam  properavit.  Diu  cucurrerunt;  sed  iam 
viam  videre  non  poterant,  quia  in  spelunca  erat  nox  atra. 
Hum!  igitur  perterriti  sederunt.  Mox  autem  puella  lucem 
parvam  longe  vldit;  cumque  tria  milia  passuum  ad  eum 
locum  iter  ^ecissent,  subitd  e  spelunca  in  lltus  venerunt" 

IL    Translate  into  Latin  : 

A,  I.  The  general  wanted  certain  soldiers  to  carry  bas- 
kets into  the  fields  to  be  filled  with  apples  by  the  farmers. 
2.  Therefore  let  us  send  the  hunter  himself  at  once  to  the 
camp.  For  the  enemy  have  crossed  the  river,  and  will 
make  an  attack  in  the  morning.  3.  Once,  when  the 
night  was  dark,  certain  sailors  fled  from  the  town  and  ran 
to  the  river,  so  that  the  enemy  might  be  warned.       4.  The 


LATIN    FKIMKR 


149 


general  ordered  the  same  soldiers  to  cross  the  river  and 
take  our  camp. 

B,  I.  "The  enemy  were  then  fighting  fiercely  with  us," 
said  a  certain  soldier ;  "  but  our  general  ordered  us  to 
make  an  attack  at  once  on  the  camp  also."  2.  "  While 
the  boats  were  being  filled  with  fish,"  said  the  hunter,  "  cer- 
tain farmers  stole  the  sailors'  horses,  which  had  been  led 
far  into  the  fields."  3.  "  Many  soldiers  had  been  killed 
by  the  enemy,"  said  my  father.  "  But  it  was  now  dark 
night;  and  so  the  others  fled  from  the  forest,  and  were 
carried  to  the  island  by  ship." 


EXERCISE   LIX 


THE   FIFTH   OR 

E-DECLENSION 

diss,  M.,  day 

r68, 

F.,  circumstance,  thing 

Singular      Plural 

Singular 

Plural 

Nominative 

dies           di€s 

r6s 

r€8 

Genitive 

di«           dierum 

rei 

rerum 

Dative 

diei          diebus 

rel 

rebus 

Accusative 

diem        di€s 

rem 

res 

Ablative 

diS            diebus 

re 

rebus 

Gender.  Nouns  of  the  fifth  declension  are  feminine. 
Even  digs,  which  is  an  exception  to  this  rule,  is  sometimes 
feminine  in  the  singular. 

VOCABULARY 
Cardinal  Numerals 

sMecim,  sixteen. 


Alius,  -a,  -um,  one, 
flndecim,  eleven, 
duodecim,  twelve, 
tredecim,  thirteen, 
quattuordecim,  fourteen, 
quindecim,  fifteen. 


septendecim,  seventeen, 
duodeviginti,  eighteen, 
undevigintl,  nineteen, 
▼IgintI,  twenty. 
Indl,  -(Jrum,  m.,  Indians, 


150  LATIN   PRIMER 

With  the  exception  of  Gnus,  the  above  cardinal  numerals 
are  indeclinable.  The  plural  of  uaus  is  regular,  but  the 
singular  is  inflected  as  follows: 


Masculine 

Fcminint 

Neuter 

Nominative 

Onus 

una 

unum 

Genitive 

unius 

unius 

unius 

Dative 

uni 

unl 

uni 

Accusative 

unum 

unam 

unum 

Ablative 

unO 

una 

unO 

There  are  in  Latin  eight  other  adjectives  declined  in  the 
genitive  and  dative  singular  after  the  fashion  of  unus. 
Although  not  all  of  these  words  are  to  be  here  used,  the 
full  list  should  be  memorized  once  for  all ;  namely,  alius, 
alter ;  alius,  niillus ;  uter,  neuter ;  sdlus,  tOtus,  unus.  See 
also  Summary  of  Forms,  page  197. 

Note.  When  strengthened  by  the  adverb  fina,  the  preposition 
cum  is  often  well  rendered  by  "  together  with,"  "  along  with,"  etc. ; 
e^.,  NdvSs  finfi  cum  cymbis  ad  insulam  missae  sunt,  The  ships, 
together  with  the  boats,  were  sent  to  the  island. 

Is,  ea,  id  as  an  Adjective 

The  personal  pronoun  is,  ea,  id,  "he,"  "she,"  "it,"  may 
also  be  used  as  an  adjective  meaning  "  this  " ;  e.g.,  is  digs, 
this  day ;  ea  res,  this  circumstance,  etc. 

READING  LESSON 

I.   Translate  into  English  : 

A.  I.  Una  cum  els  nautis  fortibus  ad  castra  propere- 
mus ;  ibi  enim  milites  nos  ad  imperat5rem  ipsum  ducent. 
2.  Cum  audivissemus  equos  hostium  lucemque  in  lltore 
vidissemus,  tum  imperator  iussit  exercitum  celeriter  per  sil- 
vam  iter  facere.     3.    Nubes  albas  in  cael5  videte,  puellae. 


LATIN   PRIMER  151 

Potestisne  lunam  quoque  videre?  4.  Cum  id  bellum 
sedecim  annds  gestum  esset,  hostes  mare  navibus  transi- 
€runt,  et  in  oppida  nostra  impetum  acrem  fecerunt 

B,    Captured  by  the  Indians 

"In  quodam  oppido,"  inquit  mater  vestra,  "prope  sil- 
vam  habitabat  agricola  una  cum  duobus  filils  parvis.  Olim, 
cum  diu  bellum  cum  Indis  gestum  esset  paxque  iam  esset 
facta,  filil  eius  agricolae  laetl  per  agros  ludebant.  Subito 
autem  tres  Indi  mall  eruperunt  e  silva,  puerosque  ceperunt, 
qui  perterriti  fugere  non  potuerant ;  tum  statim  pueros  una 
^cum  equis,  quos  ex  agris  rapuerant,  longe  in  silvam  du- 
xerunt.  Pater  vehementer  iratus  in  silvam  statim  cucurrit, 
neque  filios  invenire  potuit.  El  autem,  cum  multos  dies 
cum  Indis  habitavissent,  a  mllitibus  quibusdam  invent!  sunt ; 
qui  occiderunt  Indos,  puerosque  ad  patrem  remlserunt." 

II.   Translate  into  Latin : 

A.  I.  These  dogs  together  with  the  raven  will  be  g^ven 
to  the  boys  by  whom  the  wolf  was  killed.  2.  Therefore 
the  general  himself  with  a  large  army  marched  through 
the  fields  sixteen  miles.  3.  The  Indians  at  once  made 
an  attack  on  the  three  farmhouses,  and  captured  one 
farmer's  horses.  4.  In  the  morning  the  general  will  order 
these  brave  hunters  to  cross  the  river  with  the  same  sol- 

"^  diers,  so  as  to  bum  the  tents  of  the  enemy. 

B.  I.  "Let  us  send  back  twelve  Indians  into  the  for- 
est," said  the  soldier ;  "  the  others  we  will  throw  into  the 
waves."  2.  "Together  with  (his)  father  and  brothers," 
said  Claudia,  "  Marcus  was  called  into  the  fields  yesterday 
by  the  soldiers;  for  the  enemy  were  then  crossing  the 
river."  3.  "I  have  received  twelve  baskets,"  said  the 
sailor.    "  Where  are  the  others  ? "    4.  Then  said  the  farmer 


152 


LATIN   PRIMER 


to  (his)  sons,  "Why  have  you  cut  off  the  heads  of  these  brave 
dogs?  Soon  you  will  kill  my  horses,  too."  5.  "Thor- 
oughly frightened  by  this  circumstance,"  said  the  teacher, 
"  the  sailors  have  fled  to  the  river.  To-morrow  the  sol- 
diers will  do  the  same  thing." 

EXERCISE   LX 


THE  THIRD  OR   E-CONJUGATION 

mittC 

Passive  Voice 

Indicative  Mood                      Subjunctive  Mood 

# 

Present  Tense 

Singular 

Plural                  Singular 

Plural 

1st  per. 

mittor 

mittimur            mittar 

mittamur 

2d  per. 

mitteris 

mittimini            mittar  is 

mittamini 

mittere 

mittare 

3d  per. 

mittitur 

mittuntur           mittatur 
Imperfect  Tense 

mittantur 

Singular 

Plural                 Singular 

Plural 

1st  per. 

mitt€bar 

mittebamur        mitterer 

mitterSmur 

2d  per. 

mittgbaris 

mittebamini        mittereris 

mitteremini 

mittebare 

mitterere 

3d  per. 

mittebatur 

mittebantur        mittergtur 
Future  Tensb 

mitterentui 

Singular 

Plural 

1st  per. 

mittar 

mittemur 

2d  per. 

mitteris 
mittSre 

mittemini 

3d  per. 

mittetur 

mittentur 

LATIN   PRIMER  153 

Imperative  Mood:  Present  Tense 
2d  person 


Singular 

Plural 

mittere 

Present  Infinitivb 

mitU 

INTERROGATIVE  PRONOUN 
(quis)  qui,  quae  (quid)  quod,  who  ?   what  t 

When  used  as  an  adjective,  this  word  is  inflected  exactly 
as  the  relative  qui,  quae,  quod.  When  it  is  used  as  a  noun, 
quis  replaces  qui  (nominative  singular),  quid  replaces  quod 
(nominative  and  accusative  singular),  and  the  feminine  is 
lacking  throughout.  The  noun  use  is  the  more  frequent; 
e.g.,  Quis  venit?  Who  is  coming?  Quibuscum  sed6tis.? 
With  whom  are  you  sitting  f  QuOs  vidit }  Whom  did  he 
see?  etc. 

VOCABULARY 

commOtus,  -a,  -um,  excited,     omnis,    -is,     -e,     every^    the 

disturbed,  whole,  all. 

frumentum,  -i,  n.,  grain.  uxor,  -(Jris,  f.,  wife, 

READING   LESSON 

I.   Translate  into  English  : 

A,  I.  Quis  voluit  avis  pulchras  in  silvam  remitti? 
2.  Nam  Indl,  eo  impetu  commoti,  frumentum  omne  in 
spelunca  atra  cillocaverunt.  3.  Venatorum  uxores  una 
cum  viginti  liberls  in  agris  cuiusdam  agricolae  imperatores 
ipsos  convenerunt.  4.  Miles  obesus,  cum  liberi  ab  Indis 
in  silvam  ducerentur,  in  villa  latebat.     Nolite  eum  terrere. 


154  LATIN   PRIMER 

B,   An  Indian  Raid 

In  quSdam  valle  erat  flu  men  magnum,  in  quo  parvae 
insulae  erant  multae.  Ibi  habitabant  una  cum  uxoribus 
liberisque  agricolae  quidam  fortes.  Indi  autem  saepe  6 
silva  f urtim  veniebant  ad  fluminis  ripam,  et  in  cymbis  parvis 
ad  insulas  properabant,  ut  in  agricolarum  villas  impetum 
facerent.  Olim,  cum  ita  equi  in  agris  omnes  occisi  essent, 
frumentumque  esset  igni  consumptum,  liberi  quoque  sede- 
cim  ab  Indis  capti  sunt  et  longe  in  silvam  ducti.  Tum 
agricolae  valid!,  vehementer  comm5ti,  ad  ripam  properave- 
runt;  cumque  milia  passuum  tredecim  iter  fecissent  per 
noctem,  subito  in  Indorum  castra  impetum  acrem  fecerunt, 
eaque  igni  consumpserunt.  Itaque  hostes  longe  per  valles 
fugerunt  perterriti,  liberi  autem  a  patribus  domuni  ducti 
sunt 

II.     Translate  into  Latin : 

A,  I.  These  Indians  all  came  into  one  place,  and  for 
many  days  terrified  the  wives  and  children  of  the  farmers. 
2.  To  whom  was  the  black  horse  given  ?  By  whom  was 
he  led  into  the  field  ?  Whose  grain  is  he  eating  ?  3.  When 
they  saw  the  grain  which  the  farmers  were  bearing  to  the 
river  bank,  the  soldiers  wanted  to  be  carried  at  once  by 
ship  ito  the  island.  4.  The  general  is  ordering  certain 
hunters  to  travel  through  the  woods  to  the  river;  for  a 
camp  has  been  placed  there  near  the  town  by  the  enemy. 

B.  I.  "Where  is  the  light  of  the  moon,  Quintus?" 
asked  Marcus.  "The  night  is  dark,  and  I  cannot  find  the 
road."  2.  "When  the  chickens  were  being  killed  by 
the  little  fox,"  said  Quintus,  "we  all  ran  quickly  to  call  the 
farmer."  3.  "  Much  disturbed  by  these  things,"  said  my 
father,  "  the  hunter's  brave  wife  sent  the  same  soldier  to 


LATIN   PRIMER 


155 


warn  the  general,  who  was  then  marching  into  the  forest 
with  a  small  army  to  capture  certain  bad  Indians." 
4.  "The  Indians  would  often  rush  forth  suddenly  from 
the  forest  and  kill  our  horses,"  said  your  grandfather. 
"  Then  we  would  run  to  the  camp  ourselves  and  call  the 
soldiers." 

EXERCISE   LXI 

REFLEXIVE  PRONOUN  IRREGULAR  NOUN 

8Ul  (gen.  sing.),  of  hints  elf ^  vis,  f.,  violence^  force, 

of  herself  t  of  itself 


Singular 

Plural 

Singular 

Plural 

Nominative 

vis 

vires 

Genitive 

sul 

sol 

virium 

Dative 

sibi 

sibi 

viribus 

Accusative 

se,  sSsg 

s€,  sgsS 

vim 

viris,  virgs 

Ablative 

se.  sese 

se,  ses6 

vi 

viribus 

Remark. 

Note  that 

the   forms  of  suX  are  the 

same  for  all 

genders. 

VOCABULARY 

cOgnOscO,  c6gndscere,  c5gn0vi, 

cOgnitus,  y?«^  ^;//,  learn, 
dic6,  dicere,  dixi,  dictus,  say. 


put6,  putare,  putavi,  putatus, 

think. 
tempestas,   atis,  f.,  storm. 


INDIRECT  DISCOURSE 

What  a  person  says,  thinks,  hears,  or  the  like,  may  be 
reported  directly  or  indirectly.  Thus,  if  Marcus  yesterday 
uttered  the  sentence,  "  The  dog  is  lying  in  the  grass,"  to- 
day I  can  report  what  he  said 

( 1 )  Directly :  Marcus  said,  "  The  dog  is  lying  in  the  grass;'' 

(2)  Indirectly :  Marcus  said  tliat  the  dog  was  lying  in 
the  grass. 


156  LATIN   PRIMER 

By  the  use  of  either  sentence  I  tell  exactly  what  Marcus 
said,  but  in  one  case  I  quote  the  very  words  he  used,  in 
the  other  I  do  not.  Quotation  by  the  second  method  is 
known  as  Indirect  Discourse.  The  two  English  sentences 
given  above  would  appear  in  Latin  in  the  following  form : 

(i)  Direct:      "Canis  in  herba  iacet,"  inquit  Mftrcus. 
(2)  Indirect :  Marcus  dixit  canem  in  herba  iac6re. 

It  will  at  once  be  seen  that  the  Latin  method  of  indirect 
quotation  is  quite  different  from  the  English ;  for  the 
Latin  here  somewhat  literally  would  be:  "Marcus  said  the 
dog  to  be  lying  in  the  grass.'* 

Rule  for  Indirect  Discourse.  The  infinitive  with 
subject  accusative  is  used  in  quoting  indirectly  anything  said^ 
thought,  heard,  or  the  like. 

Note  i.  Indirect  quotation  of  course  is  not  confined  to  things 
said,  thought,  heard,  etc.,  in  the  past.  Whatever  />,  was,  or  shall  be 
said,  thought,  heard,  etc.,  is  treated  in  one  and  the  same  way ;  ^^., 

Vgnitor  putat  ursam  in  spClunca  esse.  The  hunter  thinks  that 

the  bear  is  in  the  cave. 
Vgnltor  putabit  ursam  in  spSlonca  esse.  The  hunter  will  think 

that  the  bear  is  in  the  cave. 
Vgnfitor  putavit  ursam  in  spClunci  esse,  The  hunter  thought  that 

the  bear  was  in  the  cave. 

At  first  sight  it  may  seem  a  little  odd  that  in  the  last  of  these 
examples  the  present  infinitive  esse  balances  "  was  "  in  the  English 
translation.  The  justification  of  the  present  infinitive  in  such  a 
sentence  at  once  appears,  however,  if  we  revert  again  to  a  literal 
rendering :  "The  hunter  thought  the  bear  to  be  in  the  cave." 

Note  2.  In  addition  to  its  subject  accusative,  the  infinitive  of 
indirect  discourse  may,  of  course,  have  also  an  accusative  object; 


LATIN   PRIMER  1 57 

e^.,  Bfflrcus  dicit  vSnitCrcm  occidere  ursam,  Marcus  says  that  the 
hunter  is  killing  the  bear. 

Note  3.  The  reflexive  •<  (aCsC)  is  used  as  subject  or  direct 
object  of  the  infinitive  of  indirect  discourse  when  the  verb  of  say- 
ing, thinking,  etc.,  is  in  the  third  person,  and  the  accusative  refers 
to  the  subject  of  that  verb ;  e^.^  Mircus  dixit  86  in  herba  iacSre 
(Marcus  said  himself  to  be  lying  in  the  grass),  Marcus  said  that  he 
was  lying  in  the  grass » 

READING  LESSON 

I.   Translate  into  English  : 

A,  I.  Dicisne  te  in  agris  equos  videre  ?  Nautae  putant 
omnis  equos  in  valle  esse.  2.  Putavimus  nos  ad  insulas 
transire  posse;  vis  autem  fluminis  magna  erat.  3.  Im- 
perator  cognoverat  se  ibi  cum  hostibus  pugnare  non  posse. 
4.  Cum  vi  tempestatis  naves  validae  frangerentur,  nautae 
miseri  in  mare  frumentum  omne  iecerunt. 

B.    The  Enemy  Repulsed 

Agricola  quidam  una  cum  uxore  liberisque  diu  prope 
flumen  pulchrum  habitaverat.  Olim  autem  ad  villam  subito 
cucurrerunt  milites  quattuor,  qui  dixerunt  Indos  celeriter 
per  silvam  venire.  Tum  agricola  commotus  uxorem  iussit 
liberos  in  cymba  collocare ;  ipse  autem  in  agros  properavit, 
ut  agricolas  ceteros  moneret.  Interim  Indi  e  silva  vene- 
rant ;  qui  cum  villam  ignl  consumpsissent  neque  agricolam 
invenire  potuissent,  ad  ripam  cucurrerunt.  Sed  mater 
perterrita  iam  in  Insulam  quandam  transierat,  ibique  tuta 
cum  liberis  in  spelunca  latebat.  Cum  autem  Indl  quoque  ad 
earn  Insulam  transire  pararent,  subito  ab  agricolis  fortibus 
impetus  acer  factus  est.  Hostes  multi  ab  eis  capti  sunt, 
ceterlque  celeriter  in  silvam  fugerunt. 


158 


LATIN  PRIMER 


II.    Translate  into  Latin: 

A.  I.  Who  thinks  that  there  are  eighteen  sailors  in  the 
boat  ?  Whom  have  you  sent  to  meet  them  ?  2.  I  had 
learned  that  the  boys  were  throwing  the  fish  into  the  sea. 
3.  The  farmhouses  had  been  wrecked  (///.  broken)  by 
the  force  of  the  storm  ;  and  so  the  general  placed  the  tired 
soldiers  in  the  tents  which  he  had  found  in  the  camp  of  the 
enemy.  4s.  I  wanted  the  books  to  be  given  to  one  boy 
and  two  girls.     To  whom  did  you  give  them  ? 

B.  I.  Marcus  said  that  he  was  filling  all  the  baskets 
with  grain.  2.  For  many  days  we  traveled  with  this 
brave  sailor  through  the  hills  and  valleys.  3.  Much 
frightened  by  these  things,  the  children  now  learned  that 
the  same  Indians  were  killing  the  horses.  4.  The  farmers 
seized  a  boat,  so  that  (their)  wives  and  children  might  be 
sent  at  once  to  a  safe  and  suitable  place.  5.  "Do  you 
see  a  light  in  the  sky,  my  son.^"  asked  the  farmer.  *' I 
think  I  see  a  great  star,"  replied  the  boy ;  "  but  clouds  are 
filling  the  whole  sky." 

EXERCISE   LXII 


IRREGULAR  VERB 

\ 

ferS 

' 

Passive  Voice 

Indicative  Mood 

Subjunctive  Mood 

Present  Tense 

Singular 

Plural 

Singular 

Plural 

1st  person 

feror 

ferimur 

ferar 

feramur 

2d  person 

ferris 
ferre 

ferimini 

feraris 
ferare 

feramini 

3d  person 

fertur 

feruntur 

feratur 

ferantur 

LATIN   PRIMER 

159 

Imperfect  Tense 

Singular 

Plural                Singular 

Plural 

1st  person 

fergbar 

fergbamur           ferrer 

ferrgmur 

2d  person 

fer€baris 

fergbamini          ferrgris 

ferrgmini 

fergbare 

ferrgre 

3d  person 

fergbfttur 

fergbantur           ferrgtur 
Future  Tense 

ferrentur 

Singular 

Plural 

1st  person 

ferar 

fergmur 

2d  person 

fergris 

fergre 

fergmini 

3d  person 

fergtur 

ferentur 

Imperative  Mood:  Present  Tense 

Singular                            Plural 

2d  person 

ferre                       ferimini 
Present  Infinitive 

ferri 

THE   RELATIVE   PRONOUN 

In  Latin  an  entirely  new  sentence  may  be  begun  by  a 
relative  pronoun  referring  back  to  something  mentioned 
in  the  previous  sentence.  The  relative  so  used  is  best 
translated  by  a  demonstrative  pronoun  ;  e.g.,  Indi  in  silvam 
properaygrunt.  Quod  cum  vidissent,  agricolae  laeti  g  late- 
bris  vgngrunt,  The  Indians  hurried  into  the  forest.  When 
the  farmers  saw  this,  they  came  joyfully  from  their  hiding 
places. 

Remark.  Note  that  in  this  use,  as  regularly  elsewhere,  the 
relative  stands  first  in  its  clause. 


l6o  LATIN    PRIMER 


VOCABULARY 


ovis,  -is  (abL  -e),  f.,  sheep,  nailus,  -a,  -um,  none,  no,  not 

v6x,  vOcis,  F.,  voice,  cry,  .  .  .  any, 

cu8t6di6,  custCdire,  custOdivi,  fillus,  -a,   -um,   any.     Used 

cust6ditus,  watch,  guard.  mostly  in  negative  clauses. 

reded,  redire,  redii,  reditum,  fortasse,  adverb,  perhaps. 

return,  go  back,  paul5  post,  adverbial  phrase, 

a  little  later. 

Remark.  The  declension  of  n&llas  and  flUut  is  the  same  as 
that  of  finus ;  see  Exercise  LIX. 

READING  LESSON 

I.  Translate  into  English  : 

A.  I.  Magna  voce  pueros  vocemus,  ut  corbulae  statim 
ab  eis  ad  castra  ferri  possint.  2.  Quod  cum  cdgnovissent, 
milites  celeriter  redierunt,  ut  imperatoris  uxorem  liberosque 
custodirent.  3.  Oves  vi  fluminis  perterritae  ad  insulam 
transire  nolebant.  4.  Quibus  rebus  comm5tI,  agricolae 
dixerunt  se  ovIs  nullas  habere ;  paul5  post  autem  una  cum 
gallinis  ovis  multas  hostibus  dederunt. 

B,   A  Practical  Joke 

Agricolae  quidam,  qui  oves  habebant  multas,  puerum  pi- 
grum  in  agros  ire  iubebant,  ut  eas  cust5diret.  Cui  "  Lupus 
fortasse  e  silva  veniet,"  inquiunt.  "Tum  nos  voca;  nam  ex 
hortis  statim  curremus,  ut  terreamus  lupum  teque  adiuve- 
mus."  Diu  puer  custodivit  ovis,  neque  ullum  lupum  vidit 
Sed  olim,  ut  agricolas  terreret,  subito  magna  voce  "  Lupos, 
lupos  ! "  inquit.  Qua  voce  commoti,  agricolae  celeriter  in 
agros  cucurrerunt.  Cum  autem  lupum  vidissent  nullum, 
;puerumque  ludere  cognovissent,  vehementer  irati  in  hor- 


LATIN   PRIMER  l6l 

tos  redierunt.  Sed  paulo  post  venit  e  silva  lupus  magnus. 
Turn  puer  perterritus  magna  voce  "Lupum,  lupuml"  in- 
quit;  "celeriter  currite,  agricolae!"  Ei  autem  putabant 
puerum  ludere,  nee  in  agros  properare  voluerunt.  Is  igitur 
miser  a  lupo  occisus  est. 

II.   Translate  into  Latin: 

A.  I*  A  little  later,  perhaps,  a  few  fish  will  be  carried 
to  town  by  the  sailors;  but  I  do  not  think  that  there  are 
any  sailors  in  the  ship  now.  2.  When  the  general  had 
seen  this,  he  ordered  sixteen  brave  soldiers  to  travel  two 
days  through  the  hills  and  valleys  to  the  bank  of  a  great 
river.  3.  Whom  were  you  guarding  ?  Whose  voice  was 
heard  in  the  fields.^  4.  Why  did  you  return  home  from 
the  shore  ?  Did  you  think  that  the  Indians  were  burning 
your  grain  ? 

B,  I.  "While  I  was  myself  watching  the  same  sheep,*' 
said  the  farmer,  "a  strong  wolf  came  from  (its)  cave.  For 
the  night  was  dark,  and  there  were  many  clouds  in  the  sky." 
2.  *'In  the  morning,"  said  Julia,  "we  shall  hear  the  voices 
of  birds  in  the  trees."  "I  do  not  see  any  nests,"  said 
Marcella.  "  Do  you  think  that  there  are  birds  there,  Quin- 
tus?"  3.  "When  the  boat  was  being  carried  into  the 
sea,"  said  the  teacher,  "the  great  waves  began  to  fill  with 
water  the  baskets  which  the  sailors  had  placed  on  the 
shore." 


LATIN    PRTMFR  —  IT 


l62 


LATIN   PRIMER 


EXERCISE   LXIII 
THE  THIRD  OR  E-CONJUGATION  (continued) 


rapiO 

Passive  Voice 

Indicative  Mood 

Subjunctive  Mood 

Present  Tense 

Singular 

Plural 

Singular 

Plural 

1st  person 

rapior 

rapimur 

rapiar 

rapiamur 

2d  person 

raperis 
rapere 

rapimini 

rapiaris 
rapiare 

rapiamini 

3d  person 

rapitur 

rapiuntur 

rapiatur 

rapiantur 

Imperfect  Tense 

Singular 

Plural 

Singular 

Plural ' 

1st  person 

rapigbar 

rapigbamur 

raperer 

rapergmur 

2d  person 

rapiebaris 
rapigbare 

rapigbamini 

rapereris 
rapergre 

rapergmini 

3d  person 

rapigbatur  rapigbantur 

rapergtur 

raperentur 

Future  Tense 

. 

Singular 

Plural 

1st  person 

rapiar 

rapigmur 

2d  person 

rapieris 
rapigre 

rapigmini 

3d  person 

rapigtur 

rapientur 

Imperative  Mood:  Present  Tense 
Singular  Plural 

2d  person  rapere  rapimini 

Present  Infinitfve 
rapi 


LATIN    PRIMER  163 

VOCABULARY 

gCns,  gentis,  f.,  nation,  tribe,     noctfl,  adverb,  at  night,   by 

r6x,  rggis,  m.,  king,  chief.  night. 

sustineO,  sustin€re,  sustinui,      undique,  adverb,  ^«<7//j/^^j. 

sustentus,  sustain,  endure. 

Note.  One-syllable  masculines  and  feminines  of  the  third  de- 
clension ending  in  -8  or  -x  preceded  by  a  consonant  (as  ggns  above) 
have  in  the  plural  I-stem  endings.  Compare  also  nox  (Exercise 
LVI)  and  Iflx  (Exercise  LVIII). 

'  READING    LESSON 

I.   Translate  into  English  : 

A.  I.  Rex  hostium,  cum  cogn5visset  ab  imperat5re 
nostrd  frumentum  undique  rapl,  mllites  fortis  misit,  ut 
villus  custodirent.  2.  Lupi  fortasse  impetum  canum  susti- 
nere  non  poterunt;  venator  enim  dixit  lupos  omnis  vehe- 
menter  canes  timere.  3.  Cum  Indi  furtim  per  agr5s  iter 
facerent,  nullTus  canis  vox  ab  agricolTs  audita  est.  4.  Quis 
putat  nos  hostium  impetum  decem  dies  sustinere  posse  ? 

B.    A  Poor  Hiding  Place 

"  Olim,"  inquit  avus  noster,  "  agricolae  pauci  in  silvam 
iter  celeriter  fecerunt,  ignique  consumpserunt  tabernacula 
quorundam  Indorum,  qui  undique  ex  agris  ovis  equosque 
rapuerant ;  tum  laeti  domum  redierunt.  Paulo  post  autem 
Indi  multi  noctu  properaverunt  e  silva,  et  subito  in  cuius- 
dam  agricolae  villam  impetum  acrem  fecerunt.  Agricola, 
cum  filii  fortiter  pugnarent,  uxorem  liberosque  in  latebrls 
tutis  coUocabat.  Tum,  cum  videret  impetum  Indorum 
sustineri  non  posse,  una  cum  filiis  e  villa  fugit.  Matrem 
liberosque  ceteros  Indi  in  venire  non  potuerunt.  Sed  iinum 
ceperunt  puerum  parvum,  qui  in  cunis  latuerat ;  quem  igitur 
duxerunt  in  silvam  regique  omnium  gentium  dederunt." 


1 64  LATIN   PRIMER 

II.   Translate  into  Latin  : 

A.  I.  When  the  fish  were  being  thrown  from  the 
boat  upon  the  sand,  the  tired  sailor  ordered  the  fat  boys 
to  carry  to  a  safe  place  the  baskets,  which  were  being 
broken  by  the  force  of  the  waves.  2.  Much  excited  by 
these  things,  the  chiefs  of  these  tribes  wanted  to  kill  all  the 
farmers  who  were  living  in  the  valley.  3.  On  all  sides 
the  soldiers  threw  fire  into  the  tents,  but  they  were  not 
able  to  find  any  Indians. 

B,  I.  When  the  sturdy  sailor  heard  this,  he  said  that 
there  were  eight  axes  in  the  boat,  and  that  he  was  willing 
to  fight.  2.  "We  withstood  the  attack  bravely  for  a 
long  time,"  said  the  soldier ;  "  for  we  thought  that  our 
general  was  hurrying  from  the  shore  with  all  the  sailors." 
3.  "  Let's  lead  the  sheep  .also  into  the  yard,"  said  Quin- 
tus.  "  I  am  afraid  of  the  bears  which  the  hunter  saw  in 
the  woods  yesterday."  4.  "  When  we  had  traveled  far 
by  night,"  said  the  brave  farmer,  "suddenly  we  saw  a 
great  light,  and  thought  that  the  sailors  were  burning  the 
farmhouses." 

EXERCISE   LXIV 
IRREGULAR  VERB 
fl(J,  fieri,  factus  sum,  de  made,  become 


Indicative  Mood 

SUBJUNCTI 

VE  MOOD 

Singular 

Present  Tensb 
Plural 

Singular 

Pli^l 

1st  person      fiO 
2d  person      fis 
3d  person      fit 

[fimus] 
[fitis] 
fiunt 

fiam 

fias 

fiat 

fiamus 

fiatis 

fiant 

LATIN   PRIMER 

165 

Imperfect  Tense 

Singular 

Plural 

Singular 

Plural 

1st  person 

flSbam 

fl^bamus 

fierem 

fiergmus 

2d   person 

fiSbas 

figbatis 

fiergs 

fiergtis 

3d  person 

flebat 

Singular 

fi^bant 

Future  Tense 
Plural 

fieret 

fierent 

1st  person 

fiam 

figmus 

2d  person 

fi€s 

figtls 

3d  person 

fict 

flent 

Imperative  Mood:  Present  Tensb 
Singular  Plural 

2d  person  fi  fite 

Remark.  The  forms  fimus  and  fitis  are  put  in  square  brack- 
ets because  they  are  not  in  common  use. 

Note  i.  Fi5  ("  be  made,"  "  become  "),  despite  its  largely 
active  formation,  is  logically  the  passive  of  faciO  ("  make  ").  It 
thus  happens  that  faciC  utilizes  the  above  forms  of  fi5,  instead  of 
working  out  its  own  corresponding  regular  passive  forms ;  e.g.^  Cum 
p4x  fieret.  When  peace  was  being  made.  In  the  perfect  tenses, 
fi6  in  turn  utilizes  the  passive  forms  of  faciO  (as,  f actus  sum,  etc.). 

Note  2.  Just  as  with  the  verb  sum  (see  Exercise  XIV),  a 
predicate  noun  or  adjective  is  often  found  with  fi5 ;  <r^.,  Marcus 
fit  r€x  puerOmm,  Marcus  is  made  king  of  the  boys. 


THE  PERFECT  PASSIVE  PARTICIPLE 

This  fourth  principal  part  of  the  verb  is  already  familiar 
from  its  use  in  the  formation  of  the  perfect,  pluperfect, 
and  future  perfect  tenses  of  the  passive.  It  can  of  course 
be  used  also  apart  from  these  formations;  e.g.,  vocfltus,  -a, 
-um  {having  been)  called;  habitus,  -a,  -um  {Jiaving  been) 
had;  etc. 


i66 


LATIN    PRIMER 


Equitks 


This  illustration  shows  another  carving  on  the  monument  re- 
ferred to  in  connection  with  Exercise  LIU. 


LATIN   PRIMER  167 

MODEL  SENTENCE 

Navibus  igni  cOnsumptls,  ezercitus  noster  statim  ad 
silvam  iter  fecit,  When  the  ships  had  been  burned  {lit,  the 
ships  having  been  burned),  our  army  marched  at  once  to 
the  forest. 

Rule.  A  noun  in  the  ablative  case^  with  a  participle  in 
agreement^  may  be  used  to  tell  the  circumstances  under 
which  something  happens.  This  construction  is  known  as 
the  Ablative  Absolute, 

Remark.  The  ablative  absolute  of  the  model  sentence  simply 
provides  another  way  of  saying  Cum  navgs  igni  cOnsumptae  assent, 
and  in  the  English  translation  it  is  best  rendered  (as  above)  by  a 
clause  introduced  by  "  when."  All  ablative  absolutes  are  better 
translated  in  some  such  way  as  this ;  but  until  the  new  construc- 
tion has  become  somewhat  familiar,  it  may  be  found  helpful  to 
use  the  literal  rendering  also. 

VOCABULARY 

eques,  -itis,  m.,  horseman.  in    matrimOnium    dflcO,    dti- 

equO  vectus,  -a,  -um,  on  horse-         cere,  duxi,  ductus,  marry, 

back.  paene,  adverb,  almost. 

manus,  -iis,  f.,  hand.  primO,  adverb,  at  first, 

maestus,  -a,  -um,  sad,  sine,  preposition,  used  with 

the  ablative  case,  without. 

READING  LESSON 

I.    Translate  into  English  : 

A,  I.  Ursa  occisa,  nauta  per  silvam  properavit,  et  in 
itinere  venat5rem  quendam  convenit.  2.  Quod  cum  fie- 
ret,  pueri  mali  simiae  caudam  abscidere  parabant.  3.  Is 
agricola  fortasse  fiet  imperator  omnium  exercituum,  quia 


l68  LATIN   PRIMER 

sine  eo  her!  impetus  hostium  sustineri  n5n  potuit.  4.  Cum 
bellum  annos  septem  gestum  esset,  omnes  equites,  qui 
primo  fortiter  pugnaverant,  subito  ad  hostium  exercitum 
transierunt. 

B.    The  Luckless  Schoolmaster 

Olim  magister  quidam  volebat  in  matrimonium  ducere 
filiam  agricolae  obesi,  qui  multos  agros  equ5sque  habe- 
bat.  Cum  autem  puelia  dixisset  se  nolle,  magister  maestus 
noctu  equo  vectus  domum  redibat.  Lux  lunae  erat  parva, 
et  subito  ex  arborum  umbris  erupit  magnus  eques  ater. 
Magister  primo  putavit  equitem  sine  capite  esse ;  tum  vehe- 
menter  commotus  vidit  eum  caput  in  manu  ferre.  Itaque 
perterritus  fugere  coepit.  Sed  eques  quoque  cucurrit,  su- 
bitoque  caput  magna  vi  in  magistrl  caput  iecit ;  qui  miser 
paene  mortuus  in  terram  cecidit,  neque  eum  mane  agricolae 
invenire  potuerunt  Vocem  magistrl  in  vlllis  audiverant, 
sed  noluerant  eum  adiuvare,  quia  ogines  equitem  atrum 
vehementer  timebant 

II.     Translate  into  Latin: 

A.  I.  This  sailor  wants  to  be  made  king.  Do  not  help 
him.  2.  Without  horsemen  we  cannot  guard  one  farmer's 
sheep.  3.  When  the  boat  had  almost  been  broken  by  a 
great  wave,  the  sailors  at  first  thought  that  we  could  not  be 
carried  to  the  ship.  4.  The  Indians  would  steal  horses 
on  all  sides ;  then,  when  the  farmers  had  been  called,  they 
would  flee  quickly  into  the  forest. 

B.  I.  "The  sailor's  ^n  was  sad,"  said  Marcus,  "be- 
cause he  wanted  to  marry  the  general's  daughter,  and  had 
learned  that  her  father  was  unwilling."  \2.  "We  were 
sending  back  the  same  boy  to  catch  the  little  wolf,"  said 
the  farmer.     "  3ut  suddenly  there  came  from  the  forest  a 


LATIN   PRIMER  169 

hunter  on  horseback  who  had  caught  the  little  wolf  with 
(his)  hands  and  killed  its  mother  with  arrows."  3.  When 
the  water  had  been  carried  into  the  ship,  the  sailors  them- 
selves bought  grain,  and  at  once  prepared  to  cross  the 
river;  for  they  feared  the  violence  of  the  Indians,  who 
often  come  to  this  place  at  night  to  capture  the  children 
of  the  farmers  and  steal  their  horses  and  sheep. 


EXERCISE   LXV 
THE  COMPARISON  OF  ADJECTIVES 

In  Latin,  as  in  English,  there  are  three  degrees  of  compar- 
ison, namely  Positive,  Comparative,  and  Superlative ;  e.g.^ 

altus,  altior,  altissimus,  tall^  taller,  tallest  {very  tall). 
fortis,  f ortior,  f ortissimus,  brave^  braver,  bravest  {very  brave). 

Adjectives  in  -er  form  the  superlative  by  adding  -rimus 
to  the  positive.  And  in  the  formation  of  the  comparative 
they  retain  or  drop  the  e  according  as  it  is  retained  or 
dropped  in  the  declension  of  the  positive ;  e.g,^ 

miser,  miserior,  miserrimus. 

piger,  pigrior,  pigerrimus ;  so  Acer,  ftter,  arid  pulcher. 

The  comparatives  and  superlatives  of  some  adjectives 
are  very  irregular : 

bonus,  melior,  optimtis.  mult!,  plures,  pl&riml. 

magnus,  maior,  maximus.  parvus,  minor,  minimus, 

malus,  peior,  pessimus. 

Superlatives  are  declined  in  the  same  way  as  bonus 
The  declension  of  the  comparative  is  as  follows: 


170 


LATIN   PRIMER 

altior, 

-ior,  -ius,  taller 
Singular 

Masc. 

Fern. 

Neut, 

Nom. 

altior 

altior 

altius 

Gen. 

altioris 

altioris 

altioris 

Dat. 

altiori 

altiori 

altiori 

Ace. 

altiorem 

altiorem 

altius 

AbL 

altiore 

altiore 
Plural 

altiore 

Mase. 

Fern. 

Neut, 

Nom. 

altiorgs 

altidrgs 

altiara 

Gen. 

altiorum 

altiorum 

altiorum 

Dat. 

altioribus 

altioribus 

altioribus 

Ace. 

altiores 

altiores 

alti5ra 

Abl. 

altioribus 

altioribus 

altioribus 

Note.  PlfirCs  (the  comparative  of  multi)  has  some  I-stem 
endings,  namely  -ium  throughout  the  genitive,  and  occasionally 
-is  (for  -68)  in  the  accusative  of  the  masculine  and  feminine. 
But  the  neuter  nominative  and  accusative  is  plUra.  See  Sum- 
mary of  Forms,  page  196. 

VOCABULARY 

gladius,  -i,  m.,  sword,  perveniO,  pervenire,  perveni, 

perventum,  arrive^  come, 

READING  LESSON 

I.   Translate  into  English  : 

A.  I.  lulia  pulchra  est;  ego  autem  puto  Claudiam  esse 
pulchriorem.  2.  Cum  in  hostis  impetus  aeerrimus  fieret, 
imperator   ipse  equo  veetus   gladio   nautas   duos  oeeidit. 

3.  Nam     manu    ipsa     lupum    maximum     paene     occidi. 

4.  Puellas  puleherrimas  fratres  nostri  in  matrimonium 
ducent.  5.  Sine  meo  gladid  optimo  in  eastra  hostium 
pervenire  n5n  potero. 


LATIN   PRIMER  171 

B.    The  Raiders  Punished 

"Olim,"  inquit  avia  mea,  "Indl  in  cymbis  plurimis  flu- 
men  nostrum  transierunt,  multlsque  agricolis  occisis,  un- 
dique  villas  igni  consumere  coeperunt.  Subito  autem  tres 
venatores,  qui  furtim  e  silva  venerant,  Indos  occiderunt 
paucos,  qui  cymbas  custodiebant,  cymbasque  ipsas  paene 
omnis  saxis  fregerunt.  Quibus  rebus  factis,  cum  viderent 
Indos  ceteros  ad  ripam  properare,  venatores  quandam 
cymbam  ceperunt  parvam,  et  celeriter  ad  Insulam  mini- 
mam  transierunt.  Turn  Indi,  qui  iam  domum  redire  non 
poterant,  vehementer  commoti  viderunt  ad  flumen  currere 
equites  nostros,  qui  per  silvam  iter  celeriter  fecerant,  ut 
agricolas  adiuvarent.  Itaque  hostes  perterriti  se  in  aquam 
iecerunt.  Pauci  ad  insulas  pervenerunt,  et  a  venatoribus 
sunt  occisi;  plures  autem  ab  equitibus  capti  in  castra  ad 
imperatorem  ducti  sunt." 

II.    Translate  into  Latin  : 

A.  i.  Let  us  seize  the  larger  swords ;  meanwhile  the  boys 
will  throw  the  smaller  into  the  sea.  2.  When  the  kings 
of  the  better  tribes  had  arrived,  the  sailors  could  not  with- 
stand the  attack  of  the  enemy's  horsemen.  3.  A  little 
later  the  voice  of  the  poor  hunter  was  heard  in  the  woods. 
Then  we  all  climbed  at  once  into  a  very  tall  tree ;  for  we 
thought  that  he  was  being  killed  by  bears.  4.  I  did  not 
hear  that  any  Indians  were  living  in  the  caves. 

B.  I.  "The  tired  sailors,  who  had  long  withstood  the 
force  of  a  very  great  storm,"  said  the  teacher,  "now 
wanted,  together  with  the  farmers,  to  cross  over  to  the 
island."  2.  Then  said  the  sailor  to  the  boys,  "  I  think 
that  the  Indians  do  the  same  thing ;  for  they  often  jour- 
ney many  days  on  horseback  without  grain  and  water." 
3.   "  When  this  was  learned,"  said  the  soldier,  "  our  general 


172 


LATIN    PRIMER 


at  once  ordered  us  to  march  from  the  camp  to  the  shore 
and  make  a  very  fierce  attack  by  night  upon  the  ships  of 
the  enemy." 

EXERCISE   LXVI 

THE  FOURTH   OR  T-CONJUGATION 

audio 


Passive  Voice 

Indicative  Mood 

Subjunctive  Mood 

Present  Tense 

r 

Singular 

Plural 

Singular 

Plural 

1st  per. 

audior 

audlmur 

audiar 

audiamur 

2d  per. 

audiris 
audire 

audlminl 

audiaris 
audiare 

audiamini 

3d  per. 

audltur 

audiuntur 

audiatur 

audiantur 

Imperfect  Tense 

Singular 

Plural 

Singular 

Plural 

1st  per. 

audiSbar 

audiebamur 

audirer 

audiremur 

2d  per. 

audiebaris 
audiebftre 

audiebamini 

audireris 
audirere 

audiremini 

3d  per. 

audiSbatur 
Singular 

audiebantur 

Future  Tense 
Plural 

audirStur 

audirentur 

1st  per. 

audiar 

audiemur 

2d  per. 

audigris 
audiere 

audiemini 

3d  per. 

audietur 

audientur 

Imperative  Mood:  Present  Tense 
Singular  Plural 

2d  person  audire  audimini 

Present  iNli-mrrrvE 
audiri 


LATIN   PRIMER  I73 

VOCABULARY 

castellum,  -I,  ti.,fort,  facile,  adverb,  easily,  without 

apud,       preposition,      used         difficulty. 

with  the  accusative  case,  haud        procul,      adverbial 
among,  at  the  house  of.  phrase,   not  far  away, 

libenter,      adverb,     gladly, 
readily. 

THE  COMPARISON   OF  ADVERBS 

Adverbs,  like  adjectives,  have  three  degrees  of  compari- 
son;  e.g., 

long€,  longius,  Xongissim^,  far,  farther,  farthest  {very  far). 
fortiter,   fortius,  fortissime,  bravely,  more  bravely^  most 
bravely  (very  bravely). 

Learn  also  the  comparison  of  the  following  adverbs: 

ftcriter,  ftcrius,  ftcerrimg.  facile,  facilius,  facillime. 

celeriter,  celerius,  celerrimg.      libenter,   libentius,    libentis- 
diu,  diutius,  diutissime.  sime. 

Remark  i.  Note  that  the  adverbs  icriter  and  celeriter  are 
derived  from  adjectives  in  -cr  (namely  4cer,  celer),  and  that  they 
form  the  superlative  accordingly  (see  Exercise  LXV). 

Remark  2.  Observe  that  the  comparative  of  an  adverb  is  regu- 
larly the  same  as  the  neuter  singular  of  the  comparative  of  the 
corresponding  adjective  ;  e.g.,  icrius,  fortius,  etc 

READING  LESSON 

I.   Translate  into  English  : 

A.  I.  Ita  in  silvis  ursae  et  lupl  facillime  inveniuntur. 
2.  Eques  primo  perterritus  paene  in  ignem  cecidit;  turn 
autem    fortiter    in    validum    venatdrem    impetum    fecit 


174 


LATIN   PRIMER 


Castellum 
This  ruined  fort  is  found  in  Palestine. 


LATIN   PRIMER  1 75 

3.  Liberorum  corbulae  nostris^  manibus  frumento  com- 
pletae  erant.  4.  Sine  exercitu  maiore  imperator  longius 
iter  facere  non  poterit-/"*^  5.  Undique  invenientur  agricolae 
maesti,  quorum  liberi  et  equf  ab  Indis  rapti  sunt. 

B.    The  Escape  of  the  Captive 

"  Quadam  in  villa,"  inquit  nauta,  "  habitabat  puella 
parva  una  cum  matre  et  sororibus  tribus.  Olim,  cum 
agricolae  omnes  longissime  in  agros  issent,  subito  e  late- 
bris  eruperunt  Indi  plurimi,  qui  impetum  acerrimum  in 
villas  fecerunt.  Mater  et  filiae  ceterae  facile  e  villa  fuge- 
runt  ad  castellum  parvum,  quod  baud  procul  in  fluminis 
ripa  coUocatum  erat;  ea  autem  puella  pupam  invenire 
non  potuit,  nee  cum  ceteris  fugit.  Quae  igitur  ab  hostibus 
capta  in  silvam  longe  ducta  est,  ibique  tris  annos  cum  Indis 
habitavit;  turn  autem  equum  optimum  furtim  rapuit,  et 
per  noctem  celeriter  vecta,  mane  domum  pervenit.  Mater, 
quae  diu  puellam  mortuam  putabat,  laeta  vocavit  filias 
ceteras  (quae  interim  in  matrimonium  ductae  erant),  ut 
audirent  omnia,  quae  viderat  soror  et  fecerat,  cum  apud 
Indos  habitaret." 

II.   Translate  into  Latin  \  ' 

A.  I.  While  this  was  being  done  among  the  Indians, 
the  farmers  were  placing  a  camp  not  far  away  in  the  woods. 
2.  This  fort  will  be  more  easily  taken ;  for  the  soldiers  are 
few,  and  they  will  not  be  able  long  to  withstand  the  attack 
of  the  Indians.  3.  The  voices  of  the  worst  chiefs  of 
these  tribes  will  be  heard  gladly  by  you  all.  4.  Whom 
did  the  farmer's  wife  send  at  night  to  warn  the  soldiers 
who  were  guarding  the  fort } 

1  When  a  possessive  adjective  precedes  the  noun  it  modifies,  the  word  "  own  " 
often  needs  to  be  added  in  the  English  translation;  t^.,  "my  (own),"  "our 
(own),"  etc 


iy6 


LATIN  PRIMER 


B.  I.  "  Did  the  general  say  that  he  was  afraid  of  the 
Indians  ?  "  asked  the  hunter.  "  He  said  that  he  was  not 
afraid  himself,"  answered  Marcus,  "but  that  no  army 
could  withstand  the  attack  of  all  the  tribes."  2.  "Fight 
more  fiercely,"  cried  the  general;  "I  have  learned  that 
numerous  (//V.  very  many)  Indians  are  hurrying  through 
the  woods  on  horseback.  Without  them  the  enemy  can- 
not withstand  our  attack."  3.  "Our  soldiers  are  very 
lazy,"  said  my  father ;  "  for  they  often  hide  in  the  forest, 
and  are  not  willing  to  carry  water  to  the  camp." 


EXERCISE   LXVII 

THE   PRESENT   PARTICIPLE 

The  present  participle  of  Latin  verbs  is  active  in  mean- 
ing.    It  is  declined  as  follows : 


vocAns, 

calling 

Singular 

Plural 

Afasc.    Fern, 

Ntni. 

Masc,    Fern. 

Neut. 

Nom. 

vocftns 

vocftns 

vocantes 

vocantia 

Gen. 

vocantis 

vocantis 

vocantium 

vocantium 

Dat. 

vocanti 

vocanti 

vocantibus 

vocantibus 

Ace. 

vocantem 

vocftns 

vocantes 
vocantis 

vocantia 

Abl. 

vocante 

vocante 

vocantibus 

vocantibus 

Inflect  in  the  same  way 

habens,  -entis,  having, 
mittens,  -entis,  sending. 
rapiens,  -ientis,  seizing. 
audiens,  -ientis,  hearing. 


iens,  euntis,  going. 
f erens,  -entis,  carrying. 
nOlens,  -entis,  being  unwilling 
volens,  -entis,  being  willing. 


LATIN   PRIMER  I77 

VOCABUIJVRY 

ftmittO,      ftmittere,       amisi,  postrgmO,  adverb,  at  last. 

amissus,  lose.  urbs,  urbis,  f.,  city. 

mulier,  -ieris,  f.,  ivoman.  vir,     virl,     m.,    man,     hus- 
colonus,  -i,  M  ,  colonist.  band. 

Remark.  For  the  declension  of  urbs,  see  the  note  on  ggns  in 
Exercise  LXIII. 

READING  LESSON 

I.   Translate  into  English  : 

A.  I.  Turn  ego  perterritus  Indos  pessimos  per  agros 
celerrime  venientes  vidi.  2.  Qua  v5ce  audita,  agricolae 
irati  acrius  in  virura  obesum  impetum  fecerunt.  3.  Nam 
hostes,  cum  equites  nostros  per  silvam  fortissime  prope- 
rantes  audlvissent,  subito  fugerunt.  4.  Mllitibus  ex  urbe 
euntibus  dati  sunt  gladii  meliores.  5.  Imperator,  cum 
cognovisset  Indos  haud  procul  castra  collocare,  cum  eis 
pacem  facere  n5n  diutius  volebat. 

B.    A    Wife  Regained 

Olim  Indl,  qui  prope  castellum  parvum  habitabant, 
colonos  parabant  occldere.  Itaque  agricolae  multl,  cum 
id  cognovissent,  cum  uxoribus  liberisque  ad  urbem  quan- 
dam  statim  properaverunt.  Ceterl  autem,  qui  fortiores 
erant,  e  vIllTs  fugere  diu  nolebant ;  sed  postremo,  cum  iam 
undique  IndT  occlderent  colonos  vlllasque  igni  consumerent, 
maesti  ad  eandem  urbem  iter  facere  coeperunt  omnes. 
Quo  in  itinere  mulier  quaedam,  cuius  vir  gladium  amiserat, 
ab  Indls  capta  est.  Quam  cum  ad  regem  dQxissent,  hostes 
celerrimf  in  agros  redierunt,  ut  ovis  quoque  et  equos  rape- 
rent.  Interim  agricola,  uxore  capta,  colonos  ex  urbe  noctu 
vocavit;   qui  cum  Indls  acerrime  pugnaverunt  regemque 

LATIN   PRIMER  —  1 2 


178  LATIN   PRIMER 

occiderunt  ipsum.     Ita  mulier  postremS  laeta  in   urbem 
cum  viro  pervenit. 

II.   Translate  into  Latin :  / 

A.  I.  When  the  colonists  on  horseback  arrived  at 
(///.  to)  the  river,  they  very  gladly  received  the  swords. 
2.  The  cries  of  the  hunters  going  through  the  woods 
could  very  easily  be  heard.  3.  We  shall  find  among  the 
Indians  almost  all  the  children  who  have  been  lost  from 
these  towns.  4.  When  this  had  been  done,  the  tired 
women  found  sitting  under  a  tree  the  boy  whom  their 
husbands  had  brought  from  the  city.  5.  At  first  the 
king  was  willing  to  send  back  the  whole  army  to  the 
camp;  but  finally  he  ordered  the  horsemen  to  make  a 
fiercer  attack  upon  the  enemy. 

B.  I.  **I  shall  not  return  without  the  children,"  said 
the  hunter  to  the  sad  mother.  "  The  Indians  have  trav- 
eled many  miles  through  the  valley,  but  we  shall  soon 
capture  them."  2.  "When  we  saw  the  drunken  sailor 
hiding  under  the  benches,"  said  Marcus,  "we  at  once 
called  soldiers  from  the  fort."  3.  "  On  all  sides  the  enemy 
are  sending  Indians  into  the  fields,"  said  the  hunter,  "  so 
that  our  horses  may  all  be  killed."  4.  "  When  our  general 
had  sent  the  wives  and  children  of  the  brave  colonists  to 
a  larger  fort,"  said  the  women,  "he  marched  three  days 
through  the  hills,  and  suddenly  made  a  fierce  attack  on 
the  enemy's  largest  city." 


LATIN   PRIMER 


179 


EXERCISE   LXVIII 


IRREGULAR  NOUNS 


Norn. 
Gen. 

Dat. 

Ace. 


dens,  M.,  god 

Singular       Plural 
deus     del,  dii,  dl 
del       deOrum 

deum 
ded       dels,  dils,  dis 
deum   deOs 


domus,  F.,  house ^  home 
Singular  Plural 

domus  domfis 

domlis  domuum 

domOrum 
domul,  domO  domibus 
domum  domOs,  domfis 


Abl.       deO       dels,  diis,  dis     domO,  domu     domibus 


VOCABULARY 
Ordinal  Numerals 


nOnus,  -a,  -um,  ninth. 
decimus,  -a,  -um,  tenth. 


primus,  -a,  -um,  first. 
secundus,  -a,  -um,  second. 

tertius,  -a,  -um,  third.  

quartus,  -a,  -um,  fourth.  legiO,  -Onis,  f.,  company^  regi* 

quintus,  -a,  -um,  fifth,  ment. 

sextus,  -a,  -um,  sixth.  in  f ugam  dO,  dare,  dedi,  datus, 

Septimus,  -a,  -um,  seventh.  put  to  flight. 

octavus,  -a,  -um,  eighth.  nostri,  -6rum,  m.,  our  men. 

MODEL  SENTENCk 

Venator  in  sp€lunca  latuit,  n6  ab  Indis  capergtur.  The 
hunter  hid  in  the  cave  so  as  not  to  be  captured  by  the 
Indians. 

Rule.     In  purpose  clauses  the  negative  of  ut  is  nC. 

READING  LESSON 

I.   Translate  into  English  : 

A.  I.  Di  nos  adiuvant;  hostes  enim  perterriti  flumen 
transeunt,  neque  diutius  ab  eis  domus  nostrae  igni  consu- 
mentur.       2.    Legio  tertia  una  cum  equitibus  multis  fortis- 


l8o  LATIN    PRIMER 

sime  e  castris  erupit,  hostibusque  celeriter  in  fugam  datis, 
oppidum  facile  cepit.  3.  Quod  cum  auditum  esset,  muliei 
vehementer  commota  filid  patris  gladium  dedit.  4.  Colonl 
cymbis  vecti  ad  insulam  noctu  transierunt  ibique  ceperunt 
Indos  tres,  quos  in  herba  latentes  invenerunt. 

B,   An  Ambuscade 

"  Cum  bellum  did  gestum  esset  cum  Indis,"  inquit  avia 
mea,  *'  frumentumque  omne  ex  agris  raptum  esset,  saepe 
col5norum  miserorum  equi  quoque  ab  hostibus  capiebantur. 
Sed  col5ni  nolebant  pacem  fieri,  et  libenter  cum  militibus 
per  vallis  coUisque  iter  faciebant,  ut  tabernacula  castraque 
Indorum  igni  consumerent.  Olim,  cum  agricolae  plurimi 
una  cum  equitibus  paucis  per  silvam  properarent  ad  flumen, 
cuius  in  ripa  Indi  castra  parva  collocaverant,  subito  e  late- 
bris  hostes  eruperunt,  sagittisque  sex  col6n5s  duosque  equi- 
tes  occiderunt.  Qua  re  commdtl  equites  fortissime  fecerunt 
impetum,  hostesque  celeriter  in  fugam  dederunt.  Indi  au- 
tem  facile  ad  castra  pervenerunt,  nee  eos  capere  potuerunt 
nostri.'* 

II.  Translate  into  Latin : 

A.  I.  While  these  things  were  being  done,  the  general 
marched  quickly  through  the  valley,  so  that  the  sixth  regi- 
ment might  not  be  captured  by  the  enemy.  .  2.  Finally 
the  Indians  were  put  to  flight,  and  their  women  and  children 
hurried  to  a  smaller  city.  3.  The  women  very  readily 
gave  arrows  to  certain  men  who  had  lost  (their)  swords. 
4.  When  they  learned  that  eight  children  of  the  colonists 
were  living  among  the  Indians,  brave  hunters  traveled  on 
horseback  eighteen  miles  through  the  forest  to  the  enemy's 
camp.  Four  children  were  thus  captured  by  our  men  and 
sent  back  to  town,  but  the  others  could  not  be  found. 


LATIN    PRIMER  l8l 

B.  I.  "  When  we  had  cut  off  the  bear's  head  with  an  ax," 
said  Quintus  to  the  girls,  "  I  easily  carried  it  in  {lit.  by) 
my  hand  to  the  river.  There  we  saw  a  sailor  catching  fish. 
He  wanted  to  cross  over  to  certain  large  rocks ;  and  so  we 
took  him  into  our  boat,  and  carried  him  with  us  to  the 
island.  Then  we  hurried  home."  2.  "  Where  is  your  dog, 
boys } "  asked  the  hunter.  "  I  think  there  is  a  wolf  in  the 
fields,  and  I  have  not  seen  your  dog  to-day."  3.  "  With- 
out horsemen,"  said  the  general,  "  the  enemy  will  not  be 
able  to  put  our  men  to  flight.  I  have,  therefore,  sent 
the  eighth  regiment  into  the  fields,  so  that  the  farmers' 
horses  might  not  be  stolen  by  the  Indians."  4.  The 
soldier  who  yesterday  married  the  chief's  daughter  thought 
that  peace  could  thus  be  made  very  easily  with  the  Indians. 

EXERCISE   LXIX 

DEPONENT  VERBS 

In  all  conjugations  there  are  verbs,  otherwise  regular, 
which  (aside  from  participles,  etc.)  are  conjugated  only  in 
the  passive,  and  yet  have  active  meaning  throughout. 
Such  verbs  are  known  as  Deponents;  see  Summary  of 
Forms,  page  212.  The  following  Vocabulary  includes 
deponents  representative  of  all  conjugations. 

V«CAiULARV 

moror,  morftrl,  moratus  sum,  patior,  pati,  passus  sum,  aU  • 

dihy,  tutTy,  linger.  I  Itiv,    snffrr.      Often   con-^ 

poUiceor,  poIlic€r!,  pollicitus  strued  with  the  accusative 

sum,  pr$misi.       ^  and  present  infinitive. 

proficiscor,  proficisci,  profec-  adorior,  adoriri,  adortus  sum, 

tus  sum,  set  0ut,  sUrt.  Bttmck. 


1 82  LATIN   PRIMER 

Remark.  The  principal  parts  of  a  deponent  verb  are  three 
instead  of  four  because  the  perfect  indicative  of  such  a  verb  in- 
volves in  its  own  formation  the  perfect  passive  participle,  which 
therefore  need  not  be  given  separately. 

READING  LESSON 

L   Translate  into  English  :       g^^^^^^^^^ 

A.  I.  Quibus  rebus  cogmtis,  imperator  statim  cum  equi- 
tibus  plurimis  profectus  est.  2.  Marcus,  cum  prope  im- 
peratoris  domum  moraretur,  legidnem  nonam  e  cymbis  per 
fluctus  ad  harenam  properantem  vidit.  3.  Venator,  qui 
liberis  ursam  parvam  poUicitus  erat,  herl  in  silva  quendam 
nautam  convenit,  qui  in  spelunca  tris  ursas  parvas  viderat. 
4.  Quod  cum  cognitum  esset,  matres  non  diutius  pueros 
in  agris  ludere  patiebantur.  5.  Qua  voce  imperatoris 
audita,  nostri  omnes  fortissime  rivum  transierunt,  ut  castra 
hostium  adorlrentur. 

B,   A  Decisive  Battle 

"  Cum  multos  dies  libenter  iter  fecissemus  neque  potuis- 
semus  hostls  invenire,"  inquit  miles  fortis,  "postremo  noster 
imperator  ipse  Indos  quosdam  c5nvenit,  qui  dixerunt  hostes 
perterritos  in  silva  latere.  Qua  re  audita,  castra  baud  pro- 
cul  collocavimus,  venatoresque  statim  in  silvam  missi  sunt, 
ut  hostium  latebras  invenirent.  Quod  cum  factum  esset, 
hostes,  qui  putabant  omnem  exercitum  nostrum  iam  in  silva 
esse,  celerrime  eruperunt  e  latebrls,  venatoresque  facillime 
in  fugam  dederunt ;  cum  autem  undique  e  silva  currerent 
in  agros,  ut  ibi  venatores  fugientis  occlderent,  subit5  im- 
perator noster  equites  iussit  in  eos  impetum  acerrimum 
facere.  Ita  hostes  plurimi  a  nostris  occlsl  sunt,  ceterique 
ab  Indls  sunt  captl.  Tum  imperator,  urbibus  multls  igni 
consumptis,  laetus  cum  exercitii  domum  rediit." 


LATIN   PRIMER  1 83 

II.   Translate  into  Latin :  / 

^.  X.  The  enemy  were  perhaps  helped  by  the  gods; 
for  we  attacked  their  camp  most  bravely,  but  could  not 
put  them  to  flight.  2.  In  the  houses  of  the  best  men 
there  was  peace.  ^.  The  enemy  were  alarmed  by  the 
light  of  the  moon,  and  did  not  set  out  from  the  city. 
\|..  The  general  was  unwilling  to  allow  the  seventh  regi- 
ment to  delay  in  the  forest.  \.  Let's  promise  birds  to 
the  girls.       6.    Don't  give  axes  to  the  boys. 

B.  \  "When  these  things  were  heard,  the  women 
gladly  hurried  into  the  farmhouse,"  said  the  hunter;  "for 
they  were  frightened  by  the  force  of  the  storm."  X  "  ^^ 
finally  arrived  at  (///.  to)  a  suitable  place,"  said  the  horse- 
man. "  Then  the  colonists  said  that  they  were  willing  to 
go  themselves  into  the  camp  of  the  Indians ;  for  there  was 
no  moon,  and  black  clouds  were  in  the  sky."  3.  "The 
tribes  of  these  chiefs  will  not  withstand  the  attack  of  our 
men,"  said  the  sailor ;  "  for  the  hunters  will  hurry  through 
the  woods  by  night  to  help  us." 

IXKCISK   1#XZ 
BsiieirsTKATrTs  pit«9i«V]rs 


hic,  haec. 

hoc,  this 

Singular 

Plural 

Afasc. 

Fern. 

Neut, 

Masc. 

Fern. 

NetU. 

Nom 

hie 

haec 

hoc 

hi 

hae 

haec 

Gen. 

huius 

huius 

huius 

hOrum 

harum 

hOnim 

Dat. 

huic 

huic 

huic 

his 

his 

his 

Ace. 

hunc 

hanc 

hoc 

h6s 

has 

haec 

Abl. 

hoc 

h&c 

hoc 

his 

his 

his 

1 84 


LATIN   PRIMER 


iUe,  ilia,  illud,  that 


Singular 

Plural 

Masc, 

Fern. 

Neut. 

Moic. 

Fern. 

Neut. 

Nom. 

ille 

ilia 

illud 

illi 

illae 

ilia 

Gen. 

illius 

illius 

illius 

illOrum 

illarum 

illOrum 

Dat. 

illl 

illi 

illi 

illis 

illis 

illis 

Ace. 

ilium 

illam 

illud 

illOs 

illfts 

ilia 

Abl. 

iUO 

iil& 

ill(J 

illis 

illis 

illis 

Remark.  These  two  pronouns  are  often  used  together  in  the 
same  sentence  to  mark  a  contrast ;  e.g.,  Haec  urbs  magna,  illud 
oppidum  parvum  est,  This  city  is  iarge,  that  town  is  small, 

vcx:abui-ary 

c6g0,  cOgere,  co€gi,  coftctus,  cdnor,  cOnari,   cOnatus  sum, 

force ^  compel.     Construed  attempt ^  try.      Often  con- 

with   the   accusative   and  strued   with    the   present 

present  infinitive.  infinitive. 

domi,  at  home.  postea,  adverb,  afterward. 


READING  LESSON 

I.     Translate  into  English  : 

A.  I.  Nautae  has  bacas  edere  n5lunt.  Ilia  ova  eTs 
demus,  ne  gallinas  ipsas  rapere  velint.  2.  Postea  igitur 
venatores  coegerunt  nos  in  spelunca  latere.  3.  Nam  puer 
obesus  prlm5  fugere  conatus  est;  sed  postremo  libenter 
humi  iacuit.  4.  DomI  sunt  mater  et  pater  meus ;  in  ilia 
urbe  sunt  fratres  et  sorores.  5.  Celeriter  ad  iTtus  perve- 
nire  c5nabamur ;  sed  saepe  morarl  coacti  sum  us,  ne  liberl 
in  silva  amitterentur.  Mane  autem  ad  mare  defessi 
pervenimus. 


LATIN   PRIMER  185 

B.  An  Indian  Victory 
"  Olim,"  inquit  avus  noster,  "  cum  bellum  miserrimum  diu 
gestum  esset,  llberique  agricolarum  undique  ab  Indls  cape- 
rentur,  subito  mane  prope  oppidum  quoddam  auditl  sunt 
hostes,  qui  statim  domos  colonorum  acriter  adorti  sunt, 
ignisque  iacere  coeperunt.  Vocibus  Indorum  audltis,  muli- 
eres  perterritae  cum  llberis  fugerunt  in  domum  maximam, 
quam  putabant  hostis  capere  non  posse;  interim  in  vils 
earum  virl  valid!  cum  Indis  fortissime  pugnabant.  Sed 
mox  undique  domus  col6n5rum  ignl  consumebantur,  nee 
diutius  impetus  hostium  sustinerl  poterat  Itaque,  cum 
iam  colon!  paene  omnes  hum!  mortu!  iacerent,  hostes  omnia 
rapuerunt  quae  inven!re  facile  poterant,  laetlque  in  silvas 
redierunt  iina  cum  liberis,  qu5rum  matres  occiderant." 

II.   Translate  into  Latin  : 

A.  I.  Let's  try  now  to  catch  this  wolf.  Afterward  the 
hunter  will  easily  kill  the  bears.  2.  What  compels  you 
to  delay  longer,  my  son  ?  Why  are  you  hiding  at  home,  and 
not  preparing  to  set  out  for  (///.  to)  the  ship  ?  3.  My  father 
did  not  allow  the  boys  to  go.  4.  The  fourth  regiment 
marched  three  miles  and  suddenly  attacked  the  Indians. 

B.  I.  "This  same  hunter  will  to-morrow  kill  the  chief 
of  that  tribe  also,"  said  the  sailor.  "  He  has  himself  prom- 
ised (it)."  2.  "Those  bad  boys  are  trying  to  force  the 
smaller  dog  to  run  into  the  water,"  said  Julia.  "A  little 
later  they  will  be  punished."  3.  "  I  see  a  taller  tree," 
said  Quintus.  "  Let's  climb  up  into  it  and  throw  branches 
upon  the  heads  of  those  lazy  soldiers  whom  you  see  lying 
in  the  shade  not  far  away."  4.  "When  we  heard  the 
hunters  on  horseback  running  through  the  field  yester- 
day," said  the  farmer,  "we  thought  that  the  horsemen  of 
the  enemy  were  preparing  to  attack  our  town." 


1 86 


LATIN   PRIMER 


EXERCISE   LXXI 


INDEFINITE  PRONOUN 


allqui,  aliqua,  aliquod,  some. 

any 

Singular 

Masc. 

Fern. 

Neui. 

Nom. 

aliqul 

aliqua 

aliquod 

Gen. 

alicuius 

alicuius 

alicuius 

Dat. 

alicui 

alicui 

alicui 

Ace. 

aliquem 

aliquam 

aliquod 

Abl. 

aliquO 

aliqua 

aliquO 

Plural 

Masc. 

Fern. 

Ngmt. 

Nom. 

aliqui 

aliquae 

aliqua 

Gen. 

aliquOrum 

aliquarum 

aliquOrum 

Dat 

aliquibus 

aliquibus 

aliquibus 

Ace. 

aliquOs 

aliquas 

aliqua 

AbL 

aliquibus 

aliquibus 

aliquibus 

Note.  The  above  pronoun  is  here  treated  as  an  adjective.  It 
may  also  be  used  as  a  noun,  meaning  "  some  one,  something," 
"  any  one,  anything,"  etc.  When  so  used,  aliquis  replaces  aliqui 
(nominative  singular),  and  aliquid  replaces  aliquod  (nominative 
and  accusative  singular),  and  the  feminine  is  lacking  throughout. 

Remark.  Distinguish  between  the  use  of  the  adjectives  aliqui 
and  flllus  (Exercise  LXII).  Both  words  may  mean  "any,"  but 
Ulu8  is  used  mostly  in  negative  clauses. 


VOCABULARY 


aut,  conjunction,  or. 
iste,  ista,  istud,  //«>,  that. 
numquam,  adverb,  never. 


sequor,   sequi,  secutus  sum, 

follow. 


LATIN    PRIMER  187 

NcxTE.  The  declension  of  iste  is  the  same  as  that  of  llle 
(Exercise  LXX). 

Remark.  The  conjunction  aut  is  sometimes  repeated  in  the 
form  aut  .  .  .  aut.     The  meaning  then  is  "  either  .  .  .  or." 

READING  LESSON 

I.     Translate  into  English : 

A.  I.  Videtisne  aliquid  in  silva?  Nos  aut  ursam  aut 
lupum  in  agro  videmus.  2.  Istos  Indos  non  timebam.  El 
enim  colonds  numquam  occidere  conati  erant.  3.  Impe- 
rator,  cum  cognovisset  aliquas  mulieres  ab  Indis  cogi 
iiberos  in  ignis  iacere,  statim  ad  oppidum  hostium  cum 
equitibus  profectus  est,  exercitumque  omnem  sequi  iussit 
4.  Hie  rex  flet  imperator  exercituum  omnium.  llle  autem 
rex  equites  ducet 

B.    The  Settlers  Surprised 

"Agricola  quidam,"  inquit  nauta,  "olim  longe  in  agros 
una  cum  colonis  ceteris  ierat,  equosque  iam  in  locum  tutum 
ducebat,  ne  ab  Indis  raperentur.  Cum  autem  in  itinere 
morarentur  coloni,  subito  in  eorum  villas  hostes  impetum 
acerrimum  fecerunt.  Tum  ille  vir,  cum  voces  Indorum 
audivisset,  colonos  ceteros  sequi  iussit,  ipseque  celerrime 
domum  properavit.  Sed  interim  hostes,  qui  ignis  iecerant 
in  domos  aliquas,  undique  mulieres  liber5sque  occidebant. 
Itaque  agricola,  cum  postremo  domum  pervenisset,  uxorem 
f iliamque  humi  iacentes  invenit  mortuas ;  nam  uxor  sagitta 
occisa  erat,  caput  autem  filiae  saxo  erat  fractum.  Quibus 
rebus  cognitis,  coloni  omnibus  ex  urbibus  statim  in  unum 
locum  convenerunt,  multisque  cum  equitibus  celeriter  in 
silvam  profecti  sunt.  Ita  cum  dies  multos  iter  fecissent, 
subito  noctu  adorti  sunt  Inddrum  oppidum ;  moxque  isti 
hostes  a  nostris  omnes  aut  capti  aut  occisi  sunt." 


1 88  LATIN   PRIMER 


II.     Translate  into  Latin: 


A,  I.  Come  into  the  tents,  boys.  We  have  bought 
better  apples.  2.  Let's  follow  the  dogs ;  for  I  think  that 
there  are  little  wolves  in  the  cave.  3.  The  cook  said  that 
he  never  allowed  the  monkey  to  sit  on  (his)  shoulder. 
4.  These  soldiers  will  guard  the  sheep,  and  will  not  linger 
on  the  river  bank.  5.  Marcus  went  with  us  to  the  stream, 
and  I  almost  caught  a  very  large  fish. 

B,  I.  **  Let's  buy  some  dog  or  raven,"  said  Marcus, 
"/prefer  doves,"  replied  Claudia;  "for  they  never  frighten 
the  children."  2.  "  Afterward  we  shall  see  the  fifth  regi- 
ment," said  the  hunter.  "  For  the  general  will  not  allow 
it  to  cross  the  stream  without  boats."  3.  **  Did  you  see 
any  one  going  through  the  valley.^"  asked  the  general. 
"I  saw  no  Indians,"  replied  the  tired  colonist;  "but  there 
were  many  horses  under  the  trees."  4.  "Often  have  I 
fought  fiercely  with  the  enemy,"  said  the  brave  soldier  to 
the  boys ;  "  but  now  I  sit  gladly  at  home." 


EXERCISE   LXXII 

THE  GERUNDIVE 

The  gerundive  is  a  passive  participle  conveying  the  idea 
of  necessity  or  need,  ^.^., 

vocandus,    -a,    -um,    ^o    be  rapiendus,    -a,    -um,    to    be 

called.  seized. 

habendus,  -a,  -um,  to  be  had.  audiendus,    -a,    -um,    to  be 

mittendus,  -a,  -um,  to  be  sent.  heard. 

Ordinarily  the  gerundive  is  used  in  connection  with  a 
form  of  sum,  and  the  translation  varies  somewhat ;  e.g.. 


LATIN   PRIMER  189 

Mulier  vocanda  est,  The  woman  must  be  called, 
PutO  mulierem  vocandam  esse,  /  think  that  the  woman 
should  be  called, 

VOCABULARY 
Ordinal  Numerals 

findecimus,  -a,  -um,  eleventh,  flndCvicgsimus,  -a,  -um,  nine- 
duodecimus,  -a,  -um,  twelfth.         teenth. 

tardus  (-a,  -um)  decimus,  -a,  vicgsimus,  -a,  -um,  twentieth, 

-um,  thirteenth,  


qu&rtus  (-a,  -um)  decimus,  -a,  dfi,    preposition,   used    with 

-um,  fourteenth,  the   ablative   case,  about, 

quintus (a,  -um) decimus,  -a,  concerning. 

-Mm,  fifteenth.  petO,  petere,  petivi,   petitus, 

sextus  (-a,  -um)  decimus,  -a,  look  for,  seek, 

-um,  sixteenth.  pugna,  -ae,  f.,  battle. 

Septimus  (-a,  -um)  decimus,  relinquO,  relinquere,  reliqui, 

-a,  -um,  seventeenth.  relictus,  leave,  desert, 

duodgvicesimus,      -a,      -um,  simul,  adverb,  at  the  same 

eighteenth,  time, 

READING  LESSON 

I.   Translate  into  English  : 

A.  I.  Simul  rex  istarum  gentium  omnium  profectus  est, 
»it  pacem  peteret.  2.  Pax  petenda  est ;  hostes  enim  de  hac 
pugna  iam  audiverunt.  3.  Milites  dixerunt  se  putare  pacem 
petendam  esse.  4.  Numquam  te  sequemur,  imperator  pes- 
sime.     5.   Aut  hostis  adoriamur  aut  ad  litus  properemus. 

B,   A  Bold  Abduction 
**  Domus  nostra,"  inquit  colonus,  "  in  ripa  fluminis  ma- 
xim! coUocata  erat,  unaque  cum  fratre  et  sororibus  prope 
aquam  saepe  ludebam.     Olim  in  cymba  parva  vidimus  In- 
dds  tres  sedentes,  qui  piscis  multos  e  flu  mine  capiebant. 


190 


LATIN   PRIMER 


PUGNA 


A  modem  artist's  conception  of  the  attack  of  a  Roman  army 
upon  a  walled  towo. 


LATIN   PRIMER  191 

Paul5  post  autem,  cum  iam  in  harena  laeti  luderemus,  Indi, 
piscibus  relictis,  ad  ripam  furtim  pervenerunt,  fratremque 
subito  rapuerunt  nostrum.  Qua  re  perterriti  magna  voce 
patrem^vocavimus.  Cum  autem  is,  vehementer  commotus, 
ex  agris  ad  flumen  cucurrisset,  Indi  iam  ad  quandam  in- 
sulam  parvam  cum  fratre  pervenerant.  Itaque,  militibus 
quoque  vocatis,  agricolae  omnes  multis  cymbis  vecti  celeri- 
ter  ad.  insulam  eandem  transierunt.  Interim  autem  Indi 
in  maiorem  insulam  fugerant,  in  qua  erat  silva  atra  et  spe- 
luncae  multae ;  itaque  numquam  postea  fratrem  vidimus." 

II.   Translate  into  Latin  : 

A.  I.  The  eighteenth  regiment  should  be  helped;  for 
a  very  fierce  attack  is  being  made  upon  it  by  the  enemy. 
2.  In  the  battle  which  we  saw  there,  the  bravest  soldiers 
were  killed  by  our  men,  and  the  others  were  easily  put  to 
flight.  3.  The  king  said  that  hunters  must  at  once  be 
sent  into  the  woods,  so  that  the  enemy  might  not  be  able 
to  escape  (///.  flee)  stealthily  from  (their)  camp.  4.  Do 
you  think  that  these  stones  must  be  carried  to  the  shore 
and  thrown  into  the  sea.^  Where  did  the  women  find 
them  ? 

B,  I.  "  Afterward,"  said  the  farmer,  "  we  were  sitting  at 
home  in  the  shade.  But  the  children,  who  were  looking 
for  eggs,  soon  called  us  to  see  the  baskets  which  they  had 
filled."  2.  "  At  the  same  time,"  said  the  soldier  to  the 
boys,  "  the  enemy  were  hurrying  to  the  river.  But  about 
this  battle  you  will  soon  hear  at  school."  3.  "  I  saw  some 
one  stealing  a  horse  from  the  field,"  said  the  farmer. 
"Run,  boys;  let's  all  try  to  catch  him."  4.  "We 
thought  that  these  Indians  must  at  once  be  captured," 
said  the  general ;  "  for  the  other  tribes  were  now  setting 
out  from  the  larger  cities  to  help  them." 


SUMMARY  OF   FORMS 

(To  round  out  the  Summary,  certain  forms  are  included  which  have  not  been 
treated  in  the  Exercises  of  this  book.  All  such  additional  forms  are  printed  in 
iulics,  so  that  they  can  readily  be  distinguished  from  those  which  the  student  has 
thus  fiu:  been  required  to  learn.) 

NOUNS 

The  FmsT  or  A-Declension 

mSnsa,  f. 


81NOULAK 

Plural 

Norn. 

mensa 

mensae 

Gen. 

in€nsae 

mensarum 

Dat. 

mensae 

mensis 

Ace. 

mensam 

mensas 

AU. 

mensi 

mensM 

Thb  Second  or  O-Declension 
hortus,  M.     puer,  m.      ager,  m.       vir,  m.     malum,  n. 


Singular 

Nom. 

hortus 

puer 

ager 

vir 

malum 

Gen. 

horti 

pueri 

agri 

viri 

mall 

Dat. 

hort5 

puerS 

agr5 

vir6 

malo 

Ace. 

hortum 

puerum 

agrum 

virum 

malum 

Abl. 

hortS 

puer5 

agrS 

Plural 

vir6 

mal6 

Nom. 

hortI 

pueri 

agri 

viri 

mala 

Gen. 

hortonim 

puerSrum 

agrorum 

virorum 

malomm 

Dat. 

hortis 

pueris 

agris 

viris 

mails 

Ace. 

hortos 

puerds 

agros 

vir5s 

mala 

Abl. 

hortis 

pueris 

agris 
192 

viris 

malis 

LATIN   PRIMER 


193 


Remark.  Masculines  in  -us  have  in  the  singular  a  special  voca- 
tive form,  as  fifirce,  coque,  etc.  By  exception,  filius  and  proper 
nouns  in  -lus  abbreviate  the  vocative  (and  genitive)  singular ;  e.g.^ 
fOL     So  also  the  genitive  of  a  few  neuters  in  -ium. 


The  Third  Declension 

Consonant  Stems 

fl68,  M. 

arbor,  f. 
Singular 

Utll8,N. 

Norn. 

flos 

arbor 

Ktus 

Gen. 

floris 

arboris 

Uteris 

Dat. 

flori 

arbori 

lltori 

Ace. 

florem 

arborem 

lltus 

Abl. 

fldre 

arbors 

Plural 

fitors 

Nom. 

fldris 

arboris 

ntors 

Gen. 

florum 

arbonun 

litonun 

Dat. 

floribus 

arboribos 

lltoribus 

Ace. 

florgs 

arborga 

Ktor* 

Abl. 

floribus 

arboribus 
I-Stems 

litoribos 

i^is,  M. 

vall§s,  F.         mare,  n. 

animal,  n.,  lith 

ing  creature 

^  Singular 

Nom. 

ignis 

vallSs 

mare 

aninuU 

Gen. 

ignis 

vallis 

maris 

animdlis 

Dat. 

igni 

valli 

mar! 

animdlf 

Ace. 

ignem 

vallem 

mare 

animal 

Abl. 

igni 
igne 

valle 

Plural 

mad 

ammdlf 

Nom. 

ign«s 

vallSs 

marlA 

ammUlia 

Gen. 

igniom 

vallium 

animdlium 

Dat. 

ignibns 

vallibus 

animilibus 

Ace. 

ignis 
igncs 

vallis 
valUs 

maria 

ammdlia 

Abl. 

ignibus 

LATIN 

vallibus 
PRIMER  — 13 



atUmaWnis 

194 


LATIN   PRIMER 


Remark.  Aside  from  the  fact  that  its  declension  is  complete, 
animal  differs  from  mare  only  in  that  it  has  dropped  the  ending 
-e  of  the  nominative  singular.  Through  the  loss  of  this  ending 
there  has  arisen  quite  a  large  class  of  neuters  with  the  nomina- 
tive terminating  in  -al  or  -ar. 

The  Fourth  or  U-Declension 
exercitus,  m.  cornfi,  n.,  horn 


Singular 

Plural 

Singular 

Plural 

Nom. 

exercitus 

exercitus 

cornQ 

cornua 

Gen. 

exercitiia 

exercituum 

cornus 

cornuum 

Dat. 

exercitui 

exercitibns 

cornU 

carnibus 

Ace. 

exercitum 

exercitus 

coma 

cornua 

Abl. 

exercitu 

exercitibns 

cornU 

cornibus 

The  Fifth  or  E-Declension 

di€s,  M. 

,  (and  F.) 

r«8,  F. 

Singular 

Plural 

Singular 

L          Plural 

Nom. 

diss 

diss 

rgs 

res 

Gen. 

diSi 

diSrum 

rei 

rerum 

Dat. 

diSi 

diSbos 

rei 

rebus 

Ace. 

diem 

diss 

rem 

res 

Abl. 

m 

diSbus 
Irregular  Nouns 

xl 

rebus 

deus,  M. 

domus,  F. 

TiS,  F. 

Singular 

Nom. 

dens 

domus 

vis 

Gen. 

dei 

domiis 

— 

Dat. 

de5 

domui,  dom5 

— 

Ace. 

deum 

domum 

vim 

Abl. 

dec 

domS,  domu 
Plural 

yA 

Nom. 

dei,  dii,  di 

domus 

vires 

Gen. 

deSrum,  damn            domuum,  domSnim 

vTrium 

Dat. 

deis,  diis,  dis              domibus 

vTribus 

Ace. 

deos 

demos,  domus 

viris,  vires 

Abl. 

deis,  diis,  dis             domibus 

viribus 

LATIN    PRIMER 


I9S 


ADJECTIVES 

First  and  Second  Declensions 

bonus,  -a,  -um 


Singular 

Masc.  Fern.  Neut. 

Norn,    bonus  bona  bonum 

Gen.     boni  bonae  boni 

Dat.     bon5  bonae  bon5 

Ace     bonum  bonam  bonum 

Abl.     bond  bona  bond 


Plural 

Masc. 

Fern. 

Neui. 

boni 

bonae 

bona 

bonfimm 

bonarum 

bonSrum 

bonis 

bonis 

bonis 

bonis 

bonas 

bona 

bonis 

bonis 

bonis 

miser,  -era,  -erum 


Nom.  miser        misera      miserum 

Gen.  miseri       miserae    miseri 

Dat.  miserft      miserae    miserS 

Ace.  miserum  miseram  miserum 

Abl.  miserd      misera      miserd 


misen  miserae        misera 

miserdrum  miserarum  miserdrum 
miseris         miseris         miseris 
miser&B        miseras        misera 
miseris        miseris         miseris 


piger,  -gra,  -grum 

Nom.  piger  pigra  pigrum 

Gen.    pigri  pigrae  pigri 

Dat.     pigr6  pigrae  pigrS 

Ace.     pigrum  pigram  pigrum 


Abl.     pigrO        P^gra        pigrd 


pigri  pigrae  pigra 

pigrOrum  pigrarum  pigr&mm 

pigris  pigris  pigris 

pigrSs  pigras  pigra 


pigris  pigris 


pigiia 


Third  Declension 
I-Stems 


fortis, 

-is,  -6 

Singular 

Plural 

Mimu, 

Fern. 

Nmt. 

Masc. 

Fern. 

Neui. 

Nom. 

fortis 

fortis 

forte 

fortes 

fortCs 

fortia 

Gen. 

fortia 

fortis 

fortis 

fortium 

fortium 

fortium 

Dat. 

forti 

forti 

forti 

fortibus 

fortibus 

fortibus 

Ace. 

fortem 

fortem 

forte 

fortis 
fortes 

fortis 
fortSs 

fortia 

Abl. 

fortI 

fort! 

forti 

fortibus 

fortibus 

fortibus 

90 


LATIN   PRIMER 


ftcer,  acris,  acre 


Singular 

Masc.  Fern.  Neut. 

Nom.     acer  Scris  Sere 

Gen.      acris         acris  acris 

Dat.       acri  acri  acri 

Ace.      acrem        Screm  acre 


Abl.       &cri 


acri 


acri 


Plural 

Masc. 

Fern. 

Neut. 

acr§s 

acres 

acria 

acrium 

acrium 

acrium 

acribus 

acribus 

acribus 

acris 

acris 

acria 

acres 

acres 

acribus 

acribus 

acribus 

Consonant  Stems 
The  Present  Participle 

vocans 

Nom.  vocans       vocans      vocans       vocantes      vocantJs      vocantia 
Gen.  vocantia     vocantis    vocantis     vocantium  vocantium  vocantium 
Dat.    vocanti      vocanti      vocanli      vocantibus  vocantibus  vocantibus 
Ace.   vocantem  vocantem  vocans       vocantes      vocantes      vocantia 

vocantis      vocantis 
Abl.    vocante     vocante     vocante     vocantibus  vocantibus  vocantibus 


The  Comparative 
altior,  -ior,  -ius 


Nom.  altior  altior  altius 

Gen.  altioris  altioris  altioris 

Dat.  altior!  altiori  altiori 

Ace.  altiarem  altiorem  altiiis 

Abl.  altiore  altiore  altiore 


altiores  altidres  altidra 

altiorum  altiorum  altiorum 

altioribus  altioribus  altioribus 

altiores  altiores  altiora 

altioribus  altioribus  altioribus 


Nom. 
Gen. 
Dat. 
Ace. 

Abl. 


plUre 


plfis 


plus 

plures 

plures 

plura 

pluris 

plurium 

plurium 

plurium 

pluribus 

pluribus 

pluribus 

plus 

plures 

plures 

plura 

pluris 

pluris 

pluribus        pluribus       pluribus 


LATIN   PRIMER 


197 


The  Comparison 

OP  Adjectives 

Regular 

Irregular 

Posit, 

Comp. 

Sup. 

Posit. 

Comp. 

Sup. 

altnt 

alUor 

altissimus 

bODUS 

melior 

optimua 

fortis 

fortior 

fortissimus 

magnus 

maior 

mazimos 

miser 

miserioi 

miserrimus 

malus 

peior 

pessimus 

piger 

pigrior 

pigerrimus 

multi 

plures 

plurimi 

parvus 

minor 

minimus 

The  Comparison  of  Adverbs 


Regular 

Irregular 

PmU, 

Comp. 

s-p. 

Posit, 

Comp. 

Sup. 

longs 

longius 

longissimS 

diii 

diutius        diiitissime 

fortiter 

fortius 

fortissimo 

facflc 

facilius       facillime 

celeriter      celerius 

celerrime 

libenter 

libentius     libentissime 

acriter 

acrius 

acerrime 

Numerals 

linus, 

-a,  -um 

Singular 

Plural 

Afasc.          Fern. 

Neui. 

Masc. 

Fern. 

Neut. 

Nora. 

unuB         Qna 

unum 

uni 

Gnae 

una 

Gen. 

unitis        uniua        unius 

un5rum 

unarum 

undrum 

Dat. 

unl           uni 

uni 

unis 

unis 

unis 

Ace 

unum       unam       unum 

unds 

unis 

una 

Abl. 

and          una 

un6 

anil 

ania 

unia 

Note.  Eight  other  adjectives,  in  the  genitive  and  dative 
singular,  have  the  same  endings  as  iinus,  namely :  alius,  alter 
(gen.^  alterius) ;  Alius,  nAllus ;  uter  (gen.  utrius),  neuter  (gen. 
neutrius) ;  b01us,  tOtus.  Of  these  alius  has  additional  peculiari- 
ties: its  neuter  singular,  nominative  and  accusative,  is  aliud;  and 
in  the  genitive  sin^lar  it  borrows  alterius  from  altqr. 


198 


LATIN    PRIMER 


duo,  duae,  duo 

1 

tr6s,  tr€s,  tria 

Plural 

Plural 

Masc,              F*m, 

AMI 

Mase,          Fern, 

Nemt 

Nom. 

duo 

duae 

duo 

tr§8           tris 

tria 

Gen. 

duOmm       duanim 

dudnim 

trium        trium 

trium 

Dat. 

du&bns        duibos 

dudbui 

tribus       tribuB 

tribus 

Ace. 

duo 
duOt 

duis 

duo 

trii          trb 

tria 

Abl. 

duSbns       duibos 

duObnt 

tribM       tribuB 

tribua 

List  of  Numerals 

CARDINAL 

Ordinal 

I. 

unns 

primus 

3. 

dno 

secundofl 

3- 

tr€8 

tertios 

4- 

qnattnof 

•  quirtua 

5- 

quinque 

quintua 

6. 

sex 

aextus 

7. 

septem 

aeptimna 

8. 

oct6 

octarua 

9- 

novem 

ndnua 

10. 

decern 

decimus 

II. 

findedm 

undecimua 

12. 

duodecim 

daodecimus 

13- 

tredecim 

tertius  decimus 

14. 

quattuordecim 

qoartus  decimus 

15- 

quindedm 

quintus  dedmua 

16. 

sedecim 

seztus  decimus 

17- 

septendecim 

Septimus  decimus 

18. 

daodeyigintl 

iuodevicesimus 

19. 

undeviginti 

iindeyicesimus 

20. 

viginti 

vicesimus 

LATIN   PRIMER  199 


PRONOUNS 

Personal 

Pirst  Person 

Second  Person 

ego 

tu 

Singular 

Plural 

Singular       Plural 

Norn. 

ego 

n5s 

t& 

▼6t 

Gen. 

mei 

nostrum 
nostri 

tal 

vestrum 
yestri 

Dat. 

mihi 

ndbis 

tibi 

vSbis     . 

Ace. 

mi 

nds 

U 

v5s 

Abl. 

mi 

ndbis 

ti 

vSbis 
Third  Person 

Third  Person 

Reflexive 

is,  ea,  id 

ttti  (gen.) 

SINGULAR 

Masc, 

Ftm. 

Neia. 

Mi  G4nd€rs 

Nom. 

is 

ea 

id 

Gen. 

eius 

eius 

eius 

sui 

Dat. 

el 

el 

el 

sibi 

Ace. 

eom 

earn 

id 

Bh,sm 

Abl.  , 

•0 

•ft 

Plural 

•9 

se,  ses« 

Nom. 

eLUI 

eae 

ea 

— » 

Gen. 

edrum 

earum 

eOrum 

nil 

Dat. 

e!s,  iis,  Is 

els,  lis,  is 

els.  lis,  b 

sibi 

Ace. 

e5s 

eis 

ea 

se,  sesS 

Abl. 

•Is,ils,l8 

els,  lis,  is 

eis. 

lit,  is 

se,  sesS 

Note  i.  The  oblique  cases  of  ego  and  til  serve  as  the  reflexive 
of  the  first  and  second  persons. 

Note  2.  The  personal  pronoun  is,  ea,  id  may  be  used  also  a^ 
an  adjective  meaning  "  this,"  or  •*  that" 


200 


LATIN    PRIMER 


Demonstrative 

hic, 

haec,  hoc 

ille, 

ilia,  illttd 

1 

Singular 

Mast, 

Fern. 

Neut. 

Afasc, 

Fern. 

Neut 

Norn. 

hie 

haec 

hoc 

ille 

ilia 

illud 

Gen. 

huias 

huius 

huius 

illias 

illius 

illius 

Dat. 

httic 

huic 

huic 

iUi 

illi 

illi 

Ace. 

hone 

hanc 

hoc 

Ulnm 

illam 

illud 

Abl. 

hOc 

hac 

h5c 

Plural 

ill5 

ilia 

iU5 

Nom. 

hi 

hae 

haec 

illl 

illae 

ilia 

GCD. 

h5nim 

harum 

hdrum 

illdnun 

illarum 

illSrum 

Dat. 

his 

his 

his 

iUis 

illis 

illis 

Ace. 

hOs 

his 

haec 

UlOs 

ilULs 

ilia 

Abl. 

hit 

his 

his 

illis 

illis 

illis 

Note.    The  demonstrative  pronoun  iste,  ista,  istud  is  declined 
in  the  same  way  as  ille. 

Intensive  Of  Identity 


ipse,  ipsa,  ipsum 


idem,  eadem,  idem 


Singular 

Afasc. 

Fern. 

Nfta. 

Afasc. 

Fern, 

Neut. 

Nom. 

ipse 

ipsa 

ipsum 

idem 

eadem 

idem 

Gen. 

ipsitts 

ipsins 

ipsius 

eiusdem 

eiusdem 

eiusdem 

Dat. 

ipsi 

ipsi 

ipsi 

eidem 

eidem 

eidem 

Ace. 

ipsom 

ipsam 

ipsum 

eundem 

eandem 

idem 

Abl. 

ips6 

ipsi    - 

ipso 

eddem 

eadem 

eodem 

- 

Plural 

r  eidem 

eaedem 

eadem 

Nom. 

ipsi 

ipsae 

ipsa 

iidem 
idem 

Gen. 

ips6nmi 

ipsarum 

ipsSrum 

eorundem 
eisdem 

earundem 
eisdem 

eSrundem 
eisdem 

Dat. 

ipsis 

ipsis 

ipsis 

iisdem 
isdem 

iisdem 
isdem 

iisdem 
isdem 

Ace. 

ipsSs 

ipsas 

ipsa 

eosdem 
[  eisdem 

easdem 
eisdem 

eadem 
eisdem 

Abl. 

ipsis 

ipsis 

ipsis 

iisdem 
isdem 

iisdem 
isdem 

iisdem 
isdem 

LATIN   PRIMER 


20 1 


Interrogative:    qui  (quis),  quae,  quod  (quid) 

Singular  Plural 

Masc.         Fern.  Ntut. 

Nom.     qui,  quis  quae         quod,  quid 
(ien.      cuius        cuius        cuius 
Dat.       cui  cui  cui 

Ace.       quern        quam        quod,  quid 
Abl.       qu5  qua  qud 

Note.  This  pronoun  may  be  used  either  as  an  adjective  or  as  a 
noun.  In  the  noun  use,  quis  replaces  qui  (singular),  quid  replaces 
quod,  and  the  feminine  is  lacking  throughout. 

Relative:    qui,  quae,  quod 
The  forms  of  this  pronoun  are  identical  with  the  forms  of  the  Inter- 
rogative pronoun  as  given  above,  excepting  that  quis  and  quid  are  lacking. 


Masc. 

Fern. 

Neut. 

qui 

quae 

quae 

quOrum 

quanun 

qudrum 

quibus 

quibus 

quibus 

qu5s 

quas 

quae 

quibus 

quibus 

quibus 

Indefinite 
quidam,  quaedam,  quoddam     aliqui  (aliquis),  aliqua, 


aU- 


(quiddam) 

quod  (aliquid) 

Singular 

Mase. 

Fern. 

Neut, 

Masc. 

Fern. 

Neut. 

N. 

quidam 

quaedam 

quoddam 
quiddam 

aliqui 
aliquis 

aliqua 

aliquod 
aliquid 

G. 

cuiusdam 

cuiusdam 

cuiusdam 

alicuius 

alicuius 

alicuius 

D. 

cuidam 

cuidam 

cuidam 

alicui 

alicui 

alicui 

A. 

quandam 

quoddam 
quiddam 

aliquem 

aliquam 

aliquod 
aliquid 

A. 

qu5dam 

quad&m 

quddam 

aliqu5 

aliqui 

aliquS 

Plural 
N.  quidam         quaedam      quaedam 
c;.  qudrundam  quarundam  qudrundam 
I),  quibusdam  quibusdam   quibusdam 
A.  quOsdam       quasdam       quaedam 
A.  quibusdam  quibusdam  quibusdam 

Notk. 
as  nouns. 


aliqui         aliquae       aliqua 
aliqudrum  aliquarum  aliqudrum 
aliquibus    aliquibus    aliquibus 
aliqu5s        aliquas        aliqua 
aliquibus    aliquibus    aliquibus 

Both  of  these  pronouns  may  be  used  either  as  adjectives  or 
In  the  noun  use,  quiddam  replaces  quoddam,  aliquis  repLces 


aliqui  (sing;ular),  aliquid  replaces  aliquod,  and  the  feminine  of  aliquis  is 
lacking  throughout. 


202 


LATIN   PRIMER 


REGULAR   VERBS 
The  First  or  A-Conjugatiom 
voc6,  vocare,  vocivi,  vocatus 


Present 


/nperfect 


Future 


Perfect  < 


ACTIVE 

PASSIVE 

Indicative 

Subjunctive 

Indicative 

Subjunctive 

voc6 

vocem 

vocor 

vocer 

vocis 

vocBs 

vocaria 

voceris 

vocire 

vocere 

VOOit 

vocet 

vocatur 

vocetur 

voc€mu8 

vocamar 

vocemur 

vocitia 

vocgtia 

vociminl 

vocemini 

vocant 

vocent 

vocantor 

voccntur 

vocftbam 

vocarem 

vocabar 

vocarer 

vocibis 

vocarSa 

vocabaria 

vocareris 

vocabare 

vocarere 

vodLbat 

vociret 

vocabatur 

vocaretur 

vocabamus 

vocare  mua 

vocabamur 

vocaremur 

vocabatis 

vocaretis 

vocabamini 

vocaremini 

vocabant 

vocarent 

vocabantur 

vocarentur 

vocab5 

vocabor 

vocabis 

vocaberis 
vocabere 

vocabit 

vocabitnr 

vocabimus 

vocabimur 

vocabitis 

vocabimini 

vocabunt 

■  vocabuntur 

■ vocavi 

vocaverim 

vocatus  sum 

vocatus  sim 

vocavisti 

vocaveris 

vocatus  es 

vocatus  sis 

vocavit 

vocaverit 

vocatus  est 

vocatus  sit 

vocavimus 

vocaverimus 

vocati  sumus 

vocati  simus 

vocavistis 

vocaveritis 

vocati  estis 

vocati  sitis 

vocaverunt 

vocaverint 

vocati  sunt 

vocati  sint 

LATIN   PRIMER 


203 


ACTIVE 

PASSIVE 

Indicative 

Subjunctive 

Indicative 

Subjunctive 

[  vociveram 

vocavissem 

vodltus  eram 

vocatus  essem 

vocaveras 

vocavisses' 

vocatus  eras 

vocatus  essSs 

Plu- 

vocaverat 

vocavisset 

vocatus  erat 

vocatus  esset 

perfect 

vocaveramus 

vocavissSmus 

yocati  eramus 

vocati  essemus 

vocaveritis 

vocavissetis 

vocati  eratis 

vocati  essetis 

vocaverant 

vocavissent 

vocati  erant 

vocati  essent 

vocSverft 

vocatus  er6 

vocaveria 

vocatus  oris 

Future 

vocaverit 

vocatus  erit 

Perfect 

vocaverimus 
vocaveritis 
,  vocaverint 

vocati  erimus 
vocati  eritis 
vocati  erunt 

Imperative 

SINGULAR 

PLURAL 

SINGULAR 

PLURAL 

Present 

voca 

vocate 

vocare 

voca  mini 

Future  J 

vociltd 

voc&tdte 

vocdior 

vocatd 

vocantd 

vocdtor 

vocantor 

Participle 

Present 

vocins 

Perfect 

vocitus,  -a, 

■oa 

Future 

vocdtiirusy  -a,  -^m 

Infinitive 

Present 

vocire 

vocftrf 

Perfect 

vocivisse 

vocdtus  esse 

Future 

voc&tiirus  esse 

vocatum  Irl 

Gerund 

Gerundive 

Gen. 

vocandl 

vocandus,  -a, 

, -um 

Gen. 

vocandl 

V( 

Dat. 

vocandd 

Ace 

vocandum 

AbL 

vocandd 

Supine 
VOCd/UfHy  vocAtH 

204 


LATIN   PRIMER 


The  Second  or  E-Conjugatiom 
habeO,  habere,  habui,  habitus 


ACTIVE 

PASSIVE 

Indicative 

Subjunctive 

Indicative 

Subjunctive 

habe5 

habeam 

habeor 

habear 

hab€8 

habeis 

habSris 
habere 

habearis 
habeare 

Present  - 

habet 

habtat 

habetur 

habeatur 

hab€mu8 

habeamus 

hab€mur 

habeamur 

habStis 

habeatis 

habemini 

habeaminl 

habent 

habeant 

habentur 

habeantur 

habSbam 

habSrem 

habebar 

haberer 

habebas 

habSrSt 

habSb&ris 
haba>&re 

habereris 
haberere 

Im- 

hab^bat 

habCnt 

habSbatur 

haberetur 

perfect 

habebamu8 

haberemus 

habebamur 

haberemur 

habebatis 

haberetis 

habebamini 

haberemini 

habebant 

haberent 

habebantur 

haberentur 

fhabCbO 

habebor 

habebis 

habCberis 

hab€bere 

Future  - 

habebit 

habebimus 

habebitis 

habebunt 

habebitur 

habebimur 
habebimini 
habebuntur 

habui 

habuerim 

habitus  sum 

habitus  sim 

habuisti 

habueris 

habitus  es 

habitus  sis 

habuit 

habuerit 

habitus  est 

habitus  sit 

Perfect  . 

habuimus 

habuerimus 

habiti  sumus 

habiti  simus 

habuistis 

habueritis 

habiti  estis 

habiti  sitis 

habuerunt 

habuerint 

habiti  sunt 

habiti  sint 

LATIN   PRIMER 


205 


ACTIVE 

PASSIVE 

Indicative 

Subjunctive 

Indicative 

Subjunctive 

habueram 

habuiaaem 

habitua  eram 

habitua  eaaem 

habueris 

habui«a«8 

habitus  eria 

habitua  esaes 

Plu- 

habuerat 

habuisset 

habitua  erat 

habitua  eaaet 

perfect 

habueramus 

habuissemua 

habiti  eramua 

habiti  easemu! 

habueratis 

habuissetis 

habiti  eratis 

habiti  easetis 

habuerant 

habuisaent 

habiti  erant 

habiti  eaaent 

habuerS 

habitua  erd 

habueris 

habitua  oris 

Future 

habuerit 

habitua  erit 

Perfect  ^ 

habuerimus 

habueritia 

habuerint 

habiti  erimua 
habiti  eritia 
habiti  erunt 

Imperative 

s 

INGULAR 

PLURAL 

SINGULAR 

PLURAL 

Present 

habS 

habete 

habere 

habemini 

Future 

habitO 
habits 

habitdti 

habitor 

habenta 

habetor 

habentor 

Participle 

Present 

habSns 

Perfect 

habitat,  -a,  -nm 

Future 

habitHruSy  -a 

,  'um 

Infinitive 

Present 

habSre 

hab€ri 

Perfect 

habuisse 

habitus  esse 

Future 

habiturus  ess* 

habitum  frf 

Gerund 

Gerundive 

Gen. 

habendl 

. 

habendua 

,-a,-ttm 

Gen. 

habendl 

. 

Dat. 

habendd 

Acc. 

habendum 

Abl. 

habendd 

Supine 
habituniy  habitU 

206 


LATIN    PRIMER 


The  Third  or  E-Conjugation 
mlttO,  mittere,  misi,  missus 


Present 


Imperfect 


Future 


Perfect 


AC! 

^IVE 

PASSIVE 

Indicative 

Subjunctive 

Indicative 

Subjunctive 

mittd 

mittam 

mittor 

mittar 

mittis 

mittia 

mitteria 

mittaris 

mittere 

mittare 

mittlt 

mitUt 

mittitur 

mittatur 

mittimoa 

mittimua 

mittimur 

mittimur 

mittitia 

mittatis 

mittlmini 

mittamini 

mittont 

mittant 

mittuntur 

mittantor 

mittebam 

mitterem 

mittebar 

mitterer 

mittebas 

mitterSa 

mittebaria 

mitterftia 

mittebare 

mittergre 

mittibat 

mitteret 

mittebatur 

mitterttur 

mittebamus 

mitteremua 

mittebamur 

mitteremur 

mittebatis 

mitteretis 

mittebamini 

mitteremini 

mittebant 

mitterent 

mittebantur 

mitterentur 

mittam 

mittar 

mittSs 

mittiris 
mittJre 

raittet 

mittetur 

mittSmua 

mittemar 

mittStia 

mittemini 

mittent 

mittentur 

misi 

mlserim 

missus  sum 

missus  aim 

misisti 

miseria 

missus  es 

missus  sis 

misit 

ralserit 

missus  est 

missus  sit 

mlsimua 

mlserimus 

missi  sumus 

missi  simus 

mfsistis 

miseritis 

mlssi  estis 

missi  sitis 

mlsenint 

mlserint 

missi  sunt 

missi  sint 

LATIN   PRIMER 


207 


ACTIVE 

PASSIVE 

Indicative 

Subjunctive 

Indicative 

Subjunctive 

'  miscram 

mlsissem 

missus  eram 

missus  essem 

miseris 

misissgs 

missus  eras 

missus  esses 

Plu- 

miserat 

misisset 

missus  erat 

missus  asset 

perfect 

mlserimus 

misissemus 

missi  eramus 

missi  essemus 

miseratis 

mlsissetis 

missi  eratis 

missi  essetis 

L  miserant 

misissent 

missi  erant 

missi  essent 

mTserO 

missua  ertt 

m'lsedB 

missus  eris 

Future     , 

miserit 

missus  erit 

Perfect    ^ 

mlserimua 

mlseritia 

misorint 

missi  erimus 
missi  eritis 
missi  erunt 

Imperative 

s 

INGUIJIR 

PLURAL 

SINGULAR 

plural 

Present 

mitte 

mittite 

mittere 

mittimini 

Future 

miititd 

mittitdte 

mittitor 

mittitd 

mittuntd 

mittitor 

mittuntor 

Participlk 

Present 

mittSns 

Perfect 

missus,  -«,  -oa 

Future 

missuruSy  -a, 

'Um 

Infinitive 

Present 

mittere 

mitti 

Perfect 

mlsisse 

missus  esse 

Future 

missurus  esu 
Gerund 

missum  Irl 
Gerundive 

Gen, 

ntittendt 

mittendus,  -a. 

.am 

Dat. 

mittendd 

Ace. 

mittendum 

Abl. 

mittendd 

Supine 

missum^  missH 

2o8 


LATIN   PRIMER 


The  Third  or  £ -Conjugation  (-16  Verbs) 
rapid,  rapere,  rapui,  raptus 


Present 


Imperfect. 


Future 


Perfect 


ACTIVE 

PASSIVE 

INDICATIVK 

Subjunctive 

Indicative 

Subjunctive 

rapid 
rapit 

rapit 

rapiam 
npiis 

rapUt 

rapior 
raperis 
rapere 
rapitnr 

rapiar 
rapiiris 
rapiare 
rapiatur 

rapimua 

rapitis 

^  rapiunt 

rapiamns 

rapUtis 

rapiant 

rapimnr 
rapimini 
rapiuntnr 

rapiamur 
rapiamini 
rapiantur 

rapiSbam 
rapiebis 

rapiSbat 

raperem 
raperit 

raperet 

rapiSbar 

rapiebaris 

rapiebare 

rapiebatur 

raperer 
rapereris 
raperere 
raperetur 

rapiebamus 

rapiebatis 

rapiebant 

raperemus 

raperetis 

raperent 

rapiebamur 
rapiebamini 
rapiebantur 

raperemur 
raperemini 
raperentur 

[rapiam 
rapies 

rapiet 

rapiar 
rapieris 
rapiere 
rapietur 

rapiemns 

rapietis 

rapient 

rapiemur 
rapiemini 
rapientur 

rapui 

rapuisti 

rapuit 

rapuerim 

rapueris 

rapuerit 

raptus  sum 
raptus  es 
raptus  est 

raptus  sim 
raptus  sis 
raptus  sit 

rapuimus 
rapuistis 
.rapuerunt 

rapuerimus 

rapueritis 

rapuerint 

rapti  sumus 
rapti  estis 
rapti  sunt 

rapti  simus 
rapti  sitis 
rapti  sint 

LATIN   PRIMER 


209 


ACTIVE 

PASSIVE 

Indicative 

Subjunctive 

Indicative 

Subjunctive 

rapueram 

rapuissem 

raptus  eram 

raptus  essem 

rapueras 

rapuisaes 

raptus  er&s 

raptus  essSs 

Plu- 

rapuerat 

rapuisset 

raptus  erat 

raptus  esset 

perfect 

rapuerimns 

rapuissemus 

rapti  eramus 

rapti  essemoi 

rapueritis 

rapuissStis 

rapti  eritis 

rapti  essStis 

rapuerant 

rapuissent 

rapti  erant 

rapti  essent 

rapuertt 

raptus  er5 

rapueris 

raptus  erit 

Future 

rapuerit 

raptus  erit 

Perfect 

rapuerimus 

rapueritis 

rapucrint 

rapti  erimof 
rapti  eritis 
rapt!  erunt 

Imperative 

SIl 

OCULAR 

PLURAL 

singular 

PLURAL 

Present 

rape 

rapite 

rapere 

rapimini 

Future      | 

rapitd 

rapUdte 

rapitor 

rapUd 

rapiunto 

rapiior 

rapiurUar 

Participlb 

Present 

rapiSns 

Perfect 

raptus,  •«,  -am 

Future 

raptHruSf  -a,  • 

-trw 

Infinitivr 

Present 

rapere 

rapl 

Perfect 

rapuisse 

raptus  esse 

Future 

raptarus  essi 
Gerund 

raptum  Irl 
Grrundivx 

Gen. 

rapiendt 

rapiendos,  •«, 

-ua 

Dat. 

rapiendd 

Ace 

rapiendum 

Abl. 

rapiendd 

SUPINB 

raptum,  rapt  A 

LATIN  PRIMER - 

-14 

2IO 


LATIN   PRIMER 


The  Fourth  or  I-Conjugation 
audiQ,  audire,  audiyi,  audltus 


Present    < 


Imperfect 


Future 


Perfect 


ACTIVE 

PASSIVE 

NDICATIVE 

Subjunctive 

Indicative 

SUBjUNCTlVP 

auditt 

audiam 

audior 

audiar 

audis 

audias 

audiria 

audiaris 

audire 

audiare 

audit 

audiat 

auditor 

audiatur 

audlmoB 

audiamas 

audlmor 

audiamur 

auditis 

audUtia 

audimin! 

audiamini 

audiunt 

audiant 

audiuntur 

audiantur 

audiebam 

audirem 

audiebar 

audirer 

audiebas 

audirSa 

audiebaris 

audireris 

audiebare 

audirere 

audiebat 

audiret 

audiebatur 

audiretur 

audiebamua 

audiremua 

audiebamur 

audiremur 

audiebatis 

audiretia 

audiebamim 

audiremin) 

audiebant 

audirent 

audiebantnr 

audirentur 

audiar 

audiSs 

audieria 
audiere 

audiet 

audietur 

audiSmns 

audiemur 

audietia 

audiemini 

audient 

audientur 

audM 

audiverim 

audltus  sum 

audltus  sim 

audivisti 

audiveria 

audltus  es 

audltus  SIS 

audlvit 

audiverit 

audltus  est 

audltus  sit 

audlvimus 

audiverimus 

audit!  sumus 

audlti  simu3 

audivistis 

audiveritis 

audlti  estis 

audit!  sitis 

audlvenint 

audiverint 

audit!  sunt 

audtti  sint 

LATIN   PRIMER 


211 


Plu- 
perfect 


ACTIVE 
iKDicATivB       Subjunctive 
audlveram       audivissem 
audlveras        audlvissSs 
audlverat         audivisset 


audlver&mus    audlvissemus 
audiveratia      audivissetia 
audiverant      audiviasent 


PASSIVE 

Indicative  Subjunctive 

auditus  cram  auditus  essem 

auditus  eras  auditus  esses 

auditus  erat  auditus  esset 

auditi  eramus  audit!  essemus 

audit!  eratis  auditi  essetis 

auditi  erant  auditi  essent 


Future 

audlverft 
audiveris 
audiverit 

auditus  era 
auditus  eris 
auditus  erit 

Perfect ' 

audlverimus 

audlveritis 

audiverint 

auditi  erimua 
auditi  eritis 
auditi  erant 

IMPBRATIVS 

SINGULAR 

Present    audi 

Future  {^"^'''^ 
'"'""  {audita 

PLURAL 

audite 

audltdte 

audiuntd 

SINGULAR 

audire 

auditor 

auditor 

PLURAL 

audimini 
audiuntor 

Present    audiens 

Perfect 

Future     audlturuSf  -a 

\,'um 

Participle 

auditus,  -a,  -nm 

Present    audire 
Perfect     audlvisst 
Future     audliurus  ttu 

IVPUfrnvK 

audlrl 

auditus  esM 
4utdUum  trf 

Gen. 

GRRimo 

audiendl 

Gkrundivi 
audicndus,  -a,  -am 

Gen. 

audiendl 

aud 

Dat 

audiendd 

Ace. 

audiendum 

Abl. 

audiendd 

SUPINB 

audltumy  audltH 

212 


LATIN    PRIMER 


DEPONENTS 

As  an  conjugations  are  given  in  full  above,  the  corresponding  depo- 
nents are  here  presented  largely  in  synopsis. 


moror. 

morftri 

poUiceor,  poUiceri 

moratus  sum 

pollicitus  sum 

Indicative 

Subjunctive 

Indicative       Subjunctive 

Present 

moror 

morer 

polliceor             pollicear 

Imperf. 

morabar 

morarer 

polliccbar          polliccrer 

Future 

moribor 

pollicebor 

Perfect 

moratus  sum 

moratus  sim 

pollicitus  sum  pollicitus  sim 

Pluperf. 

moratus  eram 

moratus  essem 

I  pollicitus  eram  pollicitus  essem 

Fut.  Perf.  moratua  erS 

pollicitus  er5 

Imperative 

SINGULAR 

plural 

SINGULAR                          plural 

Present 

morare 

moramini 

pollicgr^                 pollicemini 

Future 

r  mordtor 
[mordtor 

polUcitor 

morantor 

pollicitor                poUicentor 

Participle 

Present 

morans 

pollicens 

Perfect 

moratus,  -a,  -i 

tun 

pollicitus,  -a,  -um 

Future 

mordturusy  -d 

:,  -urn 

polliciturusy  -a,  -um 

Infinitive 

Present 

morari 

polliceri 

Perfect 

mordtus  esse 

pollicitus  esse 

Future 

mordtiirus  esse 

pollicitUrus  esse 

Gerund          Gerundive 

Gerund           Gerundive 

Gen.     morandi      moraa 

id(us,  ^),  -urn 

pollicendi  pollicendus,  -a,  -um 

Dat.     morandc 

pollicendo 

Ace.     morandum 

pollicendum 

Abl.      morandd 

pollicendo 

Supine 

mordtum^  mordtu 

\ 

pollicttum,  pollicUU 

LATIN   PRIMER 

213 

1 

[II 

Ilia 

proficiscor,  proficisci 

patior,  pati 

profectus  sum 

passus  sum 

Indicative 

Subjunctive 

Indicative 

Subjunctive 

Present 

proficiscor 

proficlscar 

patior 

patiar 

Imperf. 

proficiscebar 

proficlscerer 

patiebar 

paterer 

Future 

proficlscar 

patiar 

Perfect 

profectus  sum 

profectus  sim 

passus  sum 

passus  sim 

Pluperf. 

profectus  eram 

profectus  essem 

L  passus  eram 

L    passus  essem 

Fut.  Perf.  profectus  erft 

passus  er9 

Imperative 

SINGULAR 

PLURAL 

SINGULAR 

PLURAL 

Present 

proficiscere 

proficiscimini 

patere 

patimini 

Future 

r  proficlscitor 
\  proficlscitor 

Patitor 

profidscuntor 

patitor 

patiuntor 

Participle 

Present 

proficTsc€ns 

patiens 

Perfect 

profectus,  -a,  -um 

passus,  -«,  -um 

Future 

profecturusy  -a 

,  'Um 

passurusy  -«,  -um 

Infinitive 

Present 

proficisci 

patI 

Perfect 

profectus  esse 

passus  esse 

Future 

pro/eciUrus  esse 

PassHrus  esse 

GSRUND 

Gerundive 

"Gerund 

Gerundive 

Gen. 

proficlscendl    proficiscend(u8,  -a), 

patiendl    patiendus,  -a,  -um 

Dat.       ^ 

proficlscendd 

-um 

patiendd 

Ace.      , 

proficlscendum 

pcUiendum 

Abl. 

proficlscendd 

patiendd 

Supine 


>     profectum^  profecta 


possum,  passu 


214 


LATIN   PRIMER 


IV 

adorior.  adorirl.  adortus  sum  * 


Indicative 

Subjunctive 

Present 

adorior 

adoriar 

Imperfect 

adori^bar 

adorirer 

Future 

adoriar 

Perfect 

adortus  sum 

adortus  sim 

Pluperfect 

adortus  eram 

adortus  essem 

Future  Perfect 

adortus  erO 

IMPERATIVK 

• 

Singular 

Plural 

Present 

adorire 

adorimini 

Futuie 

\adorUor 

Participlb 

adoriuntpr 

Present 

adorigns 

Perfect 

adortus,  -a,  -um 

Future 

adorturusj  -a,  -um 

iNnNimrB 

Present 

adorM 

Perfect 

adortus  esse 

Future 

adortUrus  esu 

Gerund 

Gerundivb 

Gen. 

adorUndl 

adoriendus,  -a,  -um 

Dat. 

adortendd 

Ace, 

adoriendum 

AbL 

adorUndo 

Supine 
adortum^  adortU 

1  On  the  analogy  of  audi5  it  might  be  expected  that  the  perfect  passive  participle 
of  deponents  of  the  fourth  conjugation  would  end  in  -itas;  but  the  commonest  de- 
ponents of  the  fourth  conjugation  form  the  perfect  passive  particijile  in  other  ways 


LATIN    PRIMER 


215 


IRREGULAR  VERBS 
sum,  esse,  fui  possum,  posse,  potal 


INDICATIVK 

SUBJUNCTIVE 

Indicative 

Subjunctive 

Present 

sum 

es 

est 

sim 
sis 

sit 

possum 

potes 

potest 

possim 

possis 

possit 

somas 
estlB 
.  sunt 

s&nos 

sitis 

sint 

possumus 

potestis 

possunt 

possimus 

possitis 

possint 

Im- 

reram 
eras 
erat 

esaem 

essSs 

esset 

poteram 

poteras 

poterat 

possem 

possis 

posset 

perfect 

er&mo* 

eratis 

erant 

essSmus 

essftis 

essent 

poteramus 

poteratis 

poterant 

possSmus 

possetis 

possent 

Future 

rer5 
eris 
erit 

erimus 

eritis 

erunt 

ill  ill 

Perfect 

tenses  regular. 

Perfect  tenses 

regular 

Imperative 

s 
Present 

SINGULAR 

es 

PLURAL 

este 

Future 

estd 

estO 

$stdU 
sufUd 

Future 

futaruSf  -Oj 

Participle 
Infinitive 

Present 
Perfect 
Future 

esse 

fmsse 
futHrus  esst 

,fort 

posse 
potuUs€ 

2l6 


LATIN    PRIMER 


CO,  ire, 

U,  itum 

vol6,  velle,  volul 

Indicative 

Subjunctive 

Indicative 

Subjunctive 

e9 

eam 

vols 

velim 

It 

eis 

vis 

veils 

tt 

est 

vult 

velit 

Present  . 

imufl 

eimus 

volumus 

velimus 

itia 

eJltis 

vultis 

velitis 

eont 

esnt 

volunt 

velint 

Tbam 

irem 

volSbam 

vellem 

ibia 

Ir€s 

volJbis 

vellSs 

Im- 

n>At 

iret 

volSbst 

vellet 

perfect 

ibimtu 

IrSmns 

voUbimas 

vcUemus 

ibitU 

iritis 

volebitis 

velletis 

ibant 

Irtnt 

volebant 

vellent 

fiM 

volsm 

ibis 

volSs 

Future     < 

Ibtt 

Tbimos 

Ibitis 

Ibnnt 

▼olet 

volSmus 

voletis 

volent 

rll 

ierim,  etc. 

volui,  etc 

voluerim,  etc 

litl 

Perfect 

Ut 

limns 

Istis 

iSmnt 

Pluperf 

ieram,  etc 

Tssem,  etc. 

voluersm,  etc 

.  voluissem,etc 

Fut  Perf. 

ierS,  etc. 

voluerd)  etc. 

IMPERATIV* 

s» 

iGULAR 

PLURAL 

Present 

I 

ite 

Future 

itdU 
euntd 

LATIN   PRIMER 

217 

Participlb 

Present 

iSns,  gen.  euntis 

volte* 

Perfect 

it(us,  -a),  - 

um 

Future 

iiurusy  -ay  - 

■urn 

Infinitive 

Present 

Ire 

veils 

Perfect 

fsse 

voluisse 

Future 

Hiirus  esse 
Gerund 

Gerundive 

Gen. 

eundl 

eund{usj  -a),  -um 

Dat. 

eundd 

Ace. 

eundum 

AbL 

eundd 

mfllO,  maile,  mAluI 

n6l6.  nClle 

nOIui 

Indicative 

Subjunctive 

Indicative 

Subjunctive 

mal5 

malim 

ndI6 

nolim 

mSvTs 

malls 

non  vis 

nolis 

Present     < 

mavult 
malumus 

maUt 
malimus 

non  vult 
nolumus 

nolit 
nolimus 

mavultis 

malitis 

non  vultis 

nolitis 

maluut 

malint 

nolunt 

nolint 

malebam 

mallem 

nolebam 

nollem 

malSbaa 

malles 

nolebas 

nolles 

Imperfect 

malSbat 
malebamns 

ro^Ulet 
mall€mus 

nol€bat 
nolebamus 

noUet 
nollemus 

malgbatis 

mall€tis 

nolebatis 

noUetis 

.malebant 

nULilant 

Ddlebant 

nollent 

r  [malam] 
malgs 

[nolam] 
nolte 

Future 

malet 

malimot 

malitis 

malent 

ndlet 

ndlSmos 

noletis 

ndlent 

Perfect  tenses  regular. 


Perfect  tenses  regular. 


2l8 


LATIN    PRIMER 


Imperative 

SINGULAR 

PLURAL 

Present 

noU 

nolite 

Future 

Participle 

ndlUd 
HdlU6 

noUtdte 
ndluntd 

Present 

Infinitive 

ndUnt 

Present 
Perfect 

rallle 
mdluisst 

ndUe 

ndiuissi 

do,  dare,  dedl,  datus 
This  verb  deviates  from  the  first  conjugation  principally  In  that  its  a 
is  often  short  in  situations  where  the  first  conjugation  would  call  for  JL 

ACTIVE  PASSIVE 


Present 


Indicative 

d5 

dis 

dat 

damiit 

datis 

dant 

dabam 
dahia 


SuBjuNcmr* 
dem 
dte 

det 


Indicative 

daria 
dare 
datur 

damnr 


Subjunctive 

d^ris 
dere 
ditur 


Imperfect 


Future 


dabat 

dabimoa 

dabatis 

dabant 

dabO 
dabif 

dabit 


ditia 
dent 

dareni 
daria 

daret 

darSmos 

daretia 

darent 


dantor 

dabar 

dabiris 

dabire 

dabitor 

dabimnr 
dabamini 
dabantur 

dabor 

daberis 

dabere 

dabitor 


demini 
dentur 

darer 
dar€ris 
darere 
daretur 

daremur 
daremini 
darentur 


dabimos  dabimor 

dabitis  dabimini 

dabttnt  dabuntur 

Perfect  tenses  regular  (excepting  that  the  a  of  datus  is  short). 


LATIN    PRIMER 


219 


IMPERATIVB 

PLURAL 

damini 
dantor 


tINGULAft 

PLURAL                      SINGULAR                   1 

Present 

di 

d«l4 

dare                  c 

Future 

datd 
datd 

daidte 

daior 

dantd 

dator              a 

Present 

dine 

Participlb 

Perfect 

datus,  -A,  -ofll 

Future 

daiarus,'4if 

-WH 

Present 

dare 

Infinitive 

dari 

Perfect 

dtdisse 

dat  us  esse 

Future 

daturus  esst 

datum  Irl 

Gkrund 

Gerundive 

Gen. 

dandl 

dandus,  -a,  -luii 

Dat. 

dandd 

Ace. 

dandum 

AbL 

dandd 

Supine 
daiumydaia 

edO,  6sse  (edere),  Sdi,  Ssus 

The  peculiarities  of  cd6  are  due  to  the  fact  that  its  regular  forms  are 
often  contracted,  as  in  the  infinitive  above.  Otherwise  the  verb  con- 
forms to  the  third  conjugation,  and  only  so  much  of  it  is  here  given  as 
is  needful  to  display  the  contracted  forms. 

PASSIVE 


Present 


ACTIVE 

NUICATI 

ed5 

VE       SUBJUNCTI 

edam 

€s 

edia 

edia 

«st 

edat 

edit 

edimus 

edimua 

€8tia 

editia 

editia 

edunt 

edant 

edor 

edar 

edoris 

edaria 

edere 

edare 

€stur 

editor 

editnr 

edimnr 

edimur 

ediminl 

ediminl 

ednntur 


edantur 


220 


LATIN   PRIMER 


ACTIVE 

PASSIVE 

Indicative 

Subjunctive 

Indicative 

Subjunctive 

edibam 

essem 
ederem 

edgbar 

ederer 

ledCbla 

essSs 

edJbaris 

edertris 

edeifs 

edebare 

edercre 

ed«Mit 

esset 

cdJbJLtur 

esaitur 

Im- 
perfect 

ederet 

ederttur 

edSbimus 

Sss^mns 

edSbamur 

ederemur 

edergmns 

edSbatis 

edcrctis 

cdebamini 

ederemini 

edibant 

Assent 
edennt 

edebantur 

cderentur 

IllPERATIVE 

SINGUUIR 

PLURAL 

singular 

plural 

Present 

es(ede) 

«ste  (editc) 

edere 

ediminl 

Future 

istd  {editd) 
istd  \editd) 

istdte  {editdte) 

editor 

eduntd 

editor 

eduntor 

ferO,  ferre,  tuli,  latus 


ACTIVE 

Indicative       Subjunctive 


PASSIVE 
Indicative       Subjunctive 


Present 


Im- 
perfect 


feriJ 

feram 

feror 

ferar 

fers 

ferit 

fenis 

feraria 

ferre 

ferare 

fert 

fermt 

fertur 

feratur 

ferimns 

ferimos 

ferimur 

feramur 

fertis 

feratis 

feriminl 

feramini 

fenmt 

ferant 

feruntur 

ferantur 

ferJbam 

ferrem 

ferebar 

ferrer 

ferebaa 

ferr«s 

ferebaris 

ferreris 

ferebare 

ferrere 

fer€bat 

ferret 

ferSbatur 

ferretur 

ferSbamus 

ferrgmuf 

ferebamur 

ferrgmnr 

fergbatio 

ferretia 

ferebamini 

ferreminl 

ferSbant 

ferrent 

ferebantur 

ferrentur 

LATIN   PRIMER 


221 


Future 


ACTIVE 
Indicative 
feram 
ferSt 

feret 

ferSmns 

feretis 

ferent 


PASSIVE 

INDICATIVX 

ferar 
fercris 
ferere 
feretur 

feremur 
feremini 
ferentur 


Perfect  tenses  regular. 


Imperative 

SINGULAR 

PLURAL                        singular 

plural 

Present 

fer 

ferte                      ferre 

ferimini 

Future 

fertO 
fertd 

fertdte                  fertor 
feruntd                fertor 

Participle 

feruntor 

Present 
Perfect 
Future 

feigns 
UUarus^  -a, 

-um 

Infinitive 

Ultaa,  *«,  -um 

Present 
Perfect 
Future 

ferre                                             ferri 
tuUsse                                        Idtus  esse 
UUHrus  esse                               latum  frf 

Gerund 

Gerundive 

Gen. 
Dat. 
Ace. 
Abl. 

/erendf 
ferendd 
ferendum 
ferendd 

ferendus,  -a, 

Supine 
UUum,  IdtU 

.am 

222 


LATIN   PRIMER 


flO,  fieri,  factus  sum 


INDICATIVB 

Subjunctive 

fi6 

fiam 

Ht 

Hit 

fit 

Hat 

Present 

[fimut] 

fiinraa 

[fiti.] 

nitit 

finnt 

fiant 

frib«m 

fierem 

fiebis 

fierSs 

Im- 

fiSbat 

fieret 

perfect 

flebimuA 

fierSmna 

nebitis 

fierStU 

n^bant 

fierent 

ffiam 
fiSt 

Future 

jIII 

Perfect  tenses  identical  with  those  of  the  passive  of  faclG. 


Imperative 

SINGULAE  PLURAL 

Present        ft  fita 


Participle 
Perfect         factus,  -a,  -um 

Infinitive 
Present        fieri 
Perfect        factus  esse 
Future  \_f actum  irf']  futurus  esse,  fore 


WORD    LIST 


The  numbers  Indicate  the  Exercises  in  which  a  word  is  defined  or  used  in  some 
special  way. 


I.  ah,   preposition,   used    with   the 

ablative  case,  56,  Rule, 
abscidd,  abscidere,  abscidi,  absci- 

8US,  53. 
accipid,  accipere,  accepi,  acceptus, 

54. 

icer,  icris,  icre,  52,  65. 

icriter,  adverb,  52,  66. 

ad,  preposition,  used  with  the  accusa- 
tive case,  12. 

adiu75,  adiuvare,  adiiivl,  adiutus, 

38. 

adorior,  adorin,  adortus  sum,  69. 

ager,  agri,  m.,  10. 

agricola,  -ae,  m.,  6. 

albus,  HI,  -am,  14. 

aliqui  (aliquis),  aliqua,  aliquod 
(aliquid),  71. 

altus,  -a,  -um,  39,  65. 

amittd,  amittere,  amisi,  imissus, 
67. 

ancilla,  -ae,  f.,  19. 

annas,  -i,  m.,  48. 

apud,  preposition,  used  with  the  ac- 
cusative case,  66. 

aqaa.  -*e,  f.,  4. 

arbor,  -oris,  f.,  37. 

Irea,  -ae,  f.,  3. 

Iter,  itra,  itram,  57,  65. 

tadi5,  aadire,  aodivi,  auditus,  50, 
51,  66,  67,  72. 

lat,  conjunction,  71. 

aatem,  postpositive  conjunction,  39. 

iria,  -ae,  f.,  22. 


ayis,  -is,  f.,  48. 
ayus,  -i,  m.,  22. 

baca,  -ae,  f.,  4. 
bellum,  -i,  n.,  54. 
bonus,  -a,  -um,  14,  65, 

cad5,  cadere,  cecidi,  casam,  17, 43. 

caelum,  -i,  n.,  24. 

canis,  -is,  m.  and  f.,  46. 

capi5,  capere,  cepi,  captas,  49. 

capsa,  -ae,  f.,  13. 

caput,  capitis,  N.,  49. 

castellum,  -1,  n.,  66. 

castra,  -onim,  n.,  56. 

Cauda,  -ae,  f.,  9. 

cavea,  -ae,  f.,  8. 

celeriter,  adverb,  25,  66, 

cena,  -ae,  f.,  28. 

ceteri,  -ae,  -a,  38. 

Claudia,  -ae,  f.,  6. 

coepi,  31. 

c5gn5sc6,  c5gndscere,  cOgnOrt  cO- 

gnitus,  61. 
c5g6,  cSgere,  coegi,  co&ctas,  70. 
collis,  -is,  M.,  42. 
collocd,  collocare,  coUociyi,  coUo* 

catus,  38. 
colSnas,  -i,  m.,  67. 
columba,  -ae,  f.,  18. 
commGtus,  -a,  -am,  60. 
compleO,  complSre,  complivl,  com* 

plitas,  19. 
concha,  -ae,  f.,  7. 


223 


224 


LATIN   PRIMER 


cGnor,  cOnari,  c5natu8  sum,  70. 
cdnsumd,    cdnsumere,    c5nsumpsi, 

cdnsumptus,  45. 
conveniS,  conyenire,  conySni,  con- 

ventus,  50. 
coquus,  -i,  M.,  28. 
corbuU,  -ae,  f.,  i. 
corvus,  -i,  M.,  30. 
eras,  adverb,  15. 
culina,  -ae,  p.,  28. 
cam,  conjunction,  22. 
cum,  preposition,  used  with  the  ab- 

lative  case,  5,  ao.  Rem.,  49,  Rem., 

59,  Note. 
ciinae,  -arum,  f.,  8. 
cur,  adverb,  7. 
currQ,  currere,  cucurrf,  cursum,  10, 

30.  43. 
custddiS,  custddire,  custddivi,  cus- 

t&ditua,  62. 
C3rmba,  -ac,  f.,  6. 

dS,  preposition,  used  with  the  abla> 

tive  case,  72. 
decern,  47. 

decimus,  -a,  -um,  68. 
defessus,  -a,  -um,  14. 
deus,  -i,  M.,  68. 
dic5,  dicere,  dixl,  dictus,  61 ;  0^  51, 

Rem. 
dies,  diei,  m.  an(f  f^  59. 
diii,  adverb,  25,  66. 
dd,  dare,  dedi,  datus,  18,  36,  68; 

cf.    12. 

doceo,  docere,  docui,  doctus,  5. 
domus,  -iis,  f.,  68;  (domnm,  30; 

domi,  70). 
ducd,  diicere,  diizi,  ductus,  12,  43, 

64;  cf.  51,  Rem. 
duo,  duae,  duo,  38. 
duodecim,  59. 
duodecimus,  -a,  -am,  72. 


duodevicSsimus,  -a, 
duodeyigiuti,  59. 


-um,  72. 


S,  ex.  preposition,  used  with  the  abla 

tive  case,  10. 
ebrius,  -a,  -um,  29. 
edd,  esse  (edere),  edi,  Ssus,  28,  43. 
ego,  mei,  20,  21,  Rule. 
em5,  emere,  Smi,  emptus,  27,  43. 
enim,  postpositive  conjunction,  40. 
e5,  ire,  ii,  itam,  11,  22,  Rem.,  39, 

51.  67. 
eques,  -itis,  m.,  64. 
equus,  -i,  m.,  9,  64. 
erumpd,  enimpere,  SrQpI,  Sruptum, 

25.  43- 
escendd,  Sscendere,  Sscendi,  iscen- 

sum,  37,  43. 
et,  conjunction,  2. 
exercitus,  -iis,  m.,  53. 

£acile,  adverb,  66. 

facid,  facere,  feci,  factus,  49,  51, 

Rem.     See  also  fid. 
fer5,  ferre,  tuli,  latus,  44, 51, 62, 67. 
filia,  -ae,  f.,  15. 
filius,  fill,  M.,  15. 
fid,  fieri,  factus  sum,  64. 
flos,  floris,  M.,  37. 
fluctus,  -iis,  M.,  53. 
fliimen,  -inis,  n.,  55. 
folium,  -i,  N.,  34. 
fortasse,  adverb,  62. 
fortis,  -is,  -e,  52,  65. 
fortiter,  adverb,  52,  66. 
frangd,  frangere,  fregi,  fractus,  15, 

43. 
frater,  -tris,  m.,  41. 
friimentum,  -1,  n.,  60. 
fuga,  -ae,  f.,  68. 
fugio,  fugere,  fiigi,  ^Z^  48, 
furtim,  adverb,  33. 


LATIN    PRIMER 


225 


CalUiM.  -*•,  F.,  33. 

gfns,  gentis,  v.,  63. 
ger6.  gerere,  gessi,  gestua,  54. 
gUdius,  -i,  M^  65. 
gremiam,  -i,  n.,  ao. 

habeS,  hftMre,  luibai,  habitus,  2,  6, 
15,  18,  19,  22,  25,  29  and  2nd 
Rem.,  31.  33.  54.  5 ».  58,  64,  67,  72. 

habits,  habiUre,  habitavi,  habita- 
tiim,37. 

harina,  -ae,  f.,  7. 

haud  procol,  adverbial  phrase,  66. 

herba,  -ae,  f.,  2. 

heri,  adverb,  17. 

hie,  haec,  hoc,  7a 

hodie,  adverb,  16. 

h5ra,  -ae,  f.,  45. 

hortus,  -i,  M.,  9. 

hostia,  -is,  m.  and  p.,  54. 
48. 


ibi,  adverb,  16. 

idem,  eadem,  idem,  $$. 

idSneus,  -a,  -am,  35. 

igitur,  postpositive  conjunction,  57. 

igoia,  -is,  m.,  42. 

ille,  ilia,  illud,  70. 

imperator,  -dria,  m.,  53. 

impetua,  -ua,  m.,  53. 

in,  preposition,  used  with  the  ablative 

case,  2;  used  with  the  accusative 

case,  10,  17;  f/64,68. 
Indi,  -drum,  m.,  59. 
inquit,  inquiunt,  4,  7. 
insula,  -ae,  p.,  45. 
interim,  adverb,  26. 
inyeniS,  inrenire,  inrtol,  inrentna, 

23»  50- 
ipae,  ipsa,  ipsum,  55. 
Iritua,  -a,  -urn,  34. 
it,  ea.  id,  28,  59. 

LATIN    PRIMER  —  IK 


late,  iata,  iatud,  71. 
ita,  adverb,  48. 
itaque,  conjunction,  8. 
iter,  itineria,  n.,  49. 

iace5,  iacere,  iacui,  5. 

iacid,  iacere,  ieci,  iactua,  15, 48. 

iam,  adverb,  35. 

inbed,  iubere,  iuaai,  ioaaua,  58. 

lulia,  -ae,  f.,  4. 

laetus,  -a,  -am,  32. 

latebrae,  -arum,  f.,  2$, 

lated,  latere,  latui,  3. 

lectus,  -i,  M.,  20. 

legid,  -dnia,  p.,  68. 

libenter,  adverb,  66. 

liber,  -bri,  m.,  12. 

liberi,  -5nmi,  m.,  22. 

litus,  -oris,  n.,  37. 

locus,  -i,  M.  (plu.  loca,  -5rum,  n.),  35. 

longe,  adverb,  58,  66. 

longus,  -a,  -um,  14. 

ludd,  ludere,  liisi,  liisum,  53 ;  c/.  4. 

l&dus,  -i,  M.,  12. 

liina,  -ae,  p.,  24. 

lupus,  -i,  M.,  16. 

lutum,  -i,  N.,  18. 

liiz,  liicis,  p.,  58. 

maestus,  -a,  -am,  64. 

magister,  -tri,  m.,  12. 

ma  gnus,  -a,  -am,  14,  65. 

maior,  maior,  mains ;  see  magnaa. 

maid,  malle,  malui,  31,  47. 

malum,  -i,  n.,  ii. 

mains,  -a,  -um,  15,  65. 

mine,  adverb,  $7. 

manus,  -us,  p.,  64. 

Marcella,  -ae,  p.,  8. 

Marcus,  -i,  m.,  4,  9,  13. 

mare,  -ia,  n.,  42. 


226 


LATIN    PRIMER 


mater,  -tris,  f.,  41. 
matrimdnium,  -i,  n^  64. 
mazimus,  -a,  -urn;  see  magnus. 
melior,  -ior,  -ius;  see  bonus, 
mensa,  -ae,  f.,  i. 
meus,  -a,  -urn,  21. 
miles,  -itis,  m.,  55. 
milia  (-ium,  n.)  passuum,  46. 
minimus,  -a,  -um;  see  parvus, 
minor,  minor,  minus;  see  parms. 
miser,  •«ra,  -erum,  17,  65. 
mitt5,  mitt  ere,  misi,  missus,  1 1, 43, 

51,60,67,  72. 
moneO,   monire,  monni,  monitus, 

ao. 
moror,  morari,  moratus  sum,  69. 
mortuus,  -a,  -um,  51. 
mox,  adverb,  22. 
mulier,  -ieris,  f.,  67. 
multi,  -ae,  -a,  20,  65. 


Lf  con|unction,  15. 
nauta,  -ae,  m.,  i. 
navls,  -is,  p.,  45. 
n6,  conjunction,  68,  Rule, 
-ne,  interrogative  particle,  35,  Rule, 
neque  (nee),  conjunction,  48. 
nidus,  -i,  m.,  ^3- 
noctii,  adverb,  63. 
n5I5,  n511e,  nolui,  3i»  47,  51,  67. 
n5n,  adverb,  16. 
nSnus,  -a,  -um,  68. 
noster,  -tra,  -trum,  21. 
nostri,  -6rum,  m.,  68. 
novem,  47. 
nox,  noctis,  f.,  56. 
niibes,  -is,  f.,  57. 
niillus,  -a,  -um,  62. 
numquam,  adverb,  71. 
nunc,  adverb,  6,  35,  Rem. 

obesus,  -a,  -um,  28. 


occid5,  occidere,  occldi,  occisus,  16, 

43- 
octarus,  -a,  -um,  68. 
octS,  47. 
Slim,  adverb,  19. 
omnis,  -is,  -e,  60. 
oppidum,  -i,  n.,  17. 
optimus,  -a,  -um;  see  bonus, 
ovis,  -is,  F.,  62. 
dyum,  -i,  n.,  33. 

paene,  adverb,  64. 

pars,  parare,  paravi,  paratus,  53. 

parvus,  a,  -um,  14,  65. 

passus,  -us,  M.;  see  milia  passuum. 

pater,  -tris,  m.,  41. 

patera,  -ae,  f.,  28. 

patior,  pati,  passus  sum,  69. 

panel,  -ae,  -a,  46. 

pauld  post,  adverbial  phrase,  62. 

pax,  paeis,  f.,  54. 

peeunia,  -ae,  f.,  ao. 

peior,  peior,  peius ;  see  malus. 

per,  preposition,  used  with  the  accu- 
sative case,  23. 

perterritus,  -a,  -um,  37. 

pervenid,  pervenire,  pervenl,  per- 
ventum,  65. 

pessimus,  -a,  -um;  see  malus. 

peto,  petere,  petivi,  petitus,  72. 

piger, -gra,  -grum,  17,  65. 

pila,  -ae,  f.,  i ;  C/.4, 

piseis,  -is,  m.,  42. 

pliires,  plures,  pliira ;  see  multi, 
and  65,  Note. 

pliirimi,  -ae,  -a;  see  multi. 

poeulum,  -i,  n.,  29.* 

poenar.  do,  dare,  dedi,  datus,  12. 

poUieeor,  poUieeri,  poUieitus  sum, 
69. 

porta,  -ae,  f.,  17. 

possum,  posse,  potui,  31,  40. 


LATIN    PRIMER 


227 


pott;  tee  paul5  post 

p08tei«  adverb,  7a 

postrimS,  adverb,  67. 

primO,  adverb,  64, 

primus,  -a,  -um.  68. 

procul ;  see  haud  procol. 

proficiscor,  proficisci,  profectus 
sum,  69. 

prope,  preposition,  used  with  the  ac- 
cusative case,  50. 

properd,  properare,  properavi,  pro- 
peratum,  36. 

puella,  -ae,  f.,  2. 

puer,  -eri,  m.,  10. 

pugna,  -ae,  f.,  72. 

pugnS,  pugnare,  pagnirl,  pugiul- 
tum,  52. 

pulcher,  -chra,  -chrum,  27,  65. 

pupa,  -ae,  f.,  2. 

puts,  putare,  putavi,  patitas,  61. 

qnartus,  -a,  -um,  68. 

qnartus  (-a,  -um)  decimus,  -a,  -am, 

72. 

quattuor,  47. 

quattuordecim,  59. 

-que,  conjunction,  24. 

qui,  interrogative  pronoun:  see  quis. 

qui,  quae,  quod,  relative  pronoun, 
49,62. 

quia,  conjunction,  7. 

quidam,  quaedam,  quoddam  (quid- 
dam),  57. 

quindecim,  59. 

quinque,  47. 

Qu'mtus,  -I,  M.,  9,  13. 

quintus,  -a,  -um,  68. 

quintus  (-a,  -um)  decimus,  •«,  -am, 
72. 

(qois)  qui,  quae,  (quid)  quod,  in- 
terrogaUve  pronoun,  60;    also    6 

(quid). 


quoque,  adverb,  46. 

rimus,  -I,  m.,  34. 

rapid,  rapere,  rapui,  raptus,  32,  48, 

51,  63,  67,  72. 
reded,  redire,  redii,  reditum,  62. 
relinqud,    relinquere,    reliqui,  re- 

lictus,  72. 
remittd,     remittere,    remisi,     re- 

missus,  54. 
res,  rei,  f..  59. 
rex,  regis,  m.,  63. 
ripa,  -ae,  f.,  30. 
rivus,  -i,  M.,  30. 
rosa,  -ae,  f.,  i. 

saepe,  adverb,  44. 

sagitta,  -ae,  f.,  26. 

saxum,  -i,  n.,  17. 

scalae,  -arum,  f.,  3. 

secundus,  -a,  -um,  68.  ' 

seciiris,  -is,  f.,  51. 

sed,  conjunction,  8. 

sedecim,  59. 

sede5,  sedere,  sedi,  sessom,  5. 

sella,  -ae,  f.,  4. 

septem,  47. 

septendecim,  59. 

Septimus,  -a,  -um,  68. 

Septimus    (-a,  -am)    decimal,  •«, 

-um,  72. 
sequor,  sequi,  secutus  sum,  71. 
sex,  47. 

sextos,  -a,  -um,  68. 
sextas  (-a,  -um)  decimus,  -a,  -um, 

72- 

silva,  -ae,  f.,  16. 

simia,  -ae,  f.,  3. 

simul,  adverb,  7a. 

sine,  preposition,  used  with  the  ab- 
lative case,  64. 

•olea.  -ae,  f«  4. 


228 


LATIN    PRIMER 


soror,  -dris,  f^  41. 
speluQca,  -ae,  f.,  19. 
statim,  adverb,  55. 
Stella,  -ae,  f.,  24. 
stilus,  -i,  M.,  13. 

sub,  preposition,  used  with  the  ab- 
lative case,  3. 
subitO,  adverb,  37. 
subsellium,  -i,  n.,  12. 
sui,  sibi,  61. 
sum,  esse,  fui,  2,  3,  16,  24,  30,  32, 

40.  5»- 
sustined,  sustinSre,   sustinul,  sus- 
tentus,  63. 

taberna,  -ae,  f.,  ii. 

tabernaculum,  -I,  n^  ii. 

tabula,  -ae,  f.,  13. 

tempestas,  -itis,  f.,  61. 

teneQ,  tenure,  tenid»  a. 

tergum,  -i,  n.,  13. 

terra,  -ae,  f.,  18. 

terre5,  terrere,  terrui,  territus,  8. 

tertius,  -a,  -um,  68. 

tertius   (-a,  -am)  decimns,  -a,  -am, 

72. 
timed,  timere,  timui,  3. 
transeO,  trinsire,  transii,  transitus, 

44- 
tredecim,  59. 
tres,  trcs,  tria,  38. 
tu,  tui,  20,  21,  Rule, 
tum,  adverb,  12. 
tutus,  -a,  -am,  32. 
toas,  -a,  -am,  21. 

abi,  adverb,  4. 


fillos,  -a,  -um,  62. 
umbra,  -ae,  f.,  5. 
amerus,  -i,  m.,  13. 
fini,  adverb,  59,  Note, 
findecim,  59. 
imdecimus,  -a,  -am,  72. 
undevicesimus,  -a,  -um,  72. 
findeviginti,  59. 
nndique,  adverb,  63. 
finus,  -a,  -um,  59. 
urbs,  urbis,  f^  67. 
ursa,  -ae,  f.,  19. 
Ot,  conjunction,  19. 
fiya,  ae,  f^  23. 
uxor,  -dris,  f.,  60. 

Talidus,  -a,  -am,  16. 

Tall€s,  -is,  F.,  42. 

Tehementer,  adverb,  42. 

Teh6,  yehere,  yfaci,  yectas,  13,  43, 

64. 
Tinitor,  -5ris,  m.,  46. 
yeni5,  venire,  veni,  yentum,  10,  50. 
yester,  -tra,  -trum,  21. 
yia,  -ae,  f.,  2. 
yicesimus,  -a,  -um,  72. 
videS,  yidere,  yidi,  yisus,  4. 
yiginti,  59. 
yflla,  -ae,  f.,  41. 
yinum,  -i,  n.,  29. 
yir,  yiri,  m.,  67. 
yis,  — ,  p.,  61. 
yoco,  yocare,  yocayi,  yocatus,  36, 

51,  54,  56,  64,  67,  72. 
yol6,  yelle,  yolui,  31,  46,  67. 
y6x,  yocis,  f.,  62. 
yulpecula,  -ae,  f.,  23. 


APPENDIX    I 

THE   PRONUNCIATION  OF  LATIN 

Alphabet.  The  Latin  alphabet  is  like  the  English, 
excepting  that  it  lacks  the  letters  j  and  w;  moreover,  k, 
y,  and  z  are  little  used  in  Latin. 

Sounds.  Latin  speech  sounds  are  of  two  general  classes ; 
namely,  Consonant  and  Vowel. 

Note.  The  letter  i  has  two  uses :  sometimes  it  is  to  be  read 
as  a  consonant,  sometimes  as  a  vowel.  It  is  to  be  read  as  a  con- 
sonant (a)  when  it  stands  between  vowels  within  a  word,  as  in 
eiu8  ;  and  (d)  when  it  begins  a  word  and  is  followed  by  a  vowel, 
as  in  iam. 

Consonants.  The  consonant  sounds  of  Latin  are  ex- 
pressed by  b,  c,  d,  f ,  g,  h,  i,  k,  1,  m,  n,  p,  q,  r,  s,  t,  v,  x,  and 

z.  Nearly  all  of  these  letters  are  sounded  as  in  English, 
but  the  pronunciation  of  the  following  requires  special 
notice : 

b,  when  followed  by  j,  or  /,  8  as  in  saf  (never  as  in  dusy 

is   sounded  as  / ;    as   in  or  sure). 

urbs  and  obtineo,  t  as  in  tin  (never  as  in  ra- 

c  as  in  ^t// (never  as  in  cent).  tional). 

g  as  in  ^^/ (never  as  mgem).  ▼  as  w  in  wind. 
i  as  ^  in  yet. 

Remark.  The  letter  q  is  found  only  in  the  combination  qu. 
Here  (and  sometimes  in  the  combinations  gu  and  su)  the  letter  u 
represents  t,  and  must  be  so  pronounced. 

229 


230  LATIN   PRIMER 

Vowels.  The  vowel  sounds  of  Latin  are  represented  by 
a,  e,  i,  0,  u,  and  y. 

Note  i.  Vowels  may  be  either  long  or  short.  A  long  vowel 
is  indicated  by  writing  a  straight  line  above  the  letter,  as  a.  A 
short  vowel  is  usually  unmarked  ;  but  the  sign  ^  is  sometimes  used, 
as  a. 

Note  2.  By  running  two  different  vowels  together  into  a 
single  sound,  a  diphthong  is  produced.  The  principal  diphthongs 
of  Latin  are  ae,  au,  and  ecL 

The  Latin  vowel  and  diphthong  sounds  are  as  follows: 

&  as  a  m  farther.  6  as  <?  va  forty, 

&  as  ^x  in  ah^m,  fi  as  »  in  rude, 

€  as  ^  in  they,  6  as  »  in  put, 

e  as  ^  in  let,  7  as  German  U* 

I  as  I  in  machine.  ac  as  y  in  try, 

i  as  I  in  bit,  au  as  ou  in  out, 

0  as  ^  in  tone,  en  as  ^«  infeud.^ 

Syllables.  A  Latin  word  has  as  many  syllables  as  it 
has  vowels  or  diphthongs. 

In  dividing  a  word  into  syllables,  {a)  a  single  consonant 
goes  with  the  following  vowel,  as  e-go;  {b)  a  group  of 
consonants  is  usually  shared  between  two  syllables,  as 
duc-tus  and  sel-la.  But  to  this  last  there  are  many  excep- 
tions, whole  consonant  groups  sometimes  being  pronounced 
with  the  following  vowel* 

Length  of  Syllables.  Syllables  may  be  either  long  or 
short. 

1  The  diphthong  eu  is  not  often  found.  Two  other  infrequent  combinations  are 
0€  and  art,  as  seen  in  coepl  and  huic.  These  latter  diphthongs  have  the  sound  of 
Latin  d-\ri  and  Latin  U-\-l,  pronounced  rapidly  and  with  stress  on  the  second 
vowel. 

2  As  a  rule  for  printed  texts,  it  is  customary  in  dividing  words  to  put  with  the 
following  vowel  all  the  consonants  that  can  be  pronounced  with  that  vowel,  as 
ca~stra  and  pu-gna. 


LATIN   PRIMER  23 1 

Long  are  (a)  those  which  contain  a  long  vowel  or  a 
diphthong;  as  U,  and  the  first  syllable  of  sae  pe  or  au-tem  : 
(d)  those  in  which  a  short  vowel  is  followed  in  the  same 
word  by  two  or  more  consonants,  or  by  either  x  or  z ;  ^  as 
the  first  syllable  of  ten-d6,^  and  ndx.  But,  by  exception,  a 
syllable  in  which  a  short  vowel  is  followed  in  the  same 
word  by  a  mute  (c,  g,  t,  d,  f,  p,  or  b)  and  a  liquid  (1  or  r) 
is  usually  short.' 

Short  are  the  syllables  which  contain  a  short  vowel  not 
followed  in  the  same  word  by  two  or  more  consonants ;  as 
the  two  syllables  of  ro-sa. 

Remark.  Distinguish  carefully  between  long  vtm/f/  and  long 
syllable ^  noting  (as  shown  above)  that  the  vowel  of  a  long  syllable 
may  be  itself  short. 

Accent.  Latin  words  of  two  syllables  are  accented  upon 
the  first  syllable;  as,  m^nsa.  Words  of  greater  length  are 
accented  upon  the  last  syllable  but  one,  if  that  be  long, 
otherwise  upon  the  preceding  syllable;  as,  col6nus,  magister, 
and  pdtera. 

Remark.  The  addition  of  -cum,  -ne,  or  -que  causes  the  accent 
of  the  words  to  which  they  are  joined  to  shift  to  the  last  syllable ; 
as,  nobiscum,  vid^sne,  and  puelUque. 

1  Both  X  and  t  stand  for  double  consonant  sounds,  *■  being  equiralent  to  r-j- j, 
and  t  probably  representing  the  sound  of  </  +  '• 

*  Note  that  the  first  syllable  of  ten-do  contains  only  one  of  the  consonants  whose 
presence  makes  it  long.  According  to  current  metrical  theory,  any  syllable  that 
ends  in  a  consonant  is  thereby  closed  and  made  long.  On  this  basis,  tin-  is  in 
and  for  itself  a  long  syllable.  The  influence  of  the  following  d  lies  simply  in  the 
fact  that  its  presence  makes  it  necessary  to  pronounce  the  n  with  the  preceding 
vowel  (for  te-ndo  would  be  unpronounceable),  thus  closing  the  preceding  syllable 
and  making  it  long.  Contrast  the  situation  in  d-neo,  where  the  first  syllable  is 
open  and  short,  there  being  no  following  coiasonant  to  force  the  n  back  into  that 
first  syllable. 

•  Because  the  mute  and  liquid  (e.g.,  tr,  pi,  etc.)  can  both  so  readily  be  pro- 
nounced with  the  following  Towe),  thus  leaving  the  preceding  syllable  open  and 
short. 


APPENDIX    II 

COLLOQUIAL  PHRASES 

(Teachers  who  make  use  of  this  material  will  in  some  cases  find  it  necessary  to 
explain  to  their  classes  the  form  and  syntax  of  the  phrase  employed.) 

Assent 

licet,  all  right,  scilicet,  of  course. 

maxime  v6r6,  yes  indeed. 

Exclamation 

Ain  tfl  ?  whafs  that  /  €heu,  alas  ! 

ecce    Mftrcum,   see^   there's     tugt,  good !  bravo  I 
Marcus,  nugfts,  nonsense  I 

Greeting,  etc. 

saly€  (salvfite),^  good  mornings  good  day^  etc. 

salvum  te  adv6nisse  gauded,  Fm  glad  you've  arrived  safe, 

quid  agis  ?  (agitis  ?)  how  do  you  dot 

quid  agitur  ?  how  goes  it  f 

vale  (val§te),  good-by, 

curft  ut  vale&s,  take  care  of  yourself 

c&r&te  ut  valeatis,  take  care  of  yourselves. 

Request,  etc. 
obsecrd : 

proper^  (properate),  obsecrO,  do  hurry, 

1  Words  in  black-£&ced  type  thus  bracketed  are  the  corresponding  plurals,  to  be 
used  when  more  than  one  person  is  addressed. 

232 


LATIN  PRIMER  233 

quin: 

quin  curris  ?  (currltls  ?)  run,  will  you. 
abln  hinc?  (singular),  begone  from  here.     For  plural,  use 

discMite  simply. 

Miscellaneous 

adde  (addite)  gradum,  hurry  up, 

bene  est,  good  I ,  I'm  glad,  etc. 

certum  est  mihi  Ire,  I've  made  up  my  mind  to  go, 

ilicO,  immediately,  instanter. 

male  nArrfls  (n&rrfltis),  that's  bad,  Fm  sorry  to  hear  it,  etc. 

nil  agis  (agitis),  it's  no  use. 

nOn  assis  faciO  (with  accusative),  /  donU  care  a  straw  for. 

quid  e6  factum  est  ?  what  has  become  of  him  t 

s€dul6,  with  right  good  will. 

ut  ita  dicam,  so  to  speak. 


INDEX 


(All  references  are  to  pages) 


a,  «b :  with  Ablative  of  Ag«nt,  141,      Adjectives,  declension  oft 


Rule, 
use  of  the  two  forms,  141,  Rem.  2. 
Ablative  Case : 
Ablative  Absolute,  167,  Rule  and 

Rem. 
of  Accompaniment,  72,  Rem. 
of  Agency,  141,  Rule  and  Rem.  i. 
of  Means,  72,  Rule  and  Rem. 
See  also  in. 
Accent:  231. 
affected  by  the  addition  of  -cuin, 
-ne,  or  -que,  231,  Rem. 
Accompaniment:    expressed  by  the 

ablative  with  cum,  72,  Rem. 
Accusative  Case : 

as  subject  of  infinitive,  147,  Rem.  i, 
(in    indirect     discourse)     156, 
Rule. 
Direct  Object,  ao  ;  r/:  53,  Rem. 
domnm:  with  verbs  of  going  and 
sending,  80,  Rem. 
'    of  Elxtent  of  Time  or  Space,  112, 
Rule,  116,  N. 
of  neuter   nouns   and   adjectives; 

form  of,  36,  Rem. 
See  also  in. 
acer:  declined,  196. 
acriter:  compared,  197. 
ad:    with   the    accusative    case,   39, 

Rem.  I. 
Adjectives : 

agreement  of,  44,  Rule  and  Rem. 
comparison  of,  197;  r/C  169. 


First  and  Second  Declensions,  195. 

Third  Declension :  Consonant 
Stems  (comparatives  and  pres* 
ent  participles),  196;    I-Stems, 

»9S. 

Predicate    Adjectives,    45,    Rule, 
165,  N.  2. 
adorior :  conjugated,  214. 
Adverbs: 

comparison  of,  197. 

form    of    the    comparative,    173, 
Rem.  2. 
Agency:    expressed  by  the   ablative 
with  i,  ab,  141,  Rule  and  Rem.  i. 
ager:  declined,  192. 
Agreement : 

of  adjectives,  44,  Rule  and  Rem. 

of  subject  and  verb,  20,  Rule  II. 

of  the  relative  pronoun,  122,  Rule 
and  Rem. 
aliqui,  aliqois :  declined,  201. 

meaning  of,  186,  Rem. 

use  of,  186,  N. 
alins:  declension  of,  197,  N. 
Alphabet  of  Latin  :  229. 
alter:  declension  of,  I97»  N. 
altior:  declined,  196. 
altns:  compared,  197. 
animal:  declined,  193. 
arbor:  declined,  193. 
audi5:  conjugated,  210. 
aut:  use  of,  187.  Rem. 
autem :  postpositive  word,  99,  N. 


234 


INDEX 


235 


bonu :  compared,  197;  declined,  195. 

canis:  declension  of,  115,  Rem.  i. 
Case:  defined,  15. 
celeriter:  compared,  197. 
Circumstance :  expressed  by  cum  and 
the  imperfect  or  pluperfect  sub- 
junctive, 63,  Rule, 
coepi:  with  infinitive,  81,  82,  n. 
cdgd  :  with  infinitive,  184. 
collocd:    with  in  and  the   ablative 

case,  97,  Rem. 
Colloquial  Phrases,  232. 
Comparison : 

of  adjectives,  197;  cf.  169. 
of  adverbs,  197;  cf,  173  and  Re- 
marks. 
Conjugation:  defined,  16. 
irregular  verbs,  215. 
regular  verbs,  202. 
cSnor:  with  infinitive,  184. 
Consonant    Stems:     see  Adjectives, 

and  Third  Declension. 
Consonants:  229. 
corn&:  declined,  194. 
com  (conjunction)  :  in  clauses  telling 
circumstance,  63,  Rule, 
position  in  sentence,  63,  Rem. 
tenses  of  the  subjunctive  used  with, 
63,  N. 
cum  (preposition) : 

effect  upon  accent  of  word  to  which 
joined,  58,  Rem,;  cf.  122,  Rem. 
with  &ni,  150,  N. 
Customary  Past  Action:  131. 

Dative  Case : 

Intlirect  Object,  53,  Rule. 
Declension:  defined,  i$. 

of  adjectives,  195. 

of  nouns,  192. 

of  numerals,  197,  198. 


Declension :  of  pronouns,  199. 

of  proper  names,  24,  N. 
Definite  and  Indefinite  Articles :  lack- 
ing in  Latin,  19,  Rem.  2. 
Demonstrative  Pronouns:  200.     See 

hie,  ille,  iste. 
Deponent  Verbs :   181,212. 

principal  parts  of,  182,  Rem. 
dens:  declined,  194. 
dic6:  form  die,  126,  Rem. 
dies:  declined,  194. 
Diphthongs :  230  and  N.  2. 
Direct  Object:    20,  Rule  I;    </I  53, 

Rem. 
diu:  compared,  197. 
d5:  conjugated,  218. 
domum :  use  of  the  case,  80,  Rem. 
domus:  declined,  194.     C/ domum. 
diie5 :  form  diic,  1 26,  Rem. 
duo:  declined,  198. 

e,  ex :    use  of  the  two  forms,  35, 

Rem.  2. 
edS:  conjugated,  219. 
egO:  declined,  199. 

accent  of  ablative  plural,  58,  Rem. 
use  of  the  nominative  case,  60,  Rule. 
enim:  postpositive  word,  102,  n. 
e5:  conjugated,  216. 

forms  of  the  perfect  indicative,  38, 

Rem. 
est:    "there  is,"  20^  Rem.;    cf.  48, 

Rem. 
ezereitus:  declined,  194. 
Extent  of  Time  or  Space :  112,  Rule, 

116,  N. 

facile :  compared,  197. 
fACi5: 

form  fse,  126,  Rem. 

special  passive  of,  165,  n.  l. 
ferO :  conjugated,  220. 


23^ 


INDEX 


Fifth  or  E-Declension :  194. 

gender  of  nouns  of,  149. 
fnias :  declension  of,  46,  Rem. 
fi5:  conjugated,  222. 

meaning  of,  165,  N.  i. 

with  Predicate  Noun  or  Adjective, 
i65,_N.  2. 
Tint  or  A-Conjugation :  202. 
First  or  A-Declen$ion :  192. 

gender  of  nouns  of,  1 7. 
1158:  declined,  193. 
fortis:     compared,    197;     declined, 

195. 
fortiter:  compared,  197. 
Fourth   or   I -Conjugation :    210;    i/. 

124,  Rem.,  214,  footnote. 
Fourth  or  U-Declcnsion :   194. 

gender  of  nouns  of,  131. 
Future  Perfect  Tense:    meaning  of, 
85,  Rem.  3. 

Gender:  defined,  15. 

first  declension,    1 7 ;    second   de- 
clension,  36;    third   declension, 
95;  fourth  declension,  1 31;  filth 
declension,  149. 
Genitive  Case : 

expressing  ownership,  32,  Rule, 
of  fnias  and  proper  nouns  in  -ins 
and  neuters  in  -inm,  193,  Rem. 
Gerundive:   188. 

Iuibe5:  conjugated,  204. 

imperfect  tense,  translation  of,  78, 
Rem. 
hie:  declined,  200^ 

use  of,  184,  Rem. 
Hortatory  Subjunctive :  99,  Rule, 
hortas:  declined,  192. 

ibi :  use  of,  48,  Rem. 
Idem :  declined,  20a 


idem:  derivation  of,  138,  Rem.  i. 

translation  of  neuter  of,  138,  N. 
Identity :  pronoun  of;  see  idem, 
igitnr :  postpositive  word,  145. 
ignis:  declined,  193. 
ille :  declined,  200. 

use  of,  184,  Rem. 
Imperative  Mood:   126,  127. 

formation  of  present  passive,  141, 
Rem.  2, 

forms  of  the  present  active  lacking 
final  -e,  1 26,  Rem. 
Imperfect  Tense : 

expressing  Customary  Past  Action, 

131. 
general   meaning  of,   77,   N.   and 

Rem. 
of  hAbed;  translation  of,  78,  Rem. 
of  snm;  translation  of,  79,  Rem. 
See  Subjunctive  Mood. 
in :  with  the  ablative  case,  35,  Rem.  3, 
97,  Rem. 
with  the  accusative  case,  35,  Rem.  3, 
39,  Rem.  I,  50,  Rem. 
Indeclinable  cardinal  numerals :  118, 

N.,  149,  150. 
Indefinite  and  Definite  Articles :  lack- 
ing in  Latin,  19,  Rem.  2. 
Indefinite  Pronouns:  201.     See  qui- 

dam,  and  aliqni 
Indirect  Discourse :   155. 

use  of  the  reflexive  in,  157,  N.  3. 
Indirect  Object :  53,  Rule. 
Infinitive : 

third  conjugation  active;  form  of, 

108,  Rem. 
use    in    indirect     discourse,     15^ 

Rule, 
veith  coepi,  82,  n.;   with  c6g5,  184; 
with  Conor,  184;  with  iubeo,  147; 
with  malo,  82,  n.;  with  n616, 
82,  N.,   127,   Rule;    with   paro, 


INDEX 


237 


InEnitive : 

131 ;  with  patior,  181 ;  with  pos- 
■om,  82,  N.;  with  void,  82,  N. 
with  subject  accusative,  147,  Rem.  i, 
(in  indirect  discourse)  156,  Rule. 
Inflection:  defined,  15. 
Intensive  Pronoun :  see  ipse. 
Interrogative  Pronoun :  see  quis. 
ipse:  declined,  200. 

use  of,  138,  Rem.  2. 
Irregular    adjectives    and     adverbs: 

compared,  197. 
Irregular  nouns :   194. 
Irregular  verbs :  215. 

irregular  present  imperative  active, 
126,  Rem. 
is:  declined,  199. 

used  as  an  adjective,  150, 199,  N.  2. 
use  of  nominative  case,  74,  N. 
iste:  declension  of,  187,  N. 
I-Stems:  see  Adjectives,  and  Third 
Declension. 

iam :  use  of,  90,  Rem. 
iubed :  with  infinitive,  147. 

libenter:  compared,  197. 

litus:   declined,  193. 

longe:  compared,  197. 

liiz :  declension  of,  148,  Rem.  2. 

magntis:  compared,  197. 
m&15:  conjugated,  217. 

derivation  of,  117. 

with  infinitive,  81,  82,  N. 
milum :  declined,  192. 
malus:  compared,  197. 
mare:  declined,  193. 
Means:    expressed  by  the  ablative 

case,  72. 
minaa :  declined,  192. 
metis:   vocative  case  of,  61,  Rem.; 
cf.  46,  Rem, 


miser:  compared,  197;  declined,  195. 
mitt5 :  conjugated,  206. 
Mood:  defined,  16. 
moror:  conjugated,  212. 
multi:  compared,  197. 

n5 :  introducing  purpose  clauses,  1 79, 

Rule, 
-ne :  90,  Rule  and  Rem.  2. 

effect  upon  accent  of  word  to  which 
joined,  90,  Rem.  i. 
Neuter: 

I-Stenw,  105  N.  and  Remarks, 
nouns    and    adjectives;     form    of 

accusative  case,  36,  Rem. 
of   second    declension  ;      genitive 

singular,  193,  Rem. 
pronouns:    translation  of  nomina< 
tive  and  accusative  of,  138,  N. 
neuter:  declension  of,  197,  N. 
n61i,   nolite:     use    in    Prohibitions, 

127,  Rule. 
n515:  conjugated,  217. 
derivation  of,  1 1 7. 
with  infinitive,  81,  82,  N. 
See  nSli. 
Nominative  Case : 
as  subject  of  verb,  20. 
of  I-Stems,  105,  N. 
of  personal  pronouns;   use  of,  60, 

Rule,  74,  N. 
Predicate    Nominative,   45,    Rule, 
165,  N.  2. 
Nouns:   192. 
irregular,  194. 

Predicate   Nouns,   45,    Rule,    165, 
N.  2. 

n&Ilns :  declension  of^  197,  n. 
Number:  defined,  16. 

indicated  by  verb  endings,  19,  Rem. 

of  verb   of   purpose    clauses,   56, 
Rem.  I. 


a3« 


INDEX 


Numerals:  197,  198. 

cardinal;    indeclinable,    118,    K., 

149.  150- 
nmic :  use  of,  90,  Rem. 

Object:  Direct,  JO,  53,  Rem.;  In- 
direct, 53,  Rule. 

Order  of  words :  in  sentence  con- 
taining a  ciim-clause,  63,  Rem. 

par6:  with  infinitive,  131. 
Participles : 

perfect  passive;  use  of,  165. 

present  active;   declension  of,  196. 
pArms:  compared,  197. 
Passive : 

perfect  participle  of,  165  ;  cf.  214, 
footnote. 

perfect  tenses  of,  134. 

personal  endings  of,  141,  Rem.  i. 
patior:  conjugated,  313. 

with  infinitive,  l8l. 
Perfect  Tense : 

meaning  of,  27,  N.  and  Rem. 

passive  of,  134;   cf,  165. 

passive  participle  of,  165. 
Person:  defined,  16. 

indicated    by    verb    endings,    19, 
Rem. 

of  verb  in  purpose    clauses,  56, 
Rem.  I. 
Personal  endings : 

form  of  passive,  141,  Rem.  i. 

use  of,  19,  Rem. 
Personal  Pronouns :  see  ego,  is,  and 

tu. 
piger:  compared,  197;  declined,  195. 
Place:  into  Which,  35,  Rem.  3,  39, 
Rem.  I ;  to  Which,  39,  Rem.  i ; 
Where,  35,  Rem.  3. 
Pluperfect  Tense :  meaning  of,  68,  N. 
plures :  see  plus. 


plfis:  declined,  196;  ^/  170^  It. 
polliceor:  conjugated,  212. 
Possessive  Adjectives :  61. 

use  of,  6z,  N.,  175,  footnote. 
Possessive  Genitive :  32,  Rule. 
possam:  conjugated,  215. 

derivation  of,  loi,  Rem. 

with  infinitive,  81,  82,  N. 
Postpositive  words:   sutem,  99,  n.; 

enim,  102,  n.;  igitur,  145. 
Predicate    Adjectives    and    Nonas: 

45,  Rule,  165,  N.  2. 
Principal  Parts  of  verbs:  89,  90. 

of  deponents,  182,  Rem. 
proficiscor:  conjugated,  213. 
Prohibition:   127,  Rule. 
Pronoun  of  Identity :  see  Idem. 
Pronunciation  of  Latin :  229. 
Proper  names : 

declension  of,  24,  N. 

vocative  and  genitive  of  names  in 
•ins,  193,  Rem. 
paer:  declined,  192. 
Purpose  Clauses : 

introduced  by  n8,  1 79,  Rule;    by 
ut,  55,  Rule. 

person  and  number  in,  56,  Rem.  i. 

subject  of  verb  in,  56,  Rem.  2. 

tense  of  subjunctive  in,  56,  N. 

•qiid :  effect  upon  accent  of  word  to 

which  joined,  67,  Rem. 
qui:  interrogative  pronoun;  seequis. 
relative  pronoun,  201. 

accent  of  ablative  of,  cf.  122,  Rem. 
agreement  of,  1 22,  Rule  and  Rem. 
beginning  new  sentence,  159. 
position  in  clause,  159,  Rem. 
quldam:  declined,  201. 

use  of,  144,  N. 
qais:  declined,  201. 
use  of,  153. 


INDEX 


339 


rapid :  conjugated,  208. 

Reflexive  Pronoun*:    199  and  N.  l; 

see  also  ■nl. 
Relative  Pronoun :  »cc  qui. 
rSs :  declined,  194. 

Scund  or  E-Conjugation :  204. 
Second  or  0-Declcnsion :   192. 
gender  of  nouns  of,  36. 
genitive  case  of,  193,  Rem. 
vocative  case  of,  41,  193,  Rem. 
seded:     translation    of   the    perfect 

tense  of,  27,  Rem. 
sSlus:  declension  of,  197,  N. 
Space  or  Time :  accusative  of  Elxtent 

of,  112,  Rule;  cf.  116,  N. 
Subject : 
accusative   case,   156,   Rule,    147, 

Rem.  I. 
nominative  case,  20;  </.,  60,  Rule, 

74.  N- 
of  cam-clauses;    position   of,   63, 

Rem. 
of  purpose  clauses,  56,  Rem.  2. 
Subjunctive  Mood : 

hortatory  use,  99,  Rule, 
imperfect    and    pluperfect    tenses 
4        in  cum-clauses,  63,  Rule  and  N. 
imperfect     tense;     form     of,    99, 

Rem.  2. 
present  and   imperfect   tenses    in 
purpose  clauses,  55,  Rule,  56, 
N. 
Bul:  declined,  199;  </  IS5>  Rem. 
use  of;  in  indirect  discourse,  157. 
N.  3.  i     ^ 

sum:  conjugated,  215. 

imperfect  tense;  translation  of,  79, 

Rem. 
with     Predicate     Adjectives    and 
Nouns,  45,  Rule. 
Sununary  of  Forms :   192. 


sunt:  "there  are,**  20,  Rem.;  ^48, 

Rem. 
Syllables: 

division  of  words  into,  230. 

length  of,  230. 
Synopsis  of  the  Verb :  87. 

Tense:  defined,  16. 

of  the  subjunctive  in  cum-clauses, 
63,  N. ;   in  purpose  clauses,  56,  N. 
Third  Declension :  gender  of  nouns 
of,  95. 
Consonant  Stems :   declined,  193. 
I-Stems:  declined,  193. 
classes  of,  105,  N. 
endings  of,  105,  Rem.  I;  <f.  163, 

N. 
neuters;   formation  of,  105  and 

Remarks,  194,  Rem. 
plural  cases   of   certain   words, 
163,  N. 
See  also  Adjectives. 
Third  or  ^-Conjugation :  206. 

ending  of  the  present  infinitive  ac> 

tive,  108,  Rem. 
verbs  in  -16,  208;  cf.  IH). 
Time  and  Space:    Extent   of,   112, 

Rule, 
timed:    translation    of  the   perfect 

tense  of,  27,  Rem. 
t5tu8:  declension  of,  197,  N. 
transed :  derivation  of.  III,  Rem. 
tres:  declined,  198. 
til:  declined,  199. 

accent  of  the  ablative  plural,  58, 

Rem. 
use  of  the   nominatire   case,  60, 
Rule. 

ftllns:  declension  of,  197,  N. 

use  of,  186,  Rem. 
&ni  (cum):  150,  n. 


240 


INDEX 


finns:  declined,  197. 

urbt:  declension  of,  177,  Rem. 

nt :  introdacing  purpose  clauses,  55, 

Rule, 
nter :  declension  of^  197,  If. 

TAllit:  declined,  193. 
TehS :  use  of,  42,  Rem. 
Verbs:  aoa. 

agreement  with  subject,  20,  Rule  II. 

deponent,  181,  212;  €f.  182,  Rem. 

-i5  verbs,  208;  cf.  1 19. 

irregular  verbs,  215. 

of  going  and  sending;    with  do- 
mum,  80,  Rem. 

principal  parts  of,  89,  90, 182,  Rem. 

synopsis  of,  87. 


Tir:  declined,  192. 
Tis:  declined,  194. 
TOCint :  declined,  196. 
Vocatiye  Case :  41. 

of  mens,  61,  Rem. 

of  nouns  of  the  second  declension, 
41,  193,  Rcm- 

position   of,   in  the  sentence,  41, 

Rem- 

TOCd:  conjugated,  202;  see  also  to- 

cins. 
Voice:  definition  of,  16. 
yol5:  conjugated,  216. 

with  infinitive,  81,  82,  N. 
Voweb:  230. 

Word  List :  223.  r 


ayJUxA^  /:>UjiAM^  ^ 


n 


f) 


1 

I) 

io.. 


.L^^C^'4^:X-*     U,V 


14  DAY  USE 

RETURN  TO  DESK  FROM  WHICH  BORROWED 

EDUCATION  LIBRARY 

This  ixx)k  is  due  on  the  last  date  stamped  below,  or 

on  the  date  to  which  renewed. 

Renewed  books  are  subject  to  immediate  recall. 


/ 


t 


7  DAY  USE        DURING 

SUMMER 

SESSIONS 

./ 

c 

\ 

i 

T  r»  01    -n—  c  'cn                                General  Library 
^?i^a^i^i  oAt^*?                         University  of  California 
(B132lBlO)476                                        Berkeley 

>^t\\  <^'y\A 


>t'>\. 


cil 


I  t.  \ 


^  ^w\ 


/ 


fl   ^A/iA.  A.^%m 


YB  35657 


